Samsung Electronics Co SMN900A Multi-Band GSM/ EDGE/ WCDMA/ LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+ User Manual H
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Multi-Band GSM/ EDGE/ WCDMA/ LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+ H
Users Manual
SM-N900A
Preliminary
M O B I L E
P H O N E
User Manual
Please read this manual before operating your
phone, and keep it for future reference.
Intellectual Property
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
ta
AllIntellectualProperty,asdefinedbelow,ownedbyorwhichisotherwisethepropertyofSamsungoritsrespectivesuppliers
relatingtotheSAMSUNGPhone,includingbutnotlimitedto,accessories,parts,orsoftwarerelatingthereto(the“Phone
System”),isproprietarytoSamsungandprotectedunderfederallaws,statelaws,andinternationaltreatyprovisions.Intellectual
Propertyincludes,butisnotlimitedto,inventions(patentableorunpatentable),patents,tradesecrets,copyrights,software,
computerprograms,andrelateddocumentationandotherworksofauthorship.Youmaynotinfringeorotherwiseviolatethe
rightssecuredbytheIntellectualProperty.Moreover,youagreethatyouwillnot(andwillnotattemptto)modify,prepare
derivativeworksof,reverseengineer,decompile,disassemble,orotherwiseattempttocreatesourcecodefromthesoftware.No
titletoorownershipintheIntellectualPropertyistransferredtoyou.AllapplicablerightsoftheIntellectualPropertyshallremain
withSAMSUNGanditssuppliers.
Open Source Software
SomesoftwarecomponentsofthisproductincorporatesourcecodecoveredunderGNUGeneralPublicLicense(GPL),GNULesser
GeneralPublicLicense(LGPL),OpenSSLLicense,BSDLicenseandotheropensourcelicenses.Toobtainthesourcecodecovered
undertheopensourcelicenses,pleasevisit:
http://opensource.samsung.com.
Disclaimer of Warranties; Exclusion of Liability
EXCEPTASSETFORTHINTHEEXPRESSWARRANTYCONTAINEDONTHEWARRANTYPAGEENCLOSEDWITHTHEPRODUCT,THE
PURCHASERTAKESTHEPRODUCT"ASIS",ANDSAMSUNGMAKESNOEXPRESSORIMPLIEDWARRANTYOFANYKIND
WHATSOEVERWITHRESPECTTOTHEPRODUCT,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHEMERCHANTABILITYOFTHEPRODUCTOR
ITSFITNESSFORANYPARTICULARPURPOSEORUSE;THEDESIGN,CONDITIONORQUALITYOFTHEPRODUCT;THE
PERFORMANCEOFTHEPRODUCT;THEWORKMANSHIPOFTHEPRODUCTORTHECOMPONENTSCONTAINEDTHEREIN;OR
COMPLIANCEOFTHEPRODUCTWITHTHEREQUIREMENTSOFANYLAW,RULE,SPECIFICATIONORCONTRACTPERTAINING
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
SM-N900A_UM_English_UCUAMH2_WC_081213_D1
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
THERETO.NOTHINGCONTAINEDINTHEINSTRUCTIONMANUALSHALLBECONSTRUEDTOCREATEANEXPRESSORIMPLIED
WARRANTYOFANYKINDWHATSOEVERWITHRESPECTTOTHEPRODUCT.INADDITION,SAMSUNGSHALLNOTBELIABLEFOR
ANYDAMAGESOFANYKINDRESULTINGFROMTHEPURCHASEORUSEOFTHEPRODUCTORARISINGFROMTHEBREACHOF
THEEXPRESSWARRANTY,INCLUDINGINCIDENTAL,SPECIALORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES,ORLOSSOFANTICIPATEDPROFITS
ORBENEFITS.
rie
Modification of Software
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
SAMSUNGISNOTLIABLEFORPERFORMANCEISSUESORINCOMPATIBILITIESCAUSEDBYYOUREDITINGOFREGISTRYSETTINGS,
ORYOURMODIFICATIONOFOPERATINGSYSTEMSOFTWARE.
USINGCUSTOMOPERATINGSYSTEMSOFTWAREMAYCAUSEYOURDEVICEANDAPPLICATIONSTOWORKIMPROPERLY.YOUR
CARRIERMAYNOTPERMITUSERSTODOWNLOADCERTAINSOFTWARE,SUCHASCUSTOMOS.
SAFE™ (Samsung Approved For Enterprise)
SAFE™:"SAFE™"(SamsungforEnterprise)isamarkforaSamsungdevicewhichhasbeentestedagainstSamsung'sown
internalcriteriaforinteroperabilitywithcertainthirdpartysecurity-relatedsolutionsforMDMandVPN.Thetestingincludesfield
testingwithlocalnetworkconnectionandmenutreetestingwhichtestsfunctionalityofthesolutionsinconjunctionwiththe
Samsungdevice.Duringthetesting,thedeviceistestedwiththesecuritysolutionstoseeifthesolutionsworkwiththedeviceas
describedbythethirdpartysecuritysolutionproviders.Thetesting,forexample,includesfieldtestingwithlocalnetwork
connectionandmenutreetestingwhichtestsfunctionalityofthesolutionsinconjunctionwiththeSamsungdevice.Formore
informationaboutSamsung'sSAFE™program,pleaserefertowww.samsung.com/us/safe.
DisclaimerofWarranties:EXCEPTASOTHERWISEPROVIDEDINTHEIRSTANDARDENDUSERLICENSEANDWARRANTY,TOTHE
FULLEXTENTPERMITTEDBYLAWSAMSUNGELECTRONICSCO.,LTD.,SAMSUNGTELECOMMUNICATIONSAMERICA,LLC,AND
THEIRAFFILIATES(COLLECTIVELYREFERREDTOHEREINASTHE"SAMSUNGENTITIES")EXPRESSLYDISCLAIMANYANDALL
WARRANTIES,EXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGANYWARRANTYOFMERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE,
INTEROPERABILITYORNON-INFRINGEMENT,WITHRESPECTTOINFORMATIONTECHNOLOGYSECURITYPROTECTION,SAFE™
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
ta
DEVICESANDAPPLICATIONSTESTEDWITHSAFE™DEVICES.INNOEVENTSHALLTHESAMSUNGENTITIESBELIABLEFORANY
DIRECT,INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL,PUNITIVE,ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESOFANYKINDWHATSOEVERWITHRESPECTTO
INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGYSECURITYPROTECTION,SAFE™DEVICESORAPPLICATIONSTESTEDWITHSAFE™DEVICES.In
addition,informationtechnologysecurityprotectionwillbeaffectedbyfeaturesorfunctionalityassociatedwith,amongother
thingsthee-mailplatform,masterdatamanagement,andvirtualprivatenetworksolutionsselectedbythesoftwareprovider,
solutionprovideroruser.Choiceofane-mail,masterdatamanagement,andvirtualprivatenetworksolutionisatthesole
discretionofthesoftwareprovider,solutionprovideroruserandanyassociatedeffectoninformationtechnologysecurity
protectionissolelytheresponsibilityofthesoftwareprovider,solutionprovideroruser.Forcompletestatementoflimited
warranty,pleaserefertowww.samsung.com/us/safe,availableonthewebandwhereSamsungsmartphoneandGalaxyTab™
devicesaresold.[101212]
Samsung Telecommunications America (STA), LLC
Headquarters:
1301E.LookoutDrive
Richardson,TX75082
CustomerCareCenter:
1000KleinRd.
Plano,TX75074
TollFreeTel:1.888.987.HELP(4357)
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
InternetAddress:
http://www.samsung.com
ta
©2013SamsungTelecommunicationsAmerica,LLC.SamsungisaregisteredtrademarkofSamsungElectronicsCo.,Ltd.
rie
DoyouhavequestionsaboutyourSamsungMobilePhone?For24hourinformationandassistance,weofferanewFAQ/ARS
System(AutomatedResponseSystem)at:http://www.samsung.com/us/support.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Nuance®,VSuite™,T9®TextInput,andtheNuancelogoaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofNuanceCommunications,
Inc.,oritsaffiliatesintheUnitedStatesand/orothercountries.
TheBluetooth®wordmark,figuremark(stylized“BDesign”),andcombinationmark(Bluetoothwordmarkand“BDesign”)are
registeredtrademarksandarewhollyownedbytheBluetoothSIG.
microSD™andthemicroSDlogoareTrademarksoftheSDCardAssociation.
Openwave®isaregisteredTrademarkofOpenwave,Inc.
LTEisatrademarkofETSI.
and
aretrademarksofSRSLabs,Inc.CSHeadphoneandWOWHDtechnologiesareincorporatedunderlicense
fromSRSLabs,Inc.
,DivX®,DivXCertified®andassociatedlogosaretrademarksofRoviCorporationoritssubsidiariesandareusedunder
license.
DivXCertified®toplayDivX®videouptoHD720p,includingpremiumcontent.
ABOUTDIVXVIDEO:DivX®isadigitalvideoformatcreatedbyDivX,LLC,asubsidiaryofRoviCorporation.ThisisanofficialDivX
Certified®devicethathaspassedrigoroustestingtoverifythatitplaysDivXvideo.Visitwww.divx.comformoreinformationand
softwaretoolstoconvertyourfilesintoDivXvideos.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Wi-FiisaregisteredtrademarkoftheWirelessFidelityAlliance,Inc.
rie
ta
ABOUTDIVXVIDEO-ON-DEMAND:ThisDivXCertified®devicemustberegisteredinordertoplaypurchasedDivXVideo-onDemand(VOD)movies.Toobtainyourregistrationcode,locatetheDivXVODsectioninyourdevicesetupmenu(tapApps >
General > About device > Legal information > License settings > DivX® VOD > Register).Gotovod.divx.comfor
Settings >
moreinformationonhowtocompleteyourregistration.
Google,theGooglelogo,Android,theAndroidlogo,GooglePlay,Gmail,GoogleMail,GoogleMaps,GoogleMusic,Google
Hangouts,Picasa,YouTubeandothermarksaretrademarksofGoogleInc.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
SwypeandtheSwypelogosaretrademarksofSwype,Inc.©2010Swype,Inc.Allrightsreserved.
DevicespurchasedforuseonAT&T'ssystemaredesignedforuseexclusivelyonAT&T'ssystem.Youagreethatyouwon'tmake
anymodificationstotheEquipmentorprogrammingtoenabletheEquipmenttooperateonanyothersystem.Avoiceplanis
requiredonallvoice-capabledevices,unlessspecificallynotedotherwiseinthetermsgoverningyouragreement.Somedevices
orplansmayrequireyoutosubscribetoadataplan.
Yourphoneisdesignedtomakeiteasyforyoutoaccessawidevarietyofcontent.Foryourprotection,AT&Twantsyoutobe
awarethatsomeapplicationsthatyouenablemayinvolvethelocationofyourphonebeingshared.Forapplicationsavailable
throughAT&T,AT&Toffersprivacycontrolsthatletyoudecidehowanapplicationmayusethelocationofyourphoneandother
phonesonyouraccount.However,AT&T'sprivacytoolsdonotapplytoapplicationsavailableoutsideofAT&T.Pleasereviewthe
termsandconditionsandtheassociatedprivacypolicyforeachlocation-basedservicetolearnhowlocationinformationwillbe
usedandprotected.
YourphonemaybeusedtoaccesstheInternetandtodownload,and/orpurchasegoods,applications,andservicesfromAT&Tor
elsewherefromthirdparties.AT&TprovidestoolsforyoutocontrolaccesstotheInternetandcertainInternetcontent.These
controlsmaynotbeavailableforcertaindeviceswhichbypassAT&Tcontrols.
AT&TmaycollectcertaintypesofinformationfromyourdevicewhenyouuseAT&Tservicestoprovidecustomersupportandto
improveitsservices.FormoreinformationonAT&T'sPrivacyPolicy,visithttp://www.att.com/privacy.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
rie
ta
YourphonefeaturesearSmart™,anintelligentvoiceprocessorthatdeliversaclearvoiceexperience,allowingyoutohear and be
heard™innearlyanyenvironment.earSmarttechnologyusesthescienceofhumanhearingtodistinguishsounds,identifyyour
voiceandsuppresssurroundingnoise,forclearconversationsjustaboutanywhere.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
How Does It Work?
•TheearSmartvoiceprocessorinyourphonecapturesyourvoiceandallthesoundsaroundyou.
•Workinglikethehumanear,itprocessesanddistinguishesthesesounds,isolatesyourvoiceconversation,andremovesbackgroundnoise-
frombothendsofacall.
•Italsoautomaticallyequalizesandadjustsvoicevolumesoyoucanhearandtalknaturally,eveninthenoisiestplaces.
•WithearSmarttechnology,youcantalkwhereyouwant,andhaveclearconversationsformobilecalls,videochats,evenspeakerphonecalls,
withoutworryingaboutsurroundingnoise.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Table of Contents
ta
NotificationBar ......................... 39
MemoryCard .......................... 40
EnteringText........................... 41
Section 3: Call Functions ............................ 47
DisplayingYourPhoneNumber ............. 47
MakingaCall .......................... 47
MakingEmergencyCalls .................. 48
MakingaCallUsingSpeedDial ............. 49
MakingaCallfromtheAddressBook........ 50
AnsweringaCall ........................ 50
DialingOptions......................... 51
CallLog............................... 51
CallDuration ........................... 54
OptionsDuringaCall..................... 54
CallSettings........................... 58
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
SettingUpYourPhone .................... 6
ChargingaBattery ....................... 9
SwitchingthePhoneOnorOff ............. 11
LockingandUnlockingtheTouchScreen..... 12
SettingupyourPhonewithReady2Go??? ..... 12
CreatingaSamsungAccount .............. 12
CreatingaNewGoogleAccount ............ 13
RetrievingyourGoogleAccountPassword..... 13
SettingUpYourVoiceMail ................ 13
rie
Section 1: Getting Started ............................ 6
Section 2: Understanding Your Phone ....... 15
FeaturesofYourPhone ................... 15
FrontViewofYourPhone ................. 16
SideViewsofYourPhone................. 17
RearViewofYourPhone.................. 18
SPen................................ 19
DisplayLayout ......................... 23
MenuNavigation........................ 27
UsingtheMultiWindow .................. 30
CustomizingYourHomeScreen ............ 34
Section 4: Contacts and Your Address
Book ......................................................... 65
AT&TAddressBookActivation ............. 65
AddingaNewContact.................... 66
EditinganExistingContact ................ 68
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
TypesofMessages ..................... 98
CreatingandSendingMessages ........... 98
MessageOptions ....................... 99
ViewingNewReceivedMessages ......... 101
DeletingMessages .................... 102
MessageSearch ...................... 103
MessagingSettings .................... 103
UsingEmail.......................... 105
UsingGmail .......................... 107
GoogleTalk.......................... 108
Google+............................ 109
Messenger........................... 109
MessagesApp ........................ 110
ChatON ............................. 110
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Section 5: Multimedia .................................78
Section 6: Messaging ..................................98
rie
UsingContacts .........................68
JoiningContacts........................70
SynchronizingAccounts...................71
AddressBookOptions....................72
Groups................................74
AddressBookFavorites ...................75
ManagingAddressBookContacts...........75
AT&TLocker...........................78
MediaHub.............................78
MusicHub .............................80
MusicPlayer...........................81
UsingPlaylists ..........................83
GooglePlayMusic .......................84
VideoPlayer............................85
PlayMovies&TV ........................86
Gallery................................86
Camera ...............................89
UsingtheCamera .......................89
CameraOptions.........................90
UsingtheCamcorder .....................94
CamcorderOptions......................95
Section 7: Changing Your Settings ...........113
AccessingSettings..................... 113
SettingsTabs......................... 113
Wi-FiSettings ........................ 114
Bluetoothsettings ..................... 115
DataUsage .......................... 116
Morenetworks........................ 116
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2
rie
ta
Dateandtime ......................... 146
BlockingMode ........................ 146
Powersavingmode..................... 147
Accessibility .......................... 147
AccessorySettings..................... 149
Backupandreset ...................... 150
ApplicationManager .................... 151
Battery .............................. 153
Storage .............................. 153
Security ............................. 154
AboutDevice.......................... 158
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
NFC ................................ 121
SBeam.............................. 121
Nearbydevices ........................ 121
ScreenMirroring ....................... 122
KiesviaWi-Fi......................... 122
LockScreenSettings ................... 123
DisplaySettings ....................... 125
LEDindicator ......................... 126
Homescreenmode..................... 126
DrivingMode ......................... 127
BrowserBar.......................... 127
One-handedoperation .................. 127
Languageandinput .................... 128
MotionsandGestures ................... 133
Smartscreen ......................... 135
Airview ............................. 135
Voicecontrol.......................... 136
SPenSettings ........................ 136
Locationservices ...................... 137
SoundSettings ........................ 138
CallSettings .......................... 139
AddAccount .......................... 145
Section 8: Connections ............................. 160
Internet .............................. 160
Wi-Fi................................ 167
NFC................................. 170
Bluetooth ............................ 170
PCConnections........................ 174
Section 9: Applications ............................. 176
ATTApplications ....................... 176
AT&TCodeScanner .................... 176
AT&TDriveMode ....................... 177
AT&TFamilyMap....................... 177
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
rie
ta
Maps ............................... 188
MediaHub ........................... 189
Messages ........................... 189
Messaging ........................... 189
Messenger........................... 189
MobileHotspot........................ 190
MusicHub ........................... 190
MusicPlayer ......................... 190
MyFiles............................. 190
myAT&T............................. 191
Navigation ........................... 192
PaperArtist.......................... 193
Phone .............................. 193
PlayBooks........................... 193
PlayMagazines....................... 193
PlayMovies&TV ...................... 194
PlayMusic ........................... 194
PlayStore ........................... 194
PolarisOffice4.0 ...................... 195
SNote .............................. 195
SSuggest ........................... 195
SVoice ............................. 196
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
AT&TLocker..........................178
AT&TNavigator ........................178
AT&TReady2Go........................178
AT&TSmartWi-Fi......................178
Calculator ............................179
Calendar.............................179
Camera ..............................181
ChatON..............................181
Clock ................................181
Contacts .............................185
DeviceHelp ...........................185
Downloads ...........................185
Earth ................................186
Email ................................186
Flipboard .............................186
Gallery...............................186
Gmail................................186
Google...............................187
Google+ .............................187
Internet..............................187
Kiesair ..............................187
Local ................................187
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4
y
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Section 10: Health and Safety
Information ............................................ 202
ResponsibleListening ................... 217
OperatingEnvironment.................. 219
FCCHearingAidCompatibility(HAC)
RegulationsforWirelessDevices ......... 221
RestrictingChildren'sAccesstoYour
MobileDevice....................... 223
FCCNoticeandCautions ................. 223
OtherImportantSafetyInformation......... 224
rie
Settings ............................. 196
Talk ................................ 196
VideoPlayer.......................... 197
VoiceRecorder........................ 197
VoiceSearch.......................... 198
YouTube ............................. 198
YPmobile ............................ 200
Section 11: Warranty Information ............ 226
StandardLimitedWarranty............... 226
EndUserLicenseAgreementforSoftware.... 231
Section 12: Samsung Product
Registration ............................................ 239
Index ......................................................... 240
ExposuretoRadioFrequency(RF)Signals.... 202
SpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR)Certification
Information......................... 207
FCCPart15InformationtoUser ........... 209
CommercialMobileAlertingSystem(CMAS).. 209
SmartPracticesWhileDriving ............. 209
BatteryUseandSafety.................. 211
SamsungMobileProductsandRecycling .... 213
ULCertifiedTravelCharger ............... 214
Display/Touch-Screen.................. 214
GPS ................................ 215
EmergencyCalls ....................... 215
CareandMaintenance .................. 216
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 1: Getting Started
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
PriortouseitisnecessarytoinstallboththebatteryandSIM
intotheircorrespondinginternalcompartments.The
microSD™cardslotisalsolocatedinthissameinternal
area.
1. Removethebackcoverbyinsertingafingernailinto
theslotonthetopofyourphone(1).
ta
Setting Up Your Phone
2. Liftthecoverup(2)andtotherightofthephone.
rie
Thissectionexplainshowtostartusingyourphonebyfirst
configuringyourhardware,activatingyourservice,andthen
settingupyourvoicemail.
FPO
FPO
Caution! Donotbendortwistthebackcoverexcessively.
Doingsomaydamagethecover.
Installing the SIM Card
Whenyousubscribetoacellularnetwork,youareprovided
withaplug-inSIMcardloadedwithyoursubscriptiondetails,
suchasyourPIN,availableoptionalservices,andmany
othersfeatures.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
GettingStarted6
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
CarefullyslidetheSIMcardintotheSIMcardsocket
(asshown)untilthecardlocksintoplace.
• Make sure that the card’s gold contacts face into the phone
and that the upper-left angled corner of the card is positioned
as shown.
ta
Installing the Battery
1. Insertthebatteryintotheopeningonthebackofthe
phone,makingsuretheconnectorsalign(1).
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
䡲
Note: Ifthecardisnotinsertedcorrectly,thephonewillnot
detecttheSIMcard.Re-orientthecardbackintotheslot
iftheSIMisnotdetected.
rie
Important! Theplug-inSIMcardinformationanditscontacts
canbeeasilydamagedbyscratchingorbending,
sobecarefulwhenhandling,inserting,or
removingthecard.KeepallSIMcardsoutofreach
ofsmallchildren.
2. Gentlypressdowntosecurethebattery(2).
FPO
FPO
FPO
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
rie
FPO
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
YoucanuseamicroSD(SD)ormicroSDHCcardto
expandavailablememoryspaceifyoudesire.Thissecure
digitalcardenablesyoutoexchangeimages,music,and
databetweenSD-compatibledevices.Thistypeofmemory
cardisdesignedforusewiththismobilephoneandother
devices.
Removing and Installing the Memory Card
Note: Yourphonehasbeentestedtosupportuptoa64GB
memorycard.
Installing the Memory Card
PushthemicroSDcardintotheslotuntilitclicks(as
shown).
• Make sure the microSD’s gold contact pins face downward and
the card is securely inserted.
FormoreinformationonMemoryCards,see“Memory Card”
onpage 40.
Removing the Memory Card
1. Pushonthememorycarduntilitclicksandisreleased.
2. Graspthememorycardandremoveitfromthephone.
䡲
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
GettingStarted8
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
FPO
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
FPO
2. Pressalongtheedgeofthebackcover(3)untilyou
haveasecureseal.
ta
1. Placethebatterycoverontothebackofthephone(1)
andpressdown(2).
rie
Installing the Back Cover
Note: Makesurethebatteryisproperlyinstalledbefore
switchingonthephone.
Charging a Battery
YourdeviceispoweredbyarechargeableLi-ionbattery.The
TravelChargerthatisusedtochargethebattery,isincluded
withyourdevice.UseonlySamsung-approvedbatteriesand
chargers.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ta
FPO
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: Longbacklightsettings,searchingforservice,vibrate
mode,webbrowseruse,andothervariablesmay
reducethebattery’stalkandstandbytimes.
rie
Note: Youmustfullychargethebatterybeforeusingyour
phoneforthefirsttime.Adischargedbatteryrecharges
fullyinapproximately4hours.
Althoughyoucanusethephonewhilethebatteryis
charging,doingsowillrequireadditionalchargingtime.
Using the Travel Charger
1. PlugtheflatendoftheTravelChargerintothePower/
AccessoryInterfaceconnectorandtheotherendintoa
standardACwalloutlet.
2. Whenchargingisfinished,removetheflatendfrom
theinterfaceconnectorjackonthephone.
Important! Verifythatthehandsetbatteryisinstalledpriorto
connection.Ifthebatteryisnotproperlyinstalled
andthewallchargerisconnected,thehandset
maypoweroffandoncontinuously,preventing
properoperation.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
GettingStarted10
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Switching the Phone On or Off
Note: Failuretounplugthewallchargerbeforeyouremovethe
battery,cancausedamagetothephone.
untilthephoneswitches
rie
ta
1. Pressandhold
on.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Warning! Ifyourhandsethasatouchscreendisplay,please
notethatatouchscreenrespondsbesttoalight
touchfromthepadofyourfinger.Usingexcessive
forceorametallicobjectwhenpressingonthetouch
screenmaydamagethetemperedglasssurfaceand
voidthewarranty.Formoreinformation,referto
“Standard Limited Warranty”onpage226.
FPO
Low Battery Indicator
Whenthebatteryisweakandonlyafewminutesoftalktime
remain,thebatteryicon( )blinksandthedevicesoundsa
warningtoneatregularintervals.Inthiscondition,your
phoneconservesitsremainingbatterypower,notbyturning
offthebacklight,butbyenteringthedimmingmode.Fora
quickcheckofyourbatterylevel,glanceatthebattery
chargeindicatorlocatedintheupper-rightcornerofyour
device’sdisplay.Solidcolor( )indicatesafullcharge.
2. Swipeyourfingeracrossthescreentounlockthe
phone.
Note: ThedisplaylanguageispresettoEnglishatthefactory.
Tochangethelanguage,usetheLanguagemenu.For
moreinformation,referto“Changing Your Settings”on
page113.
Whenthebatterylevelbecomestoolow,thephone
automaticallyturnsoff.
11
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. Toswitchoffthephone,pressandhold
untiltheDevice optionsscreendisplays.
,
4. TapPower offtoswitchoffthephone.
ta
TouchCanceltosetupyourphonelater.Youcan
accessReady2GobytappingApplications ➔ AT&T
Ready2Go
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
tolockthe
2. TouchGet Startedtobegin.
–or–
rie
5. AtthePower offprompt,tapOK.
Locking and Unlocking the Touch
Screen
1. Whenyourphoneison,press
touchscreenandturnoffthedisplay.
1. WhentheFast & Easy Phone Set-Upscreendisplays,
tapSelect Languageifyouwanttochangethedefault
language.
2. Press
againtodisplaythelockscreenthen
swipeyourfingeracrossthescreentounlock.
3. noteaboutlockscreenoptions???
Setting up your Phone with
Ready2Go???
Whenyouturnonyourphoneforthefirsttime,youwillbe
promptedtosetuptheAT&TReady2Gofeature.
AT&TReady2Goallowsyoutoquicklyandeasilysetupyour
phonebyusingthewebbrowseronyourPC.Youcanset-up
emailaccounts,importcontacts,setwallpaper,configure
Wi-Fiandmanymorefeatures.
3. Readandfollowtheinstructionsoneachscreen.
Creating a Samsung Account
AnactiveSamsungaccountisrequiredtobeginaccessing
applicationssuchasChatONandAllSharePlay.Ifyoudidnot
createaSamsungaccountwhenyoufirstsetupyourphone,
followthesesteps:
➔
1. Fromthehomescreen,tap
➔ Settings
Add account.
2. Tap
Samsung account.
3. TapCreate new account.
4. TapTerms and conditionstoreadthemandtapOK.
5. TaptheI accept all the termsabovecheckbox.
6. TapPrivacy policyandreadthepolicyandtapOK.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
GettingStarted12
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Creating a New Google Account
Retrieving your Google Account
Password
AGoogleaccountpasswordisrequiredforGoogle
applications.IfyoumisplaceorforgetyourGoogleAccount
password,followtheseinstructionstoretrieveit:
1. Fromyourcomputer,useanInternetbrowserand
navigatetohttp://google.com/accounts.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Inordertoutilizeyourdevicetothefullestextent,youwill
needtocreateaGoogle™Accountwhenyoufirstuseyour
device.WithaGoogleAccount,Googleapplicationswill
alwaysbeinsyncbetweenyourphoneandcomputer.
9. AttheWelcomescreen,tapNext.
10. Followtheon-screeninstructionstoverifyyouremail
addressandactivateyouraccount.
Note: OnceyouhavecreatedaGoogleaccount,youonlyneed
tosignin.
ta
8. EntertherequiredinformationandtapSign up.
rie
7. TapAgree.
Ifyoudidnotcreateanewaccountduringthesetup
procedurewhenyoufirstturnedyourphoneon,followthese
steps:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Gmail
TheAdd a Google Accountscreendisplays.
2. TapNewtocreateanewGoogleaccount.
–or–
IfyoualreadyhaveaGoogleaccount,tapExistingto
signinandaddtheaccounttoyourphone.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstoaddaGoogle
Account.
13
2. ClickontheCan’t access your account?link.
3. TaptheI don’t know my passwordradiobutton.
4. EnteryourEmailaddressandclickContinue.
5. Followthepasswordrecoveryprocedure.
Setting Up Your Voice Mail
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
,thentap
2. Followthetutorialtocreateapassword,recorda
greeting,andrecordyourname.
Note: Thesestepsmaybedifferentdependingonyour
network.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Accessing Your Voice Mail
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
,thentap
Accessing Your Voice Mail From Another Phone
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
1. Dialyourwirelessphonenumber.
rie
2. Whenconnected,followthevoicepromptsfromthe
voicemailcenter.
Youmaybepromptedtoenterapassword.
2. Whenyouhearyourvoicemailgreeting,pressthe
asteriskkeyonthephoneyouareusing.
3. Enteryourpassword.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
GettingStarted14
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 2: Understanding Your Phone
Features of Your Phone
ta
Facingcamera
•AT&TGPSNavigationfunctionalityprovidesreal-timenavigation
•HSDPA7.2mbpshighspeeddownloadcapability
•Upto64GBexpandablememoryslot
•CorporateandPersonalEmail
•Syncandupdatesocialnetworkapplications
•AppsavailabletodownloadviaGooglePlayStore™
•AccesstoMoviesandTVShowswithSamsungMediaHub
•FullIntegrationofGoogleMobile™Services(Gmail,YouTube,
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Yourphoneislightweight,easy-to-useandoffersmany
usefulfeatures.Thefollowinglistoutlinesafewofthe
featuresincludedinyourphone.
•4GLTEnetworkwith1.9gigahertzquad-coreprocessor
•MobileHotspotcapability
•13Megapixelcameraandcamcorderwith2MegapixelFront
rie
Thissectionoutlinessomekeyfeaturesofyourphoneand
describesthescreenandtheiconsthatappearwhenthephone
isinuse.Italsoshowshowtonavigatethroughthephoneand
providesinformationonusingamemorycard.
•Androidv4.3,JellyBeanPlatform
•Brilliant4.99”HDSuperAMOLED®screen(1920x1080)
•Touchscreenprovidesquickresponsetoavarietyofin-phone
menusandoptionsincludingapplications,multi-windowsandup
tosevenhomescreens
•SmartSwitch™compliant.Formoreinformation,see
www.samsungsmartswitch.com
•ReadyaccesstotheInternet
•Built-inBluetoothandadvancedWi-Fi®technology
•USBTethering-capable
15
GoogleMaps,GoogleVoiceSearch)
•MultipleMessagingOptions:Text/Picture/VideoMessaging,and
InstantMessagingwithGoogleHangouts
•DivXCertified®toplayDivX®videouptoHD1080p,including
premiumcontent
•AllShare™PlaytoshareyourmediacontentacrossDLNA
certifieddevices
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
13
2. External speaker:allowsyoutohearthecaller.
11
3. Application icons:youcanplaceshortcutstoyour
favoriteapplicationsontheHomescreen.
10
4. Primary shortcuts:allowsquickaccesstoimportant
featuressuchasPhone,Contacts,Messaging,Internet,
andApps.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
FPO
12
ta
rie
1. Status light:displaysredwhencharging,greenwhen
fullycharged,bluewhenpoweringup,andorange
whenanotificationhasarrived.
Front View of Your Phone
5. Menu key:allowsyoutoaccesssub-menuswith
additionaloptionsfordifferentfeaturesand
applicationssuchasHomescreen,Phone,Contacts,
Messaging,andWeb.
6. Home key:allowsyoutoreturntothemainHome
screenfromanyHomescreenormenu.Pressandhold
todisplayRecentapps,TaskManager,andGoogle
Search.QuicklypresstwicetoactivatetheSVoice
application.
7. Back key:allowsyoustepbackwardswhennavigating
amenuorwebpage.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone16
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
8. Home screen indicator:showswhichHomescreenis
presentlydisplayed.
Side Views of Your Phone
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
10. AccuWeather screen:displaysTime,Day,Date,
Temperatureandweatherconditionsforyourarea.
11. Indicator icons:showstheinformationneededto
operateyourphone,suchasthereceivedsignal
strength,phonebatterylevel,time,unreadEmails,
missedcalls,etc.
9. Google Quick Search bar:ashortcuttoGoogleSearch
thatallowsyoutosearchforitemsontheinternet.
FPO
12. Front facing camera:allowsyoutotakepicturesof
yourselfwhenyousetthecamerashootingmodeto
Selfshot.
13. Proximity and Light sensors:usestheambientlight
leveltoadjustkeypadaccess.Ifthelightpathis
blocked,forexample,whenholdingthephonecloseto
yourear,thetouchscreenwillturnoff.
17
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
1. 3.5mm Headset jack:allowsyoutopluginheadphones.
7. Microphone:usedfornoisecancellationandstereo
recording.
Rear View of Your Phone
rie
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. Volume keys:allowyoutoadjusttheringervolume
whileinstandbymodeoradjustthevoicevolume
duringacall.Whenreceivinganincomingcall,briefly
pressdowneithervolumekey(
)tomute
theringtone.Adjuststextsizewhenreadinga
message.
3. Microphone:allowsothercallerstohearyouwhenyou
arespeakingtothem.Itisalsousedforthe
Speakerphone.
4. Power/Accessory Interface connector:allowsyouto
connectaTravelChargerorotheroptionalaccessories
suchasaUSB/datacableorahands-freeheadsetfor
convenient,hands-freeconversations.
5. Power/Lock key:(
)letsyoupoweryour
phoneonandoff.Alsoallowsyoutolockorunlockthe
touchscreen.Formoreinformationonlockingyour
phone,see“Locking and Unlocking the Phone”on
page 29.
6. Infrared Blaster:Usedtoemitinfraredsignalsusedfor
controllingexternaldevices.
FPO
1. Camera lens:isusedtotakepicturesandshootvideos.
2. External speaker:allowsyoutohearwhenthe
Speakerphoneisturnedon.
3. S Pen:astylusthatassistsyouinperformingdifferent
functions.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone18
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
TheSPenisastylusthatassistsyouinperformingdifferent
functions.ByusingthePenbutton,youcanminimizehaving
toswitchbetweentouchandpeninput.
orthecalendar,annotateWord,Excel,PowerPoint,andPDF
documents,captureyourideasinSNote,writeanoteontheback
ofthepicture.
ta
S Pen
Rich S Pen Functionality
•Air View:HoverSPenoverthescreentopreviewinformation.
•Effectively express yourself:Write/Drawdirectlyintoanemail,
rie
4. Flash:isusedtoprovideadequatelightwhentaking
picturesindarkplaces.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
•Quick Command:LaunchQuickCommandtoactivatefrequently
usedapplicationsoractions.PresstheSPenbuttonandthen
dragtheSPenupthescreentodisplaytheQuickCommand
window.
•Easy Clip:Instantlyoutlineandcropanythingonthescreenand
freelyeditorsharewithothers.
1. Pen button:bypressingthePenbutton,youcanadd
functionalitytotheSPen.Formoreinformation,refer
to“Using the S Pen”onpage20.
2. Stylus tip:thetipoftheSPenisusedfortappingthe
screen.
19
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Tomovetoapreviousscreen,holdtheSPenbuttonand
touchanddragthescreenasshownintheillustrationbelow.
Thepreviousscreendisplays.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
ToremovetheSPen,followthesesteps:
1. Useyourfingernailorasharpobjecttopulltheendof
theSPenoutofthephone(1).
Thereareseveraldifferentfunctionsyoucanperformby
usingtheSPen.
Back Button
ta
TheSPenisstoredinyourphonetomakeiteasiertokeep
trackof.
Using the S Pen
rie
Removing the S Pen from your Phone
PressSPen
Button
2. PulltheSPenoutofthephone(2).
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone20
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Launch S Note Lite
SNoteLiteisanapplicationthatyoucanlaunchfromany
screentotakequicknotesorjotdownideas.ToopenSNote
Lite,holdtheSPenbuttonanddouble-tapthescreen.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
Todisplaythemenufromanyscreen,holdtheSPenbutton
andtouchanddragthescreenasshownintheillustration
below.Themenudisplays.
ta
Menu Button
Press
SPen
button
Press
SPen
button
ToaccessthefullSNoteapplication,see“S Note”on
page 195.
21
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Write on any Screen after Capture
ta
Towriteonascreencapture,usethepentodraworwrite.
FilesaresavedintheMy Files➔ All files ➔ sdcard0 ➔
Pictures ➔ Screenshots ➔ IMG_editedfolder.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Totakeascreencapture,holdtheSPenbuttonandtapand
holdtheSPenanywhereonthescreen.Filesaresavedin
theMy Files➔ All files ➔ sdcard0 ➔ Pictures ➔
Screenshotsfolder.YoucanalsofindtheminyourGalleryin
theScreenshotsalbum.
rie
Screen Capture
PressandHold
SPenbutton
DraworWrite
ForinformationonusingyourSPenwiththeSNote
application,see“S Note”onpage 195.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone22
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Air view
DisplayswhenthereisnoSIMcardinthephone.
Display Layout
Yourdisplayscreenprovidesawealthofinformationabout
thephone’sstatusandoptions,aswellasprovidingaccess
toapplicationicons.Formoreinformation,referto“Front
View of Your Phone”onpage16.
Indicator Icons
ta
DisplayswhenyourphoneisinBlockingmode.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Youcanscrollthroughpanelsorlistsbymovingthepointer
toanedge(top/bottom/left/right)ofthescreen.
Displayswhenthereisnonetworkavailable.
rie
WhenyouholdtheSPennearthescreen,apointerappears
onthescreen.Movethepointertofiles,subjects,oroptions
topreviewthecontentsorviewinformationinpop-up
windows.
Thislistidentifiesthesymbolsyou’llseeonyourphone’s
displayandIndicatorarea:
Displaysyourcurrentsignalstrength.Thegreater
thenumberofbars,thestrongerthesignal.
DisplayswhentheSpenhasbeenremovedfrom
thephone.
Displayswhenacallisinprogress.
Displayswhenacallisonhold.
Displayswhenthespeakerphoneison.
Displayswhenacallhasbeenmissed.
IndicatesthattheAirplaneModeisactive.You
cannotsendorreceiveanycallsoraccessonline
information.
Displayswhenthereisasystemerrororalert.
23
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
DisplayswhenyourconnectiontoaUTMS,HSDPA,
HSPA,orHSPA+networkisactive.
DisplayswhenCallforwardingissettoAlways
forward.Formoreinformation,referto“Call
forwarding”onpage61.
Displayswhenyourphoneiscommunicatingwith
theUTMS,HSDPA,HSPA,orHSPA+network.
ta
rie
Displayswhenyourconnectiontoa4GLTEnetwork
isactive.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Displaysyourbatterychargelevel.Iconshownis
fullycharged.
Displayswhenacallhasbeenmuted.
Displayswhenyourbatteryischarging.Also
displaysbatterychargelevel.
DevicePowerVeryLow–Showsyourcurrent
batteryonlyhasbetween5and15percentpower
remaining.
DevicePowerCritical–Showsyourcurrentbattery
onlyhaslessthan5percentpowerremainingand
willimmediatelyshutdown.
DisplayswhenyourconnectiontoanEDGEnetwork
isactive.
Displayswhenyourphoneiscommunicatingwith
theEDGEnetwork.
Displayswhenyourphoneiscommunicatingwith
the4GLTEnetwork.
Displayswhenyourphoneisdownloadingorhas
downloadedafile.Itwillblinkgreenwhenitis
installing.
Displayswhentheanoutboundfiletransferisin
progress.
DisplayswhenaPlayStoredownloadhas
completed.
Displayswhenupdatesareavailablefordownload.
Displayswhenthephoneisconnectedtoa
computerviaasupportedUSBcableconnection.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone24
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
DisplayswhenWi-Fiisactivebutthereisa
communicationissuewiththetargetWireless
AccessPoint(WAP).
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
DisplayswhenEmailisreceived.
DisplayswhenWi-Fiisconnected,active,and
communicatingwithaWirelessAccessPoint
(WAP).
ta
Displayswhenanewvoicemailisreceived.
DisplayswhenaBluetoothdevicehasbeenpaired
withthephone.
rie
Displayswhenthephoneistetheredviaa
supportedUSBcableconnection.
Displayswhenanewtextormultimediamessage
isreceived.
DisplayswhenthetimeanddateforaCalendarEvent
hasarrived.Formoreinformation,referto
“Calendar”onpage179.
Displayswhenyousetanalarmtoringataspecified
time.Formoreinformation,referto“Alarm”onpage
181.
DisplayswhentheSoundprofileissettoMute.
DisplayswhenWi-FiDirectisactiveandyourphone
isconnectedtoanotherdevice.
Displayswhenyourphoneasbeenconfiguredasa
portableWi-Fihotspot.
DisplayswhenyourphoneisconnectedtoaPC
usingKiesair.
DisplayswhenyourphoneisconnectedtoaDigital
LivingNetworkAlliance(DLNA)certifieddevice
usingtheAllSharePlayapplication.
DisplayswhenBluetoothisactivated.
DisplayswhenGPSisactiveandacquiringasignal.
DisplayswhentheSoundprofileissettoVibrate.
25
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Formoredetailsonconfiguringyourphone’ssettings,see
“Changing Your Settings”onpage 113.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Displayswhenyourdeviceisconnectedbeingused
tocontrolstreamingmediaandisconnectedtoa
DigitalLivingNetworkAlliance(DLNA)certified
deviceusingtheAllSharePlayapplication.
Displayswhenanemergencycallistakingplace.
ta
Displayswhenyourphoneisconnectingtothe
DeviceManagementserverwhenyoufirstturnon
yourphone.
Displayswhenthekeypadisactive.
rie
Displayswhendatasynchronizationand
applicationsyncisactiveandsynchronizationisin
progressforGmail,Calendar,andContacts.
Displayswhenafileisbeinguploadedorsync’d
betweenyourdeviceandanexternalWebstorage
location.
Displayswhentheuploadedortransferredfilewas
successfullydelivered.
DisplayswhenTTYdevicehasbeeninserted.
Google Search Bar
TheGoogleSearchBarprovidesyouanon-screenInternet
searchenginepoweredbyGoogle™.
1. Fromthemainhomescreen,taptheGoogleSearchbar
2. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoentertheitemyouwant
tosearchfor,thentap
3. Tap touseGoogleVoiceSearch.Followthe
on-screeninstructions.
Displayswhenascreencapturehasbeentaken.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone26
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Command Keys
Press
Menu todisplayacontext-sensitivemenuof
optionsforthecurrentscreenorfeature.
Home Key
Press
HometodisplaythemainHomescreen.Press
andholdtodisplayrecentlyusedappsandaccesstheTask
manager.
Back Key
Press
step.
Backtoreturntothepreviousscreen,optionor
Terms used in this user manual
Tap
•Touchandholdonafieldtodisplayapop-upmenuofoptions.
Swipe and Palm Swipe
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Menu Key
Activateon-screenitemsbyatouchandholdgesture.For
example:
•Touchandholdawidgetonthehomescreentomoveit.
ta
Youcantailorthephone’srangeoffunctionstofityourneeds
usingbothmenusandwidgets.Menus,sub-menus,and
featurescanbeaccessedbyscrollingthroughtheavailable
on-screenmenus.Yourphoneoriginallyhasthreehome
screensbutyoucanexpanduptosevenhomescreens.
•Tapanapplication’sicontolaunchtheapplication.
Touch and Hold
rie
Menu Navigation
•ScrollingthroughtheHomescreenoramenu
Topalmswipe,swipethesideofyourhandhorizontally
acrossthescreen.Usepalmswipewhen:
•Capturingthescreen
Panning
Topan,touchandholdaselectedicon,thenmovethedevice
totheleftorrighttorepositionittoanotherpage.Youmust
firstactivateMotiononyourdevice.Usepanningto:
•MoveiconsonyourHomescreensorApplicationMenusto
anotherpage.
Lightlytouchitemstoselectorlaunchthem.Forexample:
•Taptheonscreenkeyboardtoentercharactersortext.
Toswipe,lightlydragyourfingerverticallyorhorizontally
acrossthescreen.Useswipewhen:
•Unlockingthescreen
•Tapamenuitemtoselectit.
27
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Turn over
Using Gestures
Caution! Excessiveshakingorimpacttothedevicemaycause
unintendedresults.Tolearnhowtoproperlycontrol
motions,tap
➔Settings ➔Motion ➔Learn
about motions.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Turnyourphoneoversothatthescreenfacesdownward.For
example:
•Muteincomingcallsandplayingsoundsbyturningyourphone
over.
3. Tapthecheckboxeslocatedtotherightofeachmotion
optiontoactivatethemotionsyouwish.Acheckmark
willappear.
ta
Toactivatethetiltfeature,pressandholdtwopointsonthe
screenthentiltthedevicebackandforthtoreduceor
enlargethescreen.Usetiltto:
•ReduceorenlargethescreenintheGalleryorBrowser.
rie
Tilt
ByactivatingthevariousgesturefeatureswithintheMotion
Settingsmenu,youcanaccessavarietyoftimesaving
functions.
To activate motion:
1. FromtheHomescreen,press
andthentap
Settings➔ Input and control➔ Motions.
2. TaptheON/OFFicon
locatedatthetopofthe
screentoactivatemotions.
Thefollowingisadescriptionoftheavailablegestures:
•Direct call:Onceenabled,thedevicewilldialthecurrently
displayedon-screenContactentryassoonasyouplacethe
devicetoyourear.
•Smart alert:Onceenabled,pickupthedevicetobealertedand
notifiedofyouhavemissedanycallsormessages.
•zoom:Onceenabled,youmustbeonascreenwherecontentcan
bezoomed.Inasinglemotion,touchandholdtwopointsonthe
displaythentiltthetiltthedevicebackandforthtozoominorout.
•Browse an image:Onceenabled,touchandholdadesiredonscreenimagetopanaroundit.Movethedeviceleftorrighttopan
verticallyorupanddowntopanhorizontallyaroundthelargeonscreenimage.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone28
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Locking and Unlocking the Phone
Navigating Through the Home Screens
Yourphoneoriginallyhasthreehomescreensbutyoucan
expanduptosevenhomescreens.Ifyoulike,youcanplace
differentapplicationsoneachofthehomescreens.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Tounlockyourphone:
1. Pressthelockbutton
rightsideofyourphone.
Formoreinformation,referto“Motions and Gestures”on
page133.
togiveyouinstantaccesstoinformationandapplications.
Thisisthedefaultpageandaccessiblefromanymenuby
pressing
ta
soundsbyturningthedevicedisplaydownonasurface.Thisis
theoppositeofthePickuptobeNotifiedGesture.
rie
•Mute/pause:Onceenabled,muteincomingcallsandanyplaying
locatedontheupper
2. ThelockscreenwilldisplaywithSwipe screen to
unlockdisplayedatthebottomofthescreen.
3. Swipethetouchscreeninanydirection.
4. TheHomescreenwilldisplayasshownabove.
Note: Thereareseveraladditionalwaysyoucanlockyour
screen.Formoreinformation,referto“Lock Screen
Settings”onpage123.
Home Screen Overview
Themainhomescreenisthestartingpointformany
applicationsandfunctions,anditallowsyoutoadditems
likeapplicationicons,shortcuts,folders,orGooglewidgets
29
䡲
FromthemainHomescreen,sweepthescreenwith
yourfingerineitherdirection.ThemainHomeScreen
islocatedinthemiddlewithaHomescreenoneach
side.
Navigating Through the Application Menus
YourphoneinitiallyhasoneApplicationMenuavailable.As
youaddapps,additionalscreenswillbeautomatically
created.Followthesestepstonavigatethroughthe
ApplicationMenus:
1. AttheHomescreen,tap
.Thefirstapplication
menuwillbedisplayed.
2. Ifyouhaveadditionalapplicationmenus,sweepthe
screenleftorrighttoaccessthem.
3. Taponeoftheapplicationicons.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Note: Asyouaddapplications,thenumberofApplication
menusthatyouhaveavailablewillincrease.
–or–
Tap
togotoGoogleSearch.
Toaccessasub-menu:
1. Press
Asub-menuwillappearatthebottomofthephone
screen.
2. Tapanoption.
rie
ta
Tap
todeletetherecordofallrecentlyused
applications.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Sub-menusareavailablewhenyouareatanyHomescreen
orhaveselectedafeatureorapplicationsuchasPhone,
Contacts,Messaging,orInternet.
–or–
Navigating Using Sub-Menus
Note: Notallscreenswillhavesub-menusavailable.
Accessing Recently-Used Apps
Using the Multi Window
Thisfeatureallowsyoutorunmultipleapplicationsonthe
currentscreenatthesametime.
Note: OnlyapplicationsfoundwithintheMultiwindowpanel
canbeactiveatopanothercurrentapplicationonthe
screen.
Whenlaunchingapplicationsthatcontainmultimedia
files(music/video),audiofrombothfileswillbeplayed
simultaneously.
1. Pressandhold
fromanyscreentoopenthe
recently-usedapplicationswindow.
2. Tapanicontoopentheselectedapplication.
–or–
togototheTaskmanager.
Tap
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone30
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. TaptheMulti windowentrytoactivatethefeature.The
iconturnsgreenwhenactive.
4. TapHome
toreturntotheHomescreen.
5. Tapthetab toopentheapplicationpanelshowing
alltheavailableMultiwindowapps.
Note: OnceyouhaveturnedtheMultiwindowoptiononin
step3,youonlyneedtopressandholdtheBackkey
)tore-activatetheMultiwindowfeature.
To deactivate Multi window:
PressandholdtheBackkey(
).Thisactionhides
theMultiwindowtabfromview.
2. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdthetab for
approximatelyone-second,thenslowlydragittoits
newlocationalong the currentscreenedge.
Note: Thisisaquickwaytogetthetaboutofthewayifyou
can’tgettoabuttonoroptionbehindit.
To relocate the Multi window apps panel:
1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature.
2. Tapthetab todisplaytheappspanel(containingthe
scrollableapps).
䡲
To move the tab:
1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. Swipetherowoficonstotheleftuntilthe
Multiwindowiconisdisplayed.
TheMultiwindowcontainstwocomponents:tabandapps
panel.Thetabcanbemanuallymovedacrossthescreen.
Theappspanel(containingthescrollableapps)canbe
relocatedtolockontothedifferentsidesofthescreen
(top/bottom/left/right).
ta
To activate Multi window via the Notification screen:
1. Inasinglemotion,touchtheStatusbartorevealthe
Notificationstab,andthendragittothebottomofthe
screentoopentheNotificationsscreen.
Repositioning the Multi Window
rie
Activating and Deactivating Multi window
31
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
To restore a Multi window application:
1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheapplicationsfoundwithintheappspaneloftheMulti
windowcanbeorganizedbyeitherbeingrearrangedor
removed.
4. TapDoneonceyouhavecompletedtheremoval
process.
ta
Customizing the Multi Window apps
3. TaptheEditbutton(locatedatthebottomofthelist)to
revealastagingareathatcanhouseanyremoved
applicationsfromtheMultiwindowpanel.
rie
3. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdthetab for
approximatelyone-secondtodetachitfromthe
screen,thenslowlydragittoitsnewlocationalong any
otheravailablescreenedge.
To rearrange the Multi window applications:
1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature.
2. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel(containingthe
scrollableapps).
3. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdadesiredappuntilit
detachesfromthepanel,thencarefullydragittoanew
locationinthelistofapps.Liftyourfingerorstylusoff
thescreentoletgooftheappanddropitintoitsnew
location.
2. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel(containingthe
scrollableapps).
3. TaptheEditbutton(locatedatthebottomofthelist)to
revealthestagingareacontaininganypreviously
removedapps.
4. Locatethedesiredapplication.
5. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdadesiredappuntilit
detachesfromthestagingarea,thencarefullydragit
toanewlocationinthecurrentlistofapps.
To remove a Multi window application:
1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature.
2. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel(containingthe
scrollableapps).
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone32
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Note: Oncetwoapplicationsarerunning,thedevicedisplaysa
splitscreenviewcontainingboththeinitialappandthe
newMultiwindowapp.
Eachapplicationisstillindependentoftheother.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Oncemultipleappsarerunningonthesamescreen,youcan
thenchoosetoeitherswaptheirpositionsormaximizea
desiredapp.
ta
AnyoftheappsfoundwithintheMultiwindowpanelcanbe
runatthesametimeasacurrenton-screenapp.
5. Inasinglemotion,dragitoverthecurrentappand
dropthenewMultiwindowappovereitherthetopor
bottomareaofthecurrenton-screenapp.
rie
Using Multi Window to run multiple apps on the
same screen
Note: OnlyapplicationsfoundwithintheMulti-windowpanel
canbeactiveatopanothercurrentapplicationonthe
screen.
Whenlaunchingapplicationsthatcontainmultimedia
files(music/video),audiofrombothfileswillbeplayed
simultaneously.
To switch the arrangement of the applications:
1. Withthetwoapplicationsshowninasplitscreen,tap
theBorderbartoshowtheon-screenicons.
InthisexamplewewillbelaunchingboththeInternetand
Mapsapplications.
1. LaunchanapplicationsuchasMaps.
2. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature.
3. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel.
4. Touchandholdthedesiredapp,suchasInternet,until
itdetachesfromthepanel.
33
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Split/Maximize
To increase the size of a desired application window:
1. Withthetwoapplicationsshowninasplitscreen,
locatetheBorderbarindicatingtheedgeoftheapp
window.
ta
App#1
rie
2. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdtheBorderbarthen
dragittoresizethedesiredwindow.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
To split the current applications:
1. Withthetwoapplicationsshowninasplitscreen,tap
theBorderbartoshowtheon-screenicons.
2. Tapthedesiredapplicationarea(toporbottom).
3. Locateandtap
(Maximize the app).Thecurrent
appsarethebothmaximized.
Customizing Your Home Screen
App#2 Border
bar
Switch
Positions
2. Tapthedesiredapplicationarea(toporbottom).
3. Locateandtap
(Switch app location).Thecurrent
appsareswitched.
YoucancustomizeyourHomescreenbydoingthefollowing:
•CreatingShortcuts
•AddingandRemovingWidgetsontheHomeScreen
•RepositioningWidgets
•CreatingFolders
•ChangingtheWallpaper
•AddingandDeletingHomeScreens
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone34
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
3. TouchandholdonanemptyareaoftheHomescreen.
4. TapApps and widgets,Folder,orPage.
5. Pressandholdashortcutfromtheavailablelistand
positionitonthecurrentscreen.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: Tomoveashortcutfromonescreentoanother,itmust
firstbedeletedfromitscurrentscreen.Navigatetothe
newscreen,thenaddtheshortcut.
2. NavigatetothedesiredHomePage.
ta
ShortcutsaredifferentthanthecurrentHomescreen
Widgetsthatonlylaunchanapplication.Shortcutsactivatea
feature,action,orlaunchanapplication.
Adding a shortcut via the Add to Home screen
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
rie
Creating Shortcuts
Adding a shortcut from the Apps Menu
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
Deleting a shortcut
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
2. NavigatetothedesiredHomePage.
2. Touchandholdthedesiredshortcut.Thisunlocksit
fromitslocationonthecurrentscreen.
3. Tap
3. DragtheiconovertheDeleteicon
todisplayyourcurrentapplications.
4. Scrollthroughthelistandlocateyourdesired
application.
5. Touchandholdtheapplicationicon.Thiscreatesan
immediateshortcutoftheselectediconandclosesthe
Appstab.
6. Whilestillholdingtheon-screenicon,positionitonthe
currentpage.Oncecomplete,releasethescreento
lockthenewshortcutintoitsnewpositiononthe
currentscreen.
35
andreleaseit.
AsyouplacetheshortcutintotheTrash,bothitems
turnred.
Note: Thisactiondoesnotdeletetheshortcut,itjustremoves
itfromthecurrentscreen.
Adding and Removing Primary Shortcuts
Youcanchangeanyofyourprimaryshortcutswiththe
shortcut.
exceptionoftheApps
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. ScrollthroughtheAppmenutofindtheshortcutyou
wanttoaddasthenewprimaryshortcut.
Removing a Widget
1. TouchandholdaWidgetuntilyoucanmoveitaround
onthescreen.
2. DragtheWidgetovertheDeleteicon
it.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
4. Touchandholdthenewshortcut,thendragittothe
emptyspaceintherowofprimaryshortcuts.
6. PressandholdanavailableWidgettopositionitonthe
currentscreen,thenreleasetheWidget.
ta
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
2. Touchandholdtheprimaryshortcutyouwantto
replace,thendragittoanemptyspaceonanyHome
screen.
rie
1. Press
ThenewprimaryshortcutwillnowappearonallHome
screens.
Adding and Removing Widgets
Widgetsareself-containedapplicationsthatresideineither
yourWidgetstaboronthemainorextendedHomescreens.
Unlikeashortcut,theWidgetappearsasanon-screen
application.
Adding a Widget
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
2. NavigatetothedesiredHomePage.
3. Touchandholdonanemptyareaofthescreen.
4. TapApps and Widgets.
5. TaptheWidgetstabatthetopofthescreen.
andrelease
AsyouplacetheWidgetintotheTrash,bothitemsturn
red.
Note: ThisactiondoesnotactuallydeletetheWidget,itjust
removesitfromthecurrentHomescreen.
Moving Icons in the Apps Menu
1. Press
2. Tap
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
todisplayyourcurrentapplications.
3. TaptheAppstabatthetopofthescreenifitisnot
alreadyselected.
4. Press
andtapView type.
5. TapCustomizable grid.Agreencirclewillappearnext
totheoption.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone36
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
andtapEdit.
6. Press
Afolderisdisplayedintheoriginalplaceofthe
applicationiconwiththeapplicationicondisplayedon
topofit.YoucannowdragotherAppsintothefolder.
8. Touchanddragtheicontothepositionthatyouwant.
Tomovetoadifferentpage,dragtheicontotheedge
ofthepageuntilthepagescrollstothedesiredpage.
8. ToviewinformationonanApp,dragtheAppiconupto
theAppinfo
icontoviewinformationonthe
application.
toreturntotheHomescreen.
Youcancreateapplicationfolderstoholdsimilarapplications
ifyouwish.
Tocreateafolderfollowthesesteps:
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
todisplayyourcurrentapplications.
3. TaptheAppstabatthetopofthescreenifitisnot
alreadyselected.
4. Press
ta
Adding a New Page to the Application Menu
Creating Application Folders
2. Tap
rie
9. TapSave.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
9. TapSave.
10. Press
7. Scrollthroughthelistandlocatetheiconyouwishto
move.
andtapEdit.
5. Touchandholdthefirstapplicationthatyouwouldlike
tomovetoafolder.
6. DragtheicondowntotheCreate folder
icon.
Youcanaddanewpagetoyourapplicationmenuby
followingthesesteps:
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
2. Tap
todisplayyourcurrentapplications.
3. TaptheAppstabatthetopofthescreenifitisnot
alreadyselected.
4. Press
andtapEdit.
5. Touchandholdthefirstapplicationthatyouwouldlike
tomovetoanewpage.
6. DragtheicondowntotheCreate page
7. TapSave.
Theappwillappearonanewpage.
7. EnterafoldernameandtapOK.
37
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
icon.
TheHome screen windowisdisplayed.
To add a new Home screen:
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
2. Press
andtapEdit page.
3. TaptheHomescreenthatcontains
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TapSet wallpaper.
YoucanaddanddeleteHomescreens.Youcanhaveupto
sevenHomescreens.
ta
YoucanchangetheWallpaper(background)ofyourhome
screensbyfollowingthesesteps:
1. FromanyHomescreen,touchandholdonanempty
areaofthescreen.
Adding and Deleting Home Screens
rie
Changing the Wallpaper
3. Selectthelocationwhereyouwouldliketochangethe
wallpaper.TapHome screen,Lock screen,orHome and
lock screens.
4. Taponeofthefollowingoptions:
• Gallery: select a wallpaper from photographs you have taken
with your camera.
• Live wallpapers: select an animated wallpaper. This option is
not available for the Lock screen option.
• Wallpapers: select from many still-life wallpapers.
4. Ifdesired,touchandholdthenewscreenanddragitto
adifferentlocation.
5. Press
toreturntothemainHomescreen.
YoucannowadditemstoyournewHomescreen.
To delete a Home screen:
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
2. Press
andtapEdit page.
3. TouchandholdtheHomescreenyouwanttodelete.
4. Dragittothetrashcanlocatedatthebottomofthe
screen.Thepagewillturnred.
5. SelectawallpaperandtapSet wallpaper,Done,or
Cancel.
Anewscreenisadded.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone38
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
7. Press
toreturntothemainHomescreen.
YoucanarrangeyourHomescreensinanyorderthatyou
want.
TomoveaHomescreen,followthesesteps:
1. Press
toactivatethemainHomescreen.
2. Press
䡲
OntheHomescreen,touchandholdtheNotification
Baruntilthepull-downdisplays,thendragdown
vertically.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Moving Home Screens
TheNotificationBarincludesapull-downlisttoshow
informationaboutprocessesthatarerunning,recent
notifications,andalerts.TodisplaytheStatusindicator:
ta
6. TapOKtodeletethepageanditscontents,otherwise
tapCancel.
Notification Bar
rie
5. IfthereareitemsontheHomescreenthatyouwantto
delete,theDelete home screen pagepromptis
displayed.
andtapEdit page.
3. TouchandholdtheHomescreenyouwanttomove.
4. Dragittothelocationthatyouwouldliketoplaceit.
Clearing Notifications
ToclearallnotificationsfromtheNotificationpanel:
1. FromtheHomescreen,touchandholdtheNotification
Baruntilthepull-downdisplays,thendragdown
vertically.
2. TaptheClear button.
Thenotificationsareclearedandthepanelcloses.
Inthisexample,theDualclockappscreenismovedto
thelastposition.
WhenyoumoveaHomescreen,theotherHome
screensarebere-orderedautomatically.
5. Press
toreturntothemainHomescreen.
39
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
todisplayonlyyourprimary
ta
5. Tap andthentap
functions.
Memory Card
YourdeviceletsyouuseamicroSD(SD)ormicroSDHC
cardtoexpandavailablememoryspace.Thissecuredigital
cardenablesyoutoexchangeimages,music,anddata
betweenSD-compatibledevices.Thissectionaddressesthe
featuresandoptionsofyourdevice’sSDfunctionality.The
devicehasaUSBSDcardmode.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Inadditiontonotifications,theNotificationpanelalso
providesquickandreadyaccesstoseparatedevice
functions.Thesecanbequicklyactivatedordeactivatedby
togglingthemonoroff.Youcanchoosethefunctionsthat
willbedisplayed.
1. Fromthenotificationpanel,tap
todisplay
additionaloptions.
4. TapBrightness adjustmenttocreateacheckmarkifyou
wanttobeabletoadjustthescreenbrightnessviathe
Notificationpanel.
rie
Accessing Additional Panel Functions
Thefollowingfunctions(default)arelocatedinthetop
tworowsandcaneitherbeactivated(green)or
deactivated(gray):Wi-Fi,GPS,Sound,Screenrotation,
Bluetooth,Readingmode,Blockingmode,Power
saving,Multiwindow,andScreenMirroring.
2. Tap
thenlocatetheNotificationspanelarea
locatedatthebottomoftheNotificationspanelscreen.
3. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdadesiredfunction
fromthebottomtworowsandthendragittothetop
tworows.AdditionalfunctionsareSBeam,NFC,Air
view,Airgesture,Drivingmode,Smartstay,Smart
scroll,Sync,andAirplanemode.
Mounting the SD Card
Tostoreadditionalphotos,music,videos,andother
applications,youmustmount(install)theSDcardpriorto
use.MountingtheSDcardestablishesaUSBconnection
withyourcomputer.
1. InserttheSDcardintotheexternal,SDcardslot.For
moreinformation,referto“Removing and Installing the
Memory Card”onpage8.
2. YourSDcardisscannedtoseetheavailable
informationonit.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone40
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. TapOK.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
Storage.
Formoreinformation,referto“Removing and Installing
the Memory Card”onpage8.
SD card Available Memory Status
ToviewthememoryallocationforyourexternalSDcard:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Storage.
3. AttheFormat SD card confirmationprompt,tapFormat
SD card.
Warning! Performingthenextsteperasesalldatastoredon
theSDcard.
4. TapDelete alltoformatorpress
tocancel.
Entering Text
Thissectiondescribeshowtoselectthedesiredtextinput
methodwhenenteringcharactersintoyourphone.This
sectionalsodescribesthepredictivetextentrysystemthat
reducestheamountofkeystrokesassociatedwithentering
text.
2. TheavailablememoryforDeviceandSDcarddisplays
undertheTotal spaceandAvailable space headings.
➔ Settings➔
2. TapFormat SD card.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. ScrolltothebottomofthedisplayandtapUnmount SD
card.
YoucanerasefilesfromtheSDcardusingthephone.
1. EnsuretheSDcardismounted.Formoreinformation,
referto“Mounting the SD Card”onpage40.
ta
UnmountingtheSDcardpreventscorruptionanddamageto
theSDcardwhileremovingitfromtheslot.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Storage.
Erasing Files from the SD card
rie
Unmounting the SD card
41
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Entering Text Using the Samsung Keyboard
Fromascreenwhereyoucanentertext,rotateyourphone
counterclockwisetoaLandscapeorientation.Theon-screen
QWERTYkeypadwilldisplay.
ta
Yourphonecomesequippedwithanorientationdetectorthat
cantellifthephoneisbeingheldinanupright(Portrait)or
sideways(Landscape)orientation.Thisisusefulwhen
enteringtext.
Text Input Methods
rie
Therearethreetextinputmethodsavailable:
•Google voice typing:allowsyoutoentertextbyspeaking.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
•Samsung keyboard (default):Samsung’son-screen
QWERTYkeypadthatcanbeusedinbothportraitand
landscapeorientation.
•Swype:anewwaytoentertextontouchscreens.Instead
oftappingeachkey,useyourfingertotraceovereach
letterofaword.
Tochangetheinputmethod,see“Keyboards and Input
Methods”onpage 128.
Shift
Key
Voicetyping
andmoreoptions
Delete
Key
SpaceBar
New
Paragraph
TextInputMode
Changing the Text Input Mode - Keypad
Therearetwomainkeypadlayoutkeysthatwillchangethe
on-screenkeyswithintheQWERTYkeypad.
TheavailableTextInputmodesare:SymandAbc.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone42
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
5. Tap
Note: WheninAbcmode,theSymbuttonwillappear.Whenin
Symmode,theAbc/ABC/abcbuttonwillappear.
Using ABC Mode
1. Ifdesired,rotateyourphonecounterclockwisetoa
Landscapeorientation.
2. WhenyoutaptheEnter messagefield,thefollowing
screendisplays:
3. Tapthedesiredalphabeticcharacters.
4. ThescreeninitiallyopensinABCmode.Aftertypingthe
firstletter,theshiftkey(
)willchangeto
andfollowingletterswillbelowercase.
43
ta
changeto
inABCmode.Allfollowingletters
willbeuppercaseuntilyoutaptheshiftkeyagain.
Using Symbol/Numeric Mode
UseSymbol/NumericModetoaddnumbers,symbols,or
emoticons.
1. RotateyourphonecounterclockwisetoaLandscape
orientation.
rie
ABC
ABC Mode:activatesthedefaultalphabetkeys.
CanalsobesettoAbcorabcbyusingtheshift
)key.
toinputanotherupper-caseletterortap
twicetoswitchtoABCmode.Theshiftkeywill
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Sym
Symbol/Numeric Mode:activatesthenumber,
symbol,andemoticonkeys.
2. Tap Sym atthebottomofthescreen.
3. Tapthedesirednumber,symbol,oremoticon
characters.
4. Tapthe
1/2
buttontoaccessadditionalsymbols.
5. Tap ABC toreturntoAbcmode.
Predictive Text
ByusingthePredictiveTextoption,youcanhavenext-letter
predictionandregionalerrorcorrection,whichcompensates
forpressingthewrongkeysontheQWERTYkeyboard.
Predictivetextisturnedonbydefault.
onthekeyboard,thentap
1. Pressandhold
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4. Continuetypingyourmessage.Tap
tosendthe
formoreoptions.Formore
messageorpress
information,referto“Creating and Sending Messages”
onpage98.
Note: YoucanalsousePredictiveTextmodeintheportrait
orientation.
Entering Text Using Handwriting
Youcanentertextsimplybyusingyourfingertohandwrite
lettersonyourscreen.
onthekeyboard,thentap
1. Pressandhold
ta
Samsung Keyboard Settings
ForinformationonhowyoucanconfigureyourSamsung
keyboardsettings,see“Samsung Keyboard settings”on
page 129.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. Inthetextportionofthemessagescreen,begintyping
aword.Alistofwordoptionsisdisplayedabovethe
keyboard.Taponeofthewordstoreplacetheword
thathasalreadybeentypedorscrollthelineofwords
totheleftformorewordchoices.
3. Youcanwriteoutyourentiremessageusingthe
Handwritingfeatureortap
toswitchbackto
Samsungkeyboardmode.
rie
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe
Predictive textfield,to
,thentap
2. Useyourfingertiptowriteouteachcharacter.Youcan
printorusecursive.
Using the Google Voice Typing Feature
YoucanuseyourvoicetoentertextusingtheGoogleVoice
typingfeature.
1. Fromthekeypad,touchthetopofthescreenanddrag
itdowntodisplayyournotificationpanel.
2. TapSelect input method.
3. TapGoogle voice typing.
4. AttheSpeak nowprompt,speakclearlyanddistinctly
intothemicrophone.
5. Iftheredmicrophoneturnsgray,thenthefeaturehas
timedoutandyoushouldtapthemicrophoneiconto
startagain.
Thetextisdisplayedinthemessageasyouare
speaking.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone44
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ToenableSwype:
1. Fromascreenwhereyoucanentertext,touchand
drag
downfromtheNotificationsareathentap
Select input method.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Swype™isatextinputmethodthatallowsyoutoentera
wordbyslidingyourfingerorstylusfromlettertoletter,
liftingyourfingerbetweenwords.Swypeuseserror
correctingalgorithmsandalanguagemodeltopredictthe
nextword.Swypealsoincludesatappingpredictivetext
system.
TheSamsungkeyboardisthedefaulttextinputmethod,so
touseSwype,youmustfirstchangethedefaultkeyboard
setting.
ta
Entering Text Using Swype
Enabling and Configuring Swype
rie
Note: Thefeatureworksbestwhenyoubreakyourmessage
downintosmallersegments.
Thefollowingexampleshowshowtoentertheword“This”.
Putyourfingerdownonthe“T”,andwithoutlifting,glideit
tothe“h”,thentothe“i”thenovertothe“s”.
2. TaptheSwyperadiobutton.Itwillturngreen.
TheSwypekeyboardisdisplayed.
Swype Settings
ForinformationonhowyoucanconfigureyourSwype
settings,see“Swype Keypad Settings”onpage 131.
Swype Text Entry Tips
YoucanaccesstheSwypeTipsapplicationandwatchavideo
ortutorialonusingSwype.Youcanalsousethefollowing
Swypetextentrytips.
•Createasquiggle(likeanSshape)tocreateadoubleletter(such
asppinapple).
•Touchandholdakeytoviewthepunctuationmenuthenmakea
45
selection.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
•Moveyourfingerorstylusovertheapostrophetoenter
contractions.
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
misspelledword,thentapthedeletekeytoeraseonecharacter.
Touchandholdthedeletekeytoeraseanentireword.
•Double-taponthewordyouwanttochangetocorrecta
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
UnderstandingYourPhone46
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 3: Call Functions
Tap
➔Settings ➔About device ➔Status.Your
phonenumberisdisplayedintheMy phone number
field.
Making a Call
tomakethecall.
Note: WhenyouactivatetheAuto redialoptionintheVoiceCall
menu,thephonewillautomaticallyredialupto10times
whenthepersondoesnotanswerthecallorisalready
onthephone.Formoreinformation,referto“Call
Settings”onpage58.
47
3. Tap
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap andusetheon-screen
keypadtoenterthenumberyouwishtodial.
2. Tap
2. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoenterthecountrycode,
areacode,andphonenumber.
• If you make a mistake, tap
until the desired numbers have
been deleted.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
䡲
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
,thentouchandhold
.The+characterappears.
ta
Displaying Your Phone Number
Making an International Call
rie
Thissectiondescribeshowtomakeoransweracall.Italso
includesthefeaturesandfunctionalityassociatedwith
makingoransweringacall.
tomakethecall.
Manual Pause Dialing
Tomanuallycallanumberwithpause(s)withoutstoringitin
yourContactslist:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap andusetheon-screen
keypadtoenterthephonenumber.
2. Press
todisplaythedialersub-menu.
3. TapAdd 3 sec pausetoaddathreesecondpause,and
usethekeypadtoentertheadditionalnumbers.
Tip: Youcancreatepauseslongerthanthreesecondsby
enteringmultiplethreesecondpauses.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Usethefollowingstepstocorrectamis-typedentrywhen
dialing.
䡲
Afterenteringanumberusingthekeypad:
• If you make a mistake, tap
to erase a single character.
• Press and hold
to erase the entire string of numbers.
Ending a Call
䡲
Tapthe
key.
Dialing a Recent Number
Allincoming,outgoingandmissedcallsarerecordedinthe
Call log.IfthenumberorcallerislistedinyourAddress
Book,theassociatednameisalsodisplayed.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
2. TaptheLogs tab.
Making Emergency Calls
IfyoudonothaveaSIMcardinstalledthefirsttimeyouturn
onthephone,theInsert SIM card to make callsmessage
displaysandananimatedtutorialshowsyouhowtoinstall
theSIMcard.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Correcting an Entered Number
3. TapthedesiredContacttoentertheDetails page,then
tap
tomakeacall.
ta
tomakethecall.
5. Tap
Formoreinformation,referto“Adding Pauses to Contact
Numbers”onpage67.
Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.
rie
4. SelectAdd waittoaddawait.Awaitwillpausethe
callingsequenceuntilyouenteranumberorpressa
key.
WithoutaSIMcard,youcanonlymakeanemergencycall
withthephone;normalcellphoneserviceisnotavailable.
Making an Emergency Call without a SIM card
1. TapEmergency callfromtheon-screendisplaytomake
anemergencycall.
2. Enter9-1-1andtap
.Completeyourcall.During
thistypeofcall,youwillhaveaccesstotheSpeaker
mode,Keypad,andEndCallfeatures.
3. Tap
toexitthiscallingmode.
Making an Emergency Call with a SIM card
TheEmergencycallingmodemakesredialinganemergency
numbera1-tapprocess.Beforeyoucanresumenormal
callingoperations,youshouldfirstexitthismode.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions48
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Note: Thismodecandrainyourbatterypowermorerapidly
thananormalcallingmode.
4. AttheEmergencyCallbackscreen:
• Tap
to callback 911 with a single tap.
• Touch and slide
to the right to exit this mode.
• Touch and slide
to the left return to the Home screen. This
allows you to access other applications while staying in this
mode.
49
2. Press
todisplaytheContactsListsub-menu.
3. TapSpeed dial setting.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. Completeyourcall.Duringthistypeofcall,youwill
haveaccesstotheSpeakermode,Keypad,andEnd
Callfeatures.
• After completing your emergency call,
appears in the
Notification area until you exit the Emergency calling mode.
Youcanassignashortcutnumbertoaphonenumberinyour
ContactsListforspeeddialing.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
todisplay
yourContactsList.
Making a Call Using Speed Dial
ta
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
2. Entertheemergencynumber(ex:911)andthentap
4. TheSpeed dial settingscreendisplaysshowingthe
numbers1through100.Thenumber1isreservedfor
Voicemail.
5. TapanunusednumberandtheSelect contactscreen
displays.
6. Selectacontacttoassigntothenumber.Theselected
contactnumberwilldisplayinthespeeddialnumber
box.
7. Toremoveaspeeddialnumberorchangetheorder,
press
todisplaytheSpeeddialsettingsub-menu.
8. TapChange orderorRemove.
➔ Keypad
9. TomakeacallusingSpeedDial,tap
andfromtheDialer,touchandholdthespeeddial
number.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
– Tap Create new message to compose a new message.
Youcanstorephonenumbersthatyouuseregularlyonthe
SIMcardorinthephone’smemory.Theseentriesare
collectivelycalledtheAddress Book.
–or–
ta
Making a Call from the Address Book
rie
ForfurtherdetailsabouttheAddress Bookfeature,see
“Finding an Address Book Entry”onpage 69.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Answering a Call
Whenacallisreceivedthephoneringsanddisplaysthe
caller’sphonenumber,ornameifstoredintheAddress
Book.
1. Attheincomingcallscreen:
• Touch and drag
in any direction to answer the call.
• Touch and drag
in any direction to reject the call and
send it to your voicemail.
• Touch and drag the Reject call with message tab upward and
tap a predefined text message to send to the caller.
2. Tap
toendthecall.
Note: YoucanansweracallwhileusingtheAddressBookor
othermenufeature.Afterendingthecall,thephone
returnstothepreviouslyactivefunctionscreen.
– I’m driving
– I’m at the cinema
– I’m in class
– I’m in a meeting
– Sorry, I’m busy. Call back later.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions50
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Favorites.
•Contacts:takesyoutoyourAddressBookwhereyoucanselecta
contacttocall.
Afteryoubegintoenternumbers,theAdd to Contactsoption
appearssoyoucansavetheContactifneeded.
Call Log
Thephonestoresthenumbersofthecallsyou’vedialed,
received,ormissedintheCalllog.TheCalllogdisplaysthe
detailsofthecall.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
• Outgoing Calls:
• Missed Calls:
• Rejected Calls:
• Auto Rejected Calls:
Viewing Missed Calls from the Lock Screen
Thenumberofcallsyouhavemissedisdisplayedonthe
Homescreen.
1. Touchthemissedcalliconwiththenumberofmissed
callsonitandmoveitinanydirection.
2. TaptheLogs tab.
• Incoming Calls:
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
•Logs:displaysalistofalldialed,received,andmissedcalls.
•Favorites:displaysyourcontactsthatyouhavemarkedas
Allcallsmade,received,andmissedarelisted.Typesofcalls
areidentifiedbythefollowingicons:
ta
FromtheHomescreenandApplicationmenus,youhavethe
optiontoaccesstheDialerandinitiateacallbytapping
➔ Keypad.FromtheDialerandtheContactsscreen,the
followingtabsarelocatedatthetopofyourscreen:
•Keypad:dialsthecurrentnumberenteredusingtheon-screen
keypad.
Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.Ifthenumberorcaller
islistedinyourAddressBook,theassociatednameis
displayed.
rie
Dialing Options
51
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.Ifthenumberorcaller
islistedinyourAddressBook,theassociatednameis
displayed.
rie
ta
2. Swipethedesiredmissedcalltotherighttocall.
–or–
Swipethedesiredmissedcalltothelefttomessage.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Saving a Recent Call to your Address Book
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Logs.
Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.
2. TapthecallyouwanttosavetoyourAddressBook.
Note: Ifthereisavoicemailsentbythesamenumber,
associatediconsaredisplayedandcanthenbe
selected.
3. Thecalldetailpageisdisplayed.TapCreate contact to
addthecalltoyourAddressBook.
TheCreatecontactscreenisdisplayed.
–or–
2. TheCalllogisdisplayed.Missedcallsareidentifiedby
iconnexttothenumber.
the
Ifyouwanttoreplacethenumberforanexisting
contact,tapUpdate existing.
Calling Back a Missed Call
➔ Logs.
Tocallbackamissedcallnumber:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions52
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
4. Whenyouaredonewithyourmessage,tap
send.
to
Formoreinformation,referto“Creating and Sending
Messages”onpage98.
rie
Callthenumber
3. AttheMessagescreen,taptheemptytextfieldand
usetheon-screenkeypadtotypeinamessage.
ta
Addasnew
contact
Updateanexisting
contact
Sendamessage
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Deleting a Call from the Call Log
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Logs.
Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.
4. Enterinformationintothevariousfieldsusingthe
keypad.
5. TapSave tosavewhenyouarefinished.
ForfurtherdetailsabouttheAddress Bookfeature,see
“Adding a New Contact”onpage 66.
Sending a Message to a Recent Call
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Logs.
Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.
2. Swipetheentryyouwanttomessagetotheleft.
53
2. TouchandholdthecallyouwanttodeletefromtheCall
log.
3. TapDelete.
4. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOK.
ThecallisdeletedfromtheCalllog.
Adding a Call to the Reject List
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Logs.
Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.
2. TouchandholdthecallyouwanttoaddtotheReject
List.
3. TapAdd to reject list.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4. AttheAdd to reject listprompt,tapOK.
Adjusting the Call Volume
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
2. Press
➔ Logs.
➔Call duration.
FromtheHomescreen,youcanalsoadjusttheringervolume
usingthesesamekeys.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. ThefollowingtimesaredisplayedforVoiceandData:
• Last call: shows the length of time for the last call.
PresstheUpvolumekeytoincreasethevolumelevel
andpresstheDownvolumekeytodecreasethe
volumelevel.
rie
䡲
Call Duration
Duringacall,toadjusttheearpiecevolume,usetheVolume
keysontheleftsideofthephone.
ta
Futurecallsfromthisnumberwillberejectedandsent
toyourvoicemail.
• Dialed calls: shows the total length of time for all calls made.
• Received calls: shows the total length of time for all calls
received.
• All calls: shows the total length of time for all calls made and
received.
4. Youmayresetthesetimestozerobypressing
thentapping Reset.
Options During a Call
Yourphoneprovidesanumberofcontrolfunctionsthatyou
canuseduringacall.
In-Call Options
Duringanactivecallthereareseveralfunctionsavailableby
tappingacorrespondingon-screenbutton.
•Hold:placethecurrentactivecallonhold.
•Add call:displaysthedialersoyoucancallanotherperson.
•Keypad:displaystheon-screenkeypad,whereyoucan
enternumberusingDTMF(DualToneMulti-Frequency).
•End call:terminatesthecall.
•Speaker:routesthephone’saudiothrougheitherthespeakeror
throughtheearpiece.
– TapSpeakertoroutetheaudiothroughthespeaker.(Youcan
adjustthespeakervolumeusingthevolumekeys.)Agreenline
willappearundertheSpeakerbutton.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions54
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Placing a Call on Hold
ta
Youcanplacethecurrentcallonholdatanypointduringa
conversation.Youcanalsomakeanothercallwhileyouhave
acallinprogressifyournetworksupportsthisservice.
Hold .Thisactionplaces
1. Whileonacall,tapHold
thecurrentcalleronhold.
2. YoucanlaterreactivatethiscallbytappingUnhold
Unhold .
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
the Speakerphone During an Active Call”onpage 57).The
greenlinewilldisappearwhenSpeakerisnotactivated.
•Mute/Unmuteturntheonboardmicrophoneeitheronoroff.
– TapMuteduringacalltomutethemicrophone.Agreenline
willappearundertheMutebutton.
– TapMute againtounmutethemicrophone.Thegreenlinewill
disappearwhenMuteisnotactivated.
•HeadsetconnectstoaBluetoothheadset.
– TapHeadsetduringacalltoactivateaBluetoothheadset.A
greenlinewillappearundertheHeadsetbutton.
– TapHeadset againtode-activatetheBluetoothheadset.The
greenlinewilldisappearwhentheHeadsetisnotactivated.
•Press formoreoptions:
– Contacts:allowsyoutogotoyourContactlist.
– Message:allowsyoutowriteamessageduringacall.
– S Note:allowsyoutowriteanoteusingtheSNoteapp.
– Noise reduction on/off:allowsyoutoturnontheNoise
reductionfeaturewhenyouareinanoisyarea.TurnitOffwhen
notneededtoconservebatterypower.
– My call sound:assignsasoundequalizerpresetforuseduring
anactivecall.Sometimesyoumightneedthesoundtobe
softer,clearer,oroptimizedforoneearortheother.
rie
– TapSpeakeragain tousethephone’searpiece(see“Using
To make a new call while you have a call in progress
Hold .
1. TapHold
2. TapAdd call
todisplaythedialer.
3. Enterthenewnumberandtap
Onceconnected,theactivecallwillappearinalarge
boxatthetopofyourscreenandthecallonholdwill
appearinasmallerboxinthemiddleofyourscreen.
55
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. Tap
To end a call on hold
1. Tap
todisconnecttheactivecall.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Thecurrentcall(caller#2)isplacedonholdandthe
previouscallonhold(caller#1)isthenreactivatedso
thatyoucancontinueconversingwiththatperson.The
activecallwillappearinagreenbox.
3. Toswitchbetweenthetwocalls,tapSwap.
• Swap: Places the current call on hold and then activates the
previous call. The active call will appear in a green box. Tap
Swap again to switch back.
ta
Whenyouhaveanactivecallandacallonhold,youmay
switchbetweenthetwocalls,changingtheoneonholdto
activeandplacingtheotheronhold.
1. TapSwap.
TapEnding call with "Name/Number"toendthefirst
call.
rie
Switching Between Calls
toendthecurrentlyactivecall.
To end a specific call
1. TapSwapuntilthecallyouwanttoendappearsina
greenbox.
2. Tap
toendthespecificcall.
3. Tap
toendtheremainingcall.
To answer a call while you have a call in progress
1. Tap andslidetotherighttoansweranothercall.
3-Way Calling (Multi-Party Calling)
The3-WayorMulti-Partyfeatureallowsyoutoanswera
seriesofincomingcallsandplacethemonhold.Ifthis
serviceissupportedbythenetwork,allcallscanbejoined
together.Youarenotifiedofanincomingcallbyacallwaiting
tone.
Note: TheMergeoptioncombinesallofthecallsyouhave
establishedwithyourphone(bothactiveandonhold).
Swapplacesthecurrentcallonholdandthenactivates
thepreviouscall.
2. TapPutting "Name/Number" on holdtoputthefirstcall
onhold.
–or–
2. Thecallonholdwillnowbecometheactivecall.Tap
toendthecall.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions56
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Merge
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
4. Jointhefirsttwocallersintoasinglemulti-partycallby
tappingMerge
ta
andslidetotherighttoanswerthenextcall.
3. TapPutting "Name/Number" on holdtoputthefirstcall
onhold.
rie
2. Tap
Thisfeaturejoinsallofthecallsyouhaveestablishedwith
yourphone(bothactiveandonhold)intoamulti-partycall.
1. Tap andslidetotherighttoanswerthecall.
5. Totemporarilyleavetheconferencecall,tapHold
Hold .
TorejointheconferencecalltapUnhold
6. Tap
Unhold
toendthecall.
Using the Speakerphone During an Active Call
Whileinanactivecall,itispossibletoenablethe
speakerphonefeature.
1. TapSpeaker
Speaker
Speaker
andthe
3. Todeactivatethespeakerphone,tapSpeaker
57
Speaker
Important! Formoreinformation,see“Responsible Listening”
onpage 217.
TheSpeakerbuttonnowappearsas
speakerphoneisactivated.
2. UsetheVolumekeys(locatedontheleftsideofyour
phone)toadjustthevolume.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Searching for a Number in Address Book
To mute your phone during a call
1. TapMute
.
Mute
TheMutebuttonnowappearsas
activated.
Mute
andMuteis
Call Waiting
TheCallWaitingfeatureallowsyoutoansweranincoming
callwhileyouhaveacallinprogress,ifthisserviceis
supportedbythenetwork,andyoumustfirstactivatethe
CallWaitingfeature:
䡲
todeactivatetheMutefunctionand
2. TapMute
reactivatethemicrophone.
Mute
Bluetooth headset
1. TapHeadset
Headset
Headset
andthe
➔Call settings
Youarenotifiedofanincomingcallbyacallwaiting
tone.
ToaccesstheCallsettingsmenu:
䡲
FromtheHomescreen,tap
settings.
➔
➔Call
3. TapHeadset
todeactivatetheBluetoothheadset
andreactivatethephonespeaker.
Headset
FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔
➔Additional settings ➔Call waiting.
Call Settings
2. ThephonewillscanforyourBluetoothheadset.When
found,connecttotheheadset.
TheHeadsetbuttonnowappearsas
Bluetoothheadsetisactivated.
thentap Contacts.
ForfurtherdetailsabouttheAddress Bookfeature,see
“Finding an Address Book Entry”onpage 69.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Example: Youwishtosaysomethingtopersonintheroom,
butdonotwantthepersononthephonetohear
you.
1. Duringtheactivecall,press
2. TaptheAddressBookentry.
ta
Youcantemporarilyswitchyourphone’smicrophoneoff,so
thattheotherpersoncannothearyou.
rie
Switching off the Microphone (Mute)
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions58
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. TapSavetosavetherejectmessage.
Call rejection
1. FromtheCallsettingsscreen,tapCall rejection.
Ringtones and keypad tones
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔
➔ Ringtones and keypad tones.
3. TapAuto reject modeandtaponeofthefollowing
options:
• All numbers: to reject all calls.
2. TapDevice ringtone,selectaringtone,andtapOK.
5. Tap
tomanuallyaddnumberstotheRejectlist.
6. TapUnknown,tocreateacheckmarkandautomatically
rejectallcallsthatarenotinyourContactslist.
Set reject messages
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Set reject messages.
➔ Call settings
Taponeofthepre-writtenmessagestobedisplayed
whenyouwantthecalltoberejected.Youcaneditthe
messageifdesired.
ta
rie
4. TapIncoming call vibrationtocreateacheckmarkif
youwantyourphonetovibratewhenacallis
incoming.
5. TapKeytonestocreateacheckmarkifyouwanttones
toplaywhenthekeypadispressed.
Call alert
➔
2. Tap
tomanuallyaddarejectmessage.
–or–
59
➔ Call settings
3. TapDevice vibration,selectavibrationtype,andtap
OK.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Auto reject numbers: to reject all calls in your Reject list.
4. TapAuto reject list.
2. TaptheOFF / ONicontoturnAutorejectmodeon
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Call alert.
➔
➔ Call settings
2. TapCall vibrationstoenableyourphonetovibrate
whenthecalledpartyanswersthephone.
3. TapCall status tonestosetthesoundsettingsduringa
callthentapOK.
4. TapAlerts on calltoturnoffalarmandmessage
notificationsduringacall.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Call answering/ending
My call sound
Thisoptionallowsyoutopersonalizethesoundsyouhear
duringacallwithandwithoutearphones.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings
➔ My call sound.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• The power key ends calls: This option will allow you to end a
call by pressing the power key without turning off the screen.
• Outgoing call conditions: allows you to make calls even when
the device is locked.
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Answering key: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming
calls by pressing the Home key.
Auto screen off during calls
Thisoptionturnsontheproximitysensorduringcallssothat
yourphonewillknowtoturnthescreenofftosavepower.
䡲
• Automatic answering timer: configures the time delay before
the device automatically accepts the incoming call.
➔ Call settings
ta
➔
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Call answering/ending.
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔
➔ Call
settings ➔ Auto screen off during callstocreatea
checkmarkandenablethefeature.
Accessory settings for call
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔
➔ Accessory settings for call.
➔ Call settings
Use extra vol. for calls
Thisoptionallowsyoutoseeanextravolumebuttononthe
screenduringcalls.
䡲
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔
➔ Call
settings ➔ Use extra vol. for callstocreatea
checkmarkandenablethefeature.
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Automatic answering: configures the device to automatically
answer and incoming call when a headset is detected.
2. TapMy call sound settings.
3. TapPersonalize call soundandfollowthedetailed
on-screeninstructions.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions60
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔
➔ Call
settings ➔ Increase volume in pockettocreatea
checkmarkandenablethefeature.
Call forwarding
Additional settings
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Additional settings.
➔
➔ Call settings
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
䡲
ta
Thisoptionincreasestheringtonevolumewhenthedeviceis
inapocketorabag.Itusestheproximitysensortodetectits
location.
• Forward when unreachable: allows you to forward voice calls
to a designated number instead of your voicemail number
when you are not in an area covered by your service provider or
when your phone is switched off.
rie
Increase volume in pocket
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔
➔ Call forwarding➔ Voice call.
➔ Call settings
2. Taponeofthefollowingoptions:
• Always forward: allows you to forward all voice calls.
• Forward when busy allows you to forward voice calls to a
designated number instead of your voice mail number if you
are on another phone call.
• Call waiting: the network service informs you when someone
is trying to reach you during another call. Tap to activate.
• Auto redial: automatically redials the last number if the call
was either cut off or was unable to connect. Tap to activate.
• Noise reduction: allows you to suppress background noise
from your side during calls.
• Fixed Dialing Numbers: allows you to restrict outgoing calls to
a limited set of phone numbers.
• Forward when unanswered: allows you to forward voice calls
to a designated number instead of your voicemail number
when there is no answer on your phone. You can also select
the amount of time that the phone delays before forwarding.
2. Taponeofthefollowingoptions:
• Caller ID: allows you to choose how your Caller ID will be
displayed. Select Network default, Hide number, or Show
number.
61
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Changing the PIN2 Code
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings
➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.
• Auto area code: allows you to automatically prepend a specific
area code to all outbound calls. Slide the slider to the on
position.
2. TapChange PIN2.
Enabling FDN
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings
➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.
3. Attheprompt,enteryouroldPIN2code.
rie
5. ConfirmyourPIN2code.
Managing the FDN List
3. Attheprompt,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK.
FDNisenabled.
4. Attheprompt,enteranewPIN2code.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TapEnable FDN.
ta
Using Fixed Dialing Numbers
4. ToenableFDNafterithasbeendisabled,tapDisable
FDN,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK.
Note: BeforeyoucanmanageanFDNlistalistmustbe
created.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings
➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.
2. TapFDN list.
3. AlistofallexistingFDNnumberswillbedisplayed.
Important! NotallSIMcardsuseaPIN2code.IfyourSIMcard
doesnot,thismenudoesnotdisplay.
ThePIN2codeisprovidedbyyourcarrier.Entering
anincorrectPIN2codecouldcausethephoneto
lock.Contactcustomerserviceforassistance.
Whenthisfeatureisenabled,youcanmakecallsonlyto
phonenumbersstoredintheFDNlistontheSIMcard.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions62
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Vibrate
➔ Call settings
Voicemailserviceprovidedbyyourcarrieristhe
default.
Voicemail settings
Youcanviewormodifyyourvoicemailnumberfromthis
menu.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings
➔ Voicemail settings.
2. TaptheVoice mail numberfield,backspacetoerasethe
digits,andenteranewvoicemailnumberusingthe
keypad,thentapOK.
3. TapOK.
Ringtone
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Ringtone.
➔
2. Taparingtonetohearitplayed.
3. SelectaringtoneandtapOK.
63
2. TapAlways,Only in Silent mode,orNever.
TTY Mode
ATTY(alsoknownasaTDDorTextTelephone)isa
telecommunicationsdevicethatallowspeoplewhoaredeaf,
hardofhearing,orwhohavespeechorlanguagedisabilities,
tocommunicatebytelephone.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TapMy carriertoremovethecarrierVoicemailservice.
Thisoptionallowsyouselectvibrationsettings.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings
➔ Vibrate.
➔
ta
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Voicemail Service.
rie
Voicemail service
➔ Call settings
YourphoneiscompatiblewithselectTTYdevices.Please
checkwiththemanufacturerofyourTTYdevicetoensure
thatitiscompatiblewithdigitalcellphones.
YourphoneandTTYdevicewillconnectviaaspecialcable
thatplugsintoyourphone’sheadsetjack.Ifthiscablewas
notprovidedwithyourTTYdevice,contactyourTTYdevice
manufacturertopurchasetheconnectorcable.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ TTY mode.
➔
➔ Call settings
2. TapTTY Full,TTY HCO,orTTY VCO.Agreencheckmark
willappear.TapTTY Offtoturnitoff.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TapHearing aidstocreateacheckmarkandmakeyour
devicecompatiblewithaHearingaid.
rie
ThisoptionallowsyoutoturnonHearingaidcompatibilityon
yourdevice.
➔ Call
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔
settings.
Hearing aids
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
CallFunctions64
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 4: Contacts and Your Address Book
Synchronizing your AT&T Address Book
Ifyoueverupgrade,damage,orloseyourphone,youcan
easilyrestoreyourcontactsontoyournewphoneby
followingthesesteps:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
WhenyouaccesstheAT&TAddressBook,thenetwork
backupservice,contactsareautomaticallysynchronized
betweenyourphoneandonlineaddressbook.Thechanges
youmakeareautomaticallysavedandifyoueverupgrade,
damage,orloseyourphone,youcaneasilyrestoreyour
contactsontoyournewphone.
ta
AT&T Address Book Activation
YoucanalsomanageyourAddressBookontheweb
athttp://www.att.com/addressbook.
rie
Thissectionallowsyoutomanageyourdailycontactsby
storingtheirnameandnumberinyourAddressBook.
AddressBookentriescanbesortedbyname,entry,orgroup.
ToactivatetheAT&TAddressBook:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
YourAddressBookisdisplayed.
2. Ifyouhavenotsynchronizedyourphonewithyour
onlineAT&TAddressBookrecently,theAT&T Address
Bookscreenisdisplayed.TapYesifyouwantto
synchronizeyourAddressBook.
2. Press
➔ Settings ➔ AT&T Address Book.
3. AttheAT&TAddressBookscreen,tapYes to
synchronizeyourphonewithyouronlineAddressBook.
4. Ifthereareexistingcontactsonyourphone,youwillbe
promptedifyouwouldliketoremovethemfirst.Tap
YesorNo.
Note: YoumustfirstcopyanycontactsthatexistonyourSIM
cardtoyourphone.Formoreinformation,referto
“Copying Contacts to the Phone”onpage76.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
Yourphoneissynchronized.
YourAT&TAddressBookisReadytoUse.Youcannowmake
acallorsendamessagethroughyourAddressBook.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
65
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
5. AttheYour AT&T Address Book is Ready for Useprompt,
tapOK.
4. TaptheNamefieldandusetheon-screenkeypadto
enterthefullname.Formoreinformation,referto
“Entering Text”onpage72.
–or–
Usethefollowingproceduretoaddanewcontacttoyour
AddressBook.
Tap
nexttotheNamefieldtodisplayadditional
namefields.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Saving a Number from the Home screen
rie
Adding a New Contact
ta
YourContactlistisdisplayed.
• Remove: although not an option with a new entry, deletes any
previously assigned image on an existing contact.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
➔
2. AttheSave contact prompt,tapOKorAdd new account
ifwantwanttoaddanewaccounttosavethecontact
to.
3. Taptheimageiconandassignapicturetothenew
entrybychoosingoneofthreeoptions:
• Image: retrieve a previously stored image from your Gallery or
from your My files folder and assign it to this entry. Tap an
image to assign the image to the contact, then tap Done.
• Take picture: use the camera to take a new picture and assign
it to this entry, then tap Done.
• S Note: retrieve a previously stored image from your S Note
app.
5. TapthePhone numberfield.
Thenumericalkeypadisdisplayed.
TheMobile button Mobile initiallydisplaysnexttothe
Phone numberfield.Ifyouwanttoaddaphonenumber
thatisnotamobilenumber,taptheMobilebuttonand
selectfromMobile,Home,Work,Workfax,HomeFax,
Pager,Other,Custom(addyourownlabel),orCallback.
6. Enterthephonenumber.
Tap toaddanotherPhonenumberfieldortap
todeleteafield.
7. TaptheEmail addressfield.
Thekeypadisdisplayed.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ContactsandYourAddressBook66
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
9. TaptheAddressfield.
Thekeypadisdisplayed.
TheHomebutton Home initiallydisplaysnexttothe
Addressfield.Ifyouwanttoaddanaddressthatisnot
aHomeaddress,taptheHomebuttonandselectfrom
Home,Work,Other,orCustom(addyourownlabel).
10. Entertheaddress.
• Groups: assign the contact to Not assigned, ICE - emergency
contacts, Co-workers, Family, or Friends.
• Ringtone: adds a field used to assign a message tone that will
sound when messages are received from this contact. Choose
between Default, Ringtones, or Go to My files.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Tap
toaddanotherEmailaddressfieldortap
todeleteafield.
to add a Birthday, Anniversary, Other, or
ta
8. EntertheEmailaddress.
• Events: tap
Custom.
rie
TheHomebutton Home initiallydisplaysnexttothe
Email addressfield.IfyouwanttoaddanEmailaddress
thatisnotaHomeemailaddress,taptheHomebutton
andselectfromHome,Work,Other,orCustom(add
yourownlabel).
toaddanotheraddressfieldortap
Tap
deleteafield.
to
• Vibration pattern: allows you to set the specific type of
vibration.
• Add another field:tap this button to add another field such as
Phonetic name, Organization, IM, Notes, Nickname, Website,
Internet call, or Relationship.
12. TapSavetosavethenewcontact.
Adding Pauses to Contact Numbers
Whenyoucallautomatedsystems,youareoftenrequiredto
enterapasswordoraccountnumber.Insteadofmanually
enteringthenumberseachtime,youcanstorethenumbers
inyourContactsalongwithspecialcharacterscalledpauses
11. Tapanyofthefollowingfieldsthatyouwanttoaddto
yournewcontact:
• Message alert: allows you to set a message alert tone for the
contact.
67
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
toedit.
3. Tapthephonenumberfield.
4. Tapthescreenatthepositionwherethepauseorwait
needstobeadded.
5. Tap
Sym
.
2. PressandholdtheContactthatyouwanttoedit.
3. TapEdit.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. Tap
Wheneditinganexistingcontact,youcantapafieldand
changeordeletetheinformation,oryoucanaddadditional
fieldstothecontact’slistofinformation.
.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
ta
ToaddapauseorawaittoanexistingContact:
,andthentap
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
thenameornumbertoopentheContact.
Editing an Existing Contact
rie
andwaits.Apausewillstopthecallingsequencefortwo
secondsandawaitwillpausethecallingsequenceuntilyou
enteranumberorpressakey.
6. TapPausetoaddatwo-secondpauseortapWaitto
addawait,andusethekeypadtoentertheadditional
numbers.Apausewillbedisplayedasacomma(,)and
awaitwillbedisplayedasasemi-colon(;).
5. TapSavetosavetheeditedinformation.
Using Contacts
Dialing or Messaging from Address Book
OnceyouhavestoredphonenumbersintheAddressBook,
youcandialthemeasilyandquicklybyeitherusingtheirSIM
cardlocationnumberorbyusingtheSearchfieldtolocate
theentry.
FromtheAddressbook,youcanalsosendmessages.
7. TapSavetosaveyourchanges,ortapCancelto
discard.
4. Tapanyofthefieldstoadd,change,ordelete
information.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ContactsandYourAddressBook68
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
4. Tapthephoneicontomakeaphonecallortapthe
messageicontosendamessage.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
DependingonyourparticularSIMcard,themaximum
numberofphonenumberstheSIMcardcanstoreandhow
theyarestoredmaydiffer.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
3. Tapthecontactyouwishtocallormessage.
ta
Youcanstorephonenumbersandtheircorresponding
namesontoyourSIMcardandphone’sonboardmemory.
Thetwolocationsarephysicallyseparatebutareusedasa
singleentity,calledtheAddressBook.
rie
Finding an Address Book Entry
2. WithintheContactslist(sortedalphabetically),tapa
letterontherightsideofthedisplaytoquicklyjumpto
thecontactsbeginningwiththatletter.
Formoreinformation,referto“Creating and Sending
Messages”onpage98.
Tip: FromtheContactlist,sweeprightoveralistingtomakea
call.Sweepleftoveralistingtosendamessage.
69
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
2. Tapacontactname(thenameyouwanttojointo
anotherentry).Note:typicallythisisthesamecontact
withadifferentnameoraccountinformation.
3. Press
➔Join contact.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Manypeoplenowmaintainmultipleemailaccounts,social
networkinglogins,andothersimilaraccountinformation.For
example,aFacebookaccountloginnamemightdifferfroma
corporateemailaccountloginbecausetheyaremaintained
separatelyandfordifferentgroupsofpeople.
ta
Joining Contact Information
Formoreinformationaboutsynchronizingaccounts,see
“Synchronizing Accounts”onpage 71.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
rie
Joining Contacts
Thisdevicecansynchronizewithmultipleaccountssuchas
Facebook,Twitter,MySpace,Corporateemail,andGoogle.
Whenyousynchronizeyourphonewiththeseaccounts,each
accountcreatesaseparatecontactentryintheContactslist.
Ifoneofyourcontacts(AmySmith,forexample)hasa
regularemailaccountthatyoumaintaininGmail,butalso
hasaFacebookaccountunderhermaidenandmarried
name,aswellasaYahoo!chataccount,whenyoumerge
theseaccountsintoyourContactslistyoucanjoinallofher
entriesandviewtheinformationinonerecord.
Thenexttimeyousynchronizeyourphonewithyour
accounts,anyupdatesthatcontactsmaketoemailaccount
names,emailaddresses,etc.automaticallyupdateinyour
contactslist.
Thecontactlistisdisplayed.
Note: Onlycontactsstoredonyourphonecanbejoined.
4. Tapthesecondcontactentry(theentryinwhichto
join).Thesecondcontactisnowjoinedwiththefirst
andtheaccountinformationismergedintoonescreen.
Note: Theinformationisstillmaintainedinbothentries,but
displaysinonerecordforeasierviewingwhenyoujoin
thecontacts.
5. TaptheConnectionbartoviewthecontactinformation
youjoined.Thecontactsandinformationdisplayswith
aniconnexttothecontactnametoindicatewhattype
ofaccountinformationiscontainedintheentry.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ContactsandYourAddressBook70
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. Tapacontactname(theaccountnamefromwhichyou
wanttounlinkanentry).Note:typicallythisisthesame
contactwithadifferentnameoraccountinformation.
3. TaptheConnection bar.
4. Tochangethedefaultcontact,taptheradiobuttonnext
toanotherentrythatyouwanttobethedefault.The
radiobuttonwillturngreen,thentapDone.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
nexttoentryinwhichyou
4. Taptheminussign
wanttounjoin.Thecontactisnowseparatedandno
longerdisplaysinthemergedrecordscreen.
3. Press
➔Mark as default.TheMarkasdefault
screendisplaysradiobuttonsnexttothecontact
namesorphonenumbersofallthelinkedcontacts.
Theradiobuttonnexttothedefaultcontactwillbe
green.
ta
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
rie
Unjoining a Contact
Marking a Contact as Default
Whenyouusemessagingtypeapplications,theapplication
needstoknowwhichinformationisprimary(default)ina
contactentrylist.Forexample,youmayhavethreedifferent
contactrecordsforJohnSmith,sotheapplicationwillbe
lookingforthe“default”numberorentry.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
FromtheAccountsmenuyoudecideifyouwantapplications
tosynchronize,send,andreceivedataatanygiventime,orif
youwanttheapplicationstosynchronizeautomatically.After
determininghowyouwanttheaccountstosynchronize,
indicatewhichaccounttosynchronizewithyourContacts
list.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
2. Press
thentapAccounts.
3. TaptheAuto sync app datacheckboxtocreatea
checkmarkandactivatethefeature.
2. TapaContactname.
Synchronizing Accounts
71
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4. TapOKtosynchronizeallaccounts.
Theaccountsaresynchronized.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Options in Address Book
• Speed dial setting: allows you to set up speed-dialing. For
more information, refer to “Making a Call Using Speed
Dial” on page 49.
rie
YoucanaccessAddressBookoptionswhileatthemain
AddressBookpageorwhileinthedetailspageforaspecific
entry.
ta
Address Book Options
• Accounts: allows you to add and manage your Samsung,
ChatON, Google, LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol),
and Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts. Tap Add account
and then follow the on-screen instructions.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
thenpress
2. Thefollowingoptionsaredisplayed:
• Delete: allows you to delete 1 or more of your contacts.
• SIM Management: allows you to copy contacts from your
phone to your SIM card or from your SIM card to your phone.
You can also delete contacts from your SIM.
• Import/Export: allows you to move contacts to or from your
memory card or USB storage. You can also send a namecard
via Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi
Direct.
• Send email: allows you to send an email using your Google
account.
• Send message: allows you to send a text or picture message.
• Contacts to display: You can choose to display all of your
contacts or only display contacts on your Phone, SIM, or
contacts stored to other accounts. You can also tap Customized
list to change other options on how your contacts are displayed.
• Settings: allows you to choose set the following options:
– Only contacts with phones: allows you to only display
contacts that have phone numbers.
– List by: allows you to sort by First name or Last name.
– Display contacts by: allows you to sort by First name or Last
name first.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ContactsandYourAddressBook72
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
– Contact sharing settings: allows you to send all or individual
contacts via Bluetooth in the form of namecards.
– AT&T Address Book: allows you to access the AT&T Address
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Options at Selected Contact Screen
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
2. Tapacontactandatthecontact’sdisplayscreen,press
• Assign speed dial: allows you to assign this contact to your
speed dial list. For more information, refer to “Making a Call
Using Speed Dial” on page 49.
rie
Book so you can sync your contacts.
• Mark as default: when you have multiple contacts linked
together, you can mark one of them as default (only displays
when contact is saved to the phone). For more information,
refer to “Marking a Contact as Default” on page 71.
numbers.
ta
– Service numbers: allows you to display or edit your service
3. Thefollowingoptionsaredisplayed:
• History: allows you to view the phone and message history for
the contact.
• Edit: allows you to edit the contact’s information.
• Delete: allows you to delete the contact from your Address
Book.
• Join contact: allows you to join contacts with other contacts
(only displays when contact is saved to SIM).
• Share namecard via: allows you to send the contact’s
information via Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or
Wi-Fi Direct.
• Add to/Remove from reject list: allows you to add or remove
the contact from your reject list. If they call while being on the
reject list, the call will be sent directly to voice mail.
• Print contact info: allows you to print the contact’s namecard
to a Samsung printer using Wi-Fi.
• Add shortcut to Home: allows you to place a shortcut for this
contact on your Home screen.
• Separate contact: allows you to separate contacts that have
been joined.
73
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Creating a New Group
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
3. TapAdd to group.
5. TapDone.
Thecontactisaddedtothegroup.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
Groups
2. Tapagroupentry.
3. Press
➔
➔ Remove member.
4. Tapallofthecontactsyouwanttoremovefromthis
group.Agreencheckmarkwillappearnexttotheir
name.
5. TapDone.
2. TaptheGroup namefieldandusetheon-screen
keypadtoenteranewgroupname.Formore
information,referto“Entering Text”onpage72.
3. TapGroup ringtonetochooseanaudiofilefor
assignmenttothisnewgroup.ChoosefromDefault,
Ringtones,orGo to My files.
Removing a Contact From a Group
Groups
➔ Groups
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
4. Tapagroupentry.
Groups
rie
2. Pressandholdacontactthatyouwouldliketoaddtoa
group.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
➔
➔Create.
Adding a Contact to a Group
ta
Groups
Thecontactsarenowremovedfromthegroup.
4. TapVibration patterntochooseanaudiofilefor
assignmenttothisnewgroup.
5. TapAdd membertoaddcontactstothenewgroup.
6. Tapeachcontactyouwanttoaddtocreatea
checkmark.YoucanalsotapSelect all.
7. TapDone.
8. TapSavetosavethenewGroupcategory.
Editing a Caller Group
ToeditaGroupentry,theremustbeatleastonememberas
partoftheselectedgroup.
➔Groups
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
Groups
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ContactsandYourAddressBook74
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. Tapagroupentry.
3. Press
Removing Favorites from your Address Book
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
➔ Edit.
6. TapDone.
3. TapRemove from favoritesonthedisplayedlist.
7. TapSavetosavetheeditedGroupcategory.
4. Thegoldstarwillnolongerappearnexttothecontact
intheAddressBook.
Address Book Favorites
OnceyouhavestoredphonenumbersintheAddressBook,
youcanaddthemtoyourFavoriteslist.
ToviewyourFavoriteslist:
䡲
FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
Favorites
➔ Favorites
Adding Favorites to your Address Book
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
2. WithintheContactslist,touchandholdacontactthat
youwanttoaddtoyourfavoriteslist.
3. TapAdd to Favoritesonthedisplayedlist.
4. Agoldstarwillappearnexttothecontactinthe
AddressBook.
75
rie
ta
5. TapAdd membertoaddmorecontactstothisgroup.
2. WithintheContactslist,touchandholdacontactthat
youwanttoremovefromyourfavoriteslist.Contactsin
yourFavoriteslistwillhaveagoldstar.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
4. MakemodificationstotheGroup name,Group ringtone,
orVibration patternfields.
Managing Address Book Contacts
Youcancopy,delete,andviewthememorystatusforthe
PhoneandSIMcontactsonyourphone.
Copying Contacts to the SIM Card
Note: WhenstoringanAddressBookentryintotheSIMcard,
onlythename,phonenumber,andemailaddressare
availableasfields.Also,ifyoumovetheSIMcardto
anotherphonethatdoesnotsupportadditionalfieldson
theSIMcard,thisadditionalinformationmaynotbe
available.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
SIM Management.
➔
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
➔
4. TapDonetocopy.
5. TapDonetocopy.
Theselectednumbersarecopied.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. Tapthecontactstoplaceacheckmarkadjacentto
thoseentriesyouwishtohavecopiedtotheSIMcard.
• Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to the
SIM or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all
entries.
4. Tapthecontactstoplaceacheckmarkadjacentto
thoseentriesyouwishtohavecopiedtoyourphone.
• Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to
your phone or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all
entries.
ta
Thephonethendisplaysalistofyourcurrentphone
contacts.
rie
2. TapCopy Contacts to SIM.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
SIM Management.
5. AttheCopy to SIMdisplay,tapOK.
TheselectednumbersarecopiedtotheSIMcard.
Copying Contacts to the Phone
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
SIM Management.
➔
➔
2. TapCopy Contacts from SIM.
3. AttheCreate contact under accountprompt,tapon
Phoneoranaccountnamethatyouwouldliketocopy
thecontactto.
Thephonethendisplaysalistofyourcurrentcontacts
storedonyourSIMcard.
Deleting Contacts from the SIM card
➔
➔
2. TapDelete Contacts from SIM.
ThephonethendisplaysalistofyourcurrentSIM
contacts.
3. Tapthecontactstoplaceacheckmarkadjacentto
thoseentriesyouwishtohavedeletedfromtheSIM
card.
• Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to the
SIM or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all
entries.
4. TapDelete.
5. AttheDelete Contacts from SIM prompt,tapOK.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ContactsandYourAddressBook76
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. WithintheContactslist,touchandholdacontactthat
youwanttodelete.
YoucandeletePhoneorSIMentriesfromyourphone’s
memory.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
Note: ThismenuisavailableonlywhenyourSIMcard
supportsServiceDialingNumbers.
ta
Deleting Address Book Entries from the Phone
rie
TheselectednumbersaredeletedfromtheSIMcard.
3. TapDeleteonthedisplayedlist.
4. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOKtodeletethecontactor
Canceltoexit.
Using the Service Dialing Numbers
YoucanviewthelistofServiceDialingNumbers(SDN)
assignedbyyourserviceprovider.Thesenumbersmay
includeemergencynumbers,customerservicenumbers,and
directoryinquiries.
➔
➔
1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
Settings.
2. TapService numbers.
3. Scrollthroughtheavailablenumbers(ifavailable).
4. Tapanumberandthecallismade.
77
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 5: Multimedia
AT&T Locker
2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready
signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a
New Google Account”onpage13.
ThePlayStoreisdisplayed.
3. Thefirsttimeyousignin,thePlayStoreTermsof
Servicewillbedisplayed.TapAccepttocontinueor
Declinetoexit.
4. TapUpdate.
ta
7. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseAT&TLocker.
Media Hub
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
AT&TLockerallowsyoutostore,share,andsyncallofyour
photos,videos,anddocumentsinonesafe,convenient
place;theAT&Tcloud.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔AT&T Locker
6. AttheAT&TLockerhomescreen,tapSign Me Up!to
createanaccountortapSign Inifyoualreadyhavean
account.
rie
Thissectionexplainshowtousethemultimediafeaturesof
yourphone,includingAT&TLocker,MediaHub,MusicHub,
MusicPlayer,GooglePlayMusic,VideoPlayer,PlayMovies&
TV,Gallery,Camera,andCamcorder.
5. TapAccept & download.
AT&TLockerwillbedownloadedtoyourdevice.
SamsungMediaHubisyouronestopforthehottestmovie
andTVcontent.Withhundredsoftitlesavailableatyour
fingertips,entertainingyourselforyourkidsonthegohas
neverbeeneasier.Youcanrentorpurchaseyourfavorite
contentandwatchfromtheconvenienceofanywhere.
FeaturingthestunningviewingqualitySamsungisknown
for,SamsungMediaHubisyourgatewaytomobilevideolike
you'veneverexperienceditbefore.
Note: MediaHubusageisbasedonserviceavailability.
Using Media Hub
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Settings ➔Security
➔Unknown sourcestocreateacheckmarkandallow
theSamsungapptorun.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia78
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
.
4. ReadtheTerms and ConditionsscreenandtaptheI
agree to the Terms and Conditionscheckbox.
5. TapAccepttocontinueorDeclinetoexit.
TheMediaHubscreendisplays.
10. ThemediawillbestoredintheMyMediafolder.
Media Hub Notices
•Anymediaitem(MediaContent)mayberentedorpurchasedafter
youcreateanaccountinMediaHub.
•MediaContentthatisdownloadedmaybeviewedconcurrentlyon
uptofive(5)deviceswithMediaHubthatarealsoregisteredto
thesameaccount.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
6. AttheMediaHubscreen,What’s Newisdisplayedwith
recentlyaddedmediathatyoucanrentorpurchase.
9. AttheDetailsscreen,followtheon-screeninstructions
tocreateaSamsungaccountandmakeapurchase.
➔Media Hub
ta
➔
rie
2. Atthewarningprompt,tapOK.
3. TapHome
7. Thefollowingtabsaredisplayedatthetopofthe
screen:
• Home: displays the Media Hub main screen.
• Movies: displays movies that are available for rent or purchase.
Scroll through the top navigation bar and select a movie
category. The movies of that type will be displayed below.
• TV Shows: displays TV shows that are available for purchase.
Scroll through the top navigation bar and select a TV category.
The TV shows of that type will be displayed below.
• My Media: allows you to view all of the media that you have
purchased or rented. Tap a media entry to view it.
8. Scrollthroughthemedialistingsandtaponanitem
youwouldliketopurchaseorrent.
79
•Youmaychoosetoremoveadevicefromyouraccountnomore
thanonceevery90days.
•YoumayremoveMediaContentfromadeviceasmanytimesas
you’dlike.Youwillhavetheabilitytore-downloadtheMedia
Contentatalaterpointintimesubjecttocontentre-download
availabilityandstudiopermissions.
•YouMUSTbeinnetworkcoveragetolicenseMediaContentyou
haveacquiredthroughtheService.
•Youcanuse3G,4G,orWi-Ficonnectivityinordertodownload
MediaContent.
•UnlikepurchasedMediaContent,rentedMediaContentwillbe
viewableononly1deviceinyouraccount.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
licenseacquisitionhasoccurredandb)sufficientamountofthe
MediaContenthasbeenbuffered.
Note: Youmustsignupforanaccountbeforeaccessingsome
oftheMusicHuboptions.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
•YoumustfinishwatchingrentedMediaContentwithin24
•YoumaybeginwatchingdownloadedMediaContentassoonasa)
TheMusicHubappletsyouuploadyourmusiccollectionto
thecloud,streamandpurchasesongsfromanextensive
catalog,andlistentopersonalradio.
ta
wherethereisaweaksignal.
Music Hub
rie
•MediaContentisdownloadedandsavedontotheSDcard.
•YourMediaContentmaypause/stopornotdownloadinnetworks
consecutivehoursofstartofplayback.
• Stopping, pausing or restarting rented Media Content does not
extend the available viewing time.
• In no event will rented Media Content be available for a period
of more than thirty (30) days (or shorter on a title-by-title basis)
after the Media Content has been rented (e.g., if you begin
viewing rented Media Content on the 29th day after the rental
transaction, but do not finish viewing the entire title, that rented
Media Content may not be available for the entire twenty-four
(24) consecutive hour period if such period would extend the
viewable time beyond the thirty (30) day rental window).
•YoucannotplayanymediacontentdownloadedfromMediaHub
throughanyoutputonyourmobilephone,includingAllShare.
1. SignontoyourSamsungaccountifyouhavenot
alreadydoneso.Formoreinformation,referto
“Creating a Samsung Account”onpage12.
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Music Hub
3. ReadtheintroductionmaterialandtapContinueto
continue.TapMusic Hub Videotowatchahelpfulvideo
aboutMusicHub.
TheMusicHubHomescreendisplays.
4. Taponeofthefollowingoptions:
• Featured: This is the Music Hub home screen. Displays top
albums, featured albums, top tracks, new releases, and more.
Tap an item to display more information and prices.
• Genres: Displays bestsellers and new releases by genre, such
as pop, rock, jazz, comedy, and blues.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia80
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
to start the purchase process. Tap Menu ➔ Delete all to clear
your basket or tap Remove to delete songs from your basket.
2. Selectanalbumoratrack.
3. Tap
(Cart)nexttoanalbumtoaddthealbumto
yourbasketornexttoeachtrackthatyouwanttoadd
toyourbasket.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
– Purchase List: Displays a list of your purchases.
– Payment information: Allows you to set up your payment
– Basket: Displays songs that you have selected to buy. Tap Buy
YoucanuseMusicHubtobuyalbumsorindividualtracks.
Youcanalsobuildyourownalbumfromvarioustracks.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Music Hub
ta
• My page: Displays the following options:
Making a Purchase
rie
• Playlists: Displays downloaded playlists and your library of
songs and albums. Tap New to create a new playlist.
method. Tap Add card to enter your payment information.
– Help: Display help information for Music Hub.
Note: Youhavetobesignedintousesomeoptions.
Tosignin,tapSign inandusethekeyboardtoenteryour
Email addressandMusic Hub Password.
TapCreate accounttosetupanewaccount.
4. Tap
(Add)nexttothealbumtoaddittoyour
album.
–or–
5. Tap
(Add)nexttoeachtrackthatyouwanttoadd
toyouralbum.
6. TapNewtocreateanewalbum.
Music Player
5. Tap
(Search)andusethekeyboardtoenterakey
wordorphrasetosearchfortracks,albums,orartists.
Tap
onthekeyboardtosearchMusicHub.Select
anitemtoplayasample,addanitemtoyourbasket,
oraddanitemtoyouralbum.
81
TheMusicPlayerisanapplicationthatcanplaymusicfiles.
TheMusicPlayersupportsfileswithextensionsAAC,AAC+,
eAAC+,MP3,WMA,3GP,MP4,andM4A.Launchingthe
MusicPlayerallowsyoutonavigatethroughyourmusic
library,playsongs,andcreateplaylists(musicfilesbigger
than300KBaredisplayed).
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
.
2. Tapalibrarycategoryatthetopofthescreen(All,
Playlists,Albums,Artists,Musicsquare,orFolders)to
viewtheavailablemusicfiles.
ShuffleOff:songsplayinorderandarenot
shuffled.
ProvidesaccesstotheMusicsquare.
Liststhecurrentplaylistsongs.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. Scrollthroughthelistofsongsandtapanentryto
beginplayback.
ShuffleOn:thecurrentlistofsongsarerandomly
shuffledforplayback.
➔Music Player
ta
1. Tap
rie
Playing Music
4. ThefollowingMusicPlayercontrolsareavailable:
Pausethesong.
Startthesongafterbeingpaused.
Pressandholdtorewindthesong.Taptogoto
previoussong.
Pressandholdtofast-forwardthesong.Taptogo
tonextsong.
Volumecontrol.
Displaysthecurrentsongintheplayerwindow.
ProvidesaccesstotheSoundAlivefeature.
Music Player Options
Toaccessadditionaloptions,followthesesteps:
1. WhileintheMusicPlayer,press
2. Thefollowoptionsareavailable:
• Add to quick list: adds the current music file to the Quick list.
• Via Bluetooth: scans for devices and pairs with a Bluetooth
headset.
Repeatall:replaysthecurrentlistwhenthelist
ends.
• Share via: allows you to share your music by using Bluetooth,
Email, Gmail, Group Cast, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.
PlayAll:playsthecurrentsonglistonce.
• Add to playlist: allows you to add the current music file to a
selected playlist.
Repeatone:repeatsthecurrentlyplayingsong.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia82
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• End: allows you to end the Music Player app.
Music Player Settings
TheMusicPlayerSettingsmenuallowsyoutoset
preferencesfortheMusicPlayersuchaswhetheryouwant
themusictoplayinthebackground,soundeffects,andhow
themusicmenudisplays.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Music Player
2. Press
➔ Settings.
3. Selectoneofthefollowingsettings:
• SoundAlive: set a type of equalization such as Normal, Pop,
Rock, Jazz, Dance, Classic, etc.
• Play speed: set the play speed anywhere between 0.5X and
2.0X using the slider.
83
• Lyrics: when activated, the lyrics of the song are displayed if
available.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Settings: allows you to change your Music Player settings. For
more information, refer to “Music Player Settings” on
page 83.
ta
• Set as: allows you to set a music file to Phone ringtone, Caller
ringtone, or Alarm tone.
• Music menu: this menu allows you to select which categories
you want to display. Choices are: Albums, Artists, Genres,
Music square, Folders, Composers, Years, Most played,
Recently played, or Recently added. Tap each item that you
want to display in the Music menu.
rie
• Details: allows you to view media info such as Artist, Title,
Biography, and other information.
• Music auto off: when activated, music will automatically turn
off after a set interval.
Using Playlists
Playlistsareusedtoassignsongstoalistofpreferredmedia
whichcanthenbegroupedintoalistforlaterplayback.
ThesePlaylistscanbecreatedviaeitherthehandset’sMusic
Playeroptionsmenuorfromwithina3rdpartymusic
application(suchasWindowsMediaPlayer)andthen
downloadedtothehandset.
Creating a Playlist
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Music Player
2. TapthePlaylists tab.
3. Press
➔ Create playlist.
4. TypeanameforthisplaylistinthefieldandtapOK.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Toaddfilestotheplaylist:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Music Player
2. TapPlaylists.
3. Press
4. Tapaplaylistnametoedit.
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Toremovemusicfilesfromaplaylist:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Music Player
3. Taptheplaylistnameinwhichtodeletemusic.
➔ Remove.
5. Tapthecheckboxtotheleftofeachtrackyouwantto
removefromthisplaylist,ortapSelect alltoremoveall
themusictracksfromthisplaylist,thentapRemove.
Editing a Playlist
Forinformationondownloadingmusicforyourphone,see
“Google Play Music”onpage 84.
Google Play Music
Removing Music from a Playlist
4. Press
➔ Edit title.
5. EnteranewnamefortheplaylistthentapOK.
Add music.
5. Tapamusicfile,ortapSelect alltoaddallthemusic
trackstothisplaylistthentapDone.
2. TapthePlaylists tab.
ta
2. TapthePlaylists tab.
3. Taptheplaylistnameinwhichtoaddmusic.
4. Tap
➔Music Player
Toeditaplaylist:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
Adding Music to a Playlist
WithGooglePlayMusic,youcanplaymusicthatyouhave
addedtoyourmusicfileaswellasanymusicyoucopied
fromyourPC.Whileoffline,youcanlistentomusicyouhave
copiedfromyourPC.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Play Music
2. AttheWelcomescreen,tapNext.
3. AttheSelect an accountscreen,tapanaccountthat
youwouldliketolinktoGooglePlayMusicortapAdd
Account.
4. AttheGet free musicscreen,tapGet free songsorSkip.
Besidesaddingandremovingmusicfilesinaplaylist,you
canalsorenametheplaylist.
5. Followtheon-screeninstructionsforgettingyourfree
music.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia84
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
8. Tap
forthefollowingoptions:
• Shuffle all: allows you to play all of your music in a shuffled
order.
• Settings: allows you to view Open source licenses and the
music version for the Play Music application.
• Help: allows you to view a help file on the Google Support
website.
Video Player
Pausethevideo.
Startthevideoafterbeingpaused.
Pressandholdtorewindthevideo.Tapto
gotopreviousvideo.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
7. FromthemainPlayMusicscreen,youcantapanyof
thefollowingtabsforamoredetailedlistingofsongs:
Recent,Artists,Albums,Songs,Playlists,andGenres.
4. Thefollowingvideocontrolsareavailable:
ta
6. Tapasongtostartplayback.
3. Thevideowillbegintoplay.
rie
AllmusiconyourdeviceandexternalSDcardis
displayedincludingMusicfoldersthatmaycontain
multiplesongs.
TheVideoPlayerapplicationplaysvideofilesstoredonyour
microSDcard.
1. Tap
➔Video Player
PIP(PictureInPicture)view.Thevideowill
beplayedinasmallwindowsoyoucanuse
yourphoneforotherpurposeswhilewatching
thevideo.Double-tapscreentoreturnto
previoussize.
Originalsizeview.Thevideowillbeplayedin
itsoriginalsize.
Full-screeninratioview.Thevideois
enlargedasmuchaspossiblewithout
becomingdistorted.
2. Allvideosthatyouhaveonyourphoneandmemory
cardwillbedisplayed.Tapthevideothatyouwantto
play.
Pressandholdtofast-forwardthevideo.
Taptogotonextvideo.
Volumecontrol.
85
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Formoreinformationondownloadingvideosforyourphone,
see“Media Hub”onpage 78.
Play Movies & TV
foradditionaloptions.
ta
7. Press
Gallery
TheGalleryiswhereyouviewphotosandplaybackvideos.
Forphotos,youcanalsoperformbasiceditingtasks,viewa
slideshow,setphotosaswallpaperorcontactimage,and
shareasapicturemessage.
1. Tap
➔Gallery
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: Thescreenviewiconsareathree-waytoggle.Theicon
thatisdisplayed,isthemodethatwillappearafterthe
iconistapped.
5. TaptheTV SHOWStabtoviewshowsyoucanrent.
6. TapthePERSONAL VIDEOStabtoviewmoviesyouhave
onyourphoneormemorycard.
rie
Full-screenview.Theentirescreenisused,
whichmaycausesomeminordistortion.
WithGooglePlayMovies&TV,youcanrentthousandsof
differentmoviesandtelevisionshows.Youcanwatch
instantly,ordownloadyourmovieorshowforofflineviewing
atalatertime.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Play Movies & TV
2. LogontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready
doneso.
3. Followingtheon-screeninstructionsforrentingand
viewingmoviesandTVshows.
AlloftheAlbumsthatholdyourpicturesandvideoswill
bedisplayedwithfoldernameandnumberoffiles.
2. TapanAlbumandthumbnailsofthecontentswillbe
displayed.
Note: Ifyourdevicedisplaysthatthememoryisfullwhenyou
accessGallery,deletesomeofthefilesbyusingMy files
orotherfilemanagementapplicationsandtryagain.For
moreinformation,referto“My Files”onpage190.
4. TaptheMOVIEStabtoviewmoviesyoucanrent.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia86
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
1. Tapavideotoselectit.
2. Tapathumbnailtoviewasinglepicture.
3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailableatthetopofthe
screen:
• Camera
: activates the camera.
• Share via
: allows you to share the picture via AT&T
Locker, Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Flipboard, Gmail, Google+,
Messaging, Picasa, S Note or Wi-Fi Direct.
• Delete
4. Press
: allows you to delete the picture.
foradditionaloptions.
Viewing Videos
Note: Ifnocontroliconsaredisplayedonthescreenin
additiontothepicture,tapanywhereonthescreento
displaythem.
87
3. Press
toplaythevideo.
foradditionaloptions.
Forvideoplayercontrols,see“Video Player”on
page 85.
Using S Beam to Share Pictures
Thisfeature(whenactivatedviaNFC)allowsyoutobeam
largefilesdirectlytoanothercompatibledevicethatisin
directcontact.Thesefilescanbelarger,suchasVideos,HD
pictures,andotherlargefiles.Youcanbeamimagesand
videosfromyourgallery,musicfilesfromyourmusicplayer,
andmore.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔ More
settings ➔ NFC.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: Ifnocontroliconsaredisplayedonthescreenin
additiontothepicture,tapanywhereonthescreento
displaythem.
2. Tap
toseea
ta
1. Fromthemaingallery,tapSlideshow
slideshowofallofyourpictures.
rie
Viewing Pictures
2. Ifnotalreadyactive,inasinglemotiontouchandslide
.
theNFC slidertotherighttoturniton
3. TapS Beamandmakesurethefeatureisturnedon.
4. Ifnotalreadyactive,inasinglemotiontouchandslide
.
theS Beam slidertotherighttoturniton
5. Onthesourcedevice(containingthedesiredimageor
video),tap
➔Gallery
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Placedevicesbacktoback
ta
Note: IftheTouch to beamscreendoesnotappearonthe
sourcedevice:
-Pullthemapart
-Verifytheimageisvisibleinthepreviewwindowon
thesourcedevice(providingthefile)
-Placethemtogetheragain
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Important! NeitherdevicemustbeinLockmodeordisplaying
theLockscreen.Theymustbothbeactiveand
unlocked.Itisrecommendedthatthetargetdevice
beontheHomescreen.
7. PlacethetwoactiveNFC-enableddevicesbacktoback
tobegin(1).
rie
6. Locateandtaptheselectedimagetoopenitinthe
previewwindow.
8. FromtheTouch to beamscreen,tapthereducedimage
previewtobeginthetransfer(2).
Touch to beam
9. Whenprompted,separatethetwodevices.Afterafew
seconds(dependingonfilesize)therecipientwiththen
seethetransferredfiledisplayedontheirscreen.
To share multiple pictures via S Beam:
1. Onthesourcedevice(containingthedesiredimageor
video),tap
➔Gallery
2. Locatetheselectedfolder.
3. Touchandholdthefirstimageandplaceacheckmark
onitandalldesiredimages.
Tapthesourceimage
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia88
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Whenprompted,separatethetwodevices.
Camera
Takingpictureswithyourdevice’sbuilt-incameraisas
simpleaschoosingasubject,pointingthecamera,then
pressingthecamerakey.
Note: Whentakingaphotoindirectsunlightorinbright
conditions,shadowsmayappearonthephoto.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Thissectionexplainshowtousethecameraonyourphone.
Youcantakephotographsandshootvideobyusingthebuiltincamerafunctionality.Your8megapixelcameraproduces
photosinJPEGformat.
Taking Photos
ta
5. FromtheTouch to beamscreen,tapthereducedimage
previewtobeginthetransfer.
Using the Camera
rie
4. PlacethetwoactiveNFC-enableddevicesbacktoback
tobegin.
Important! Donottakephotosofpeoplewithouttheir
permission.
Donottakephotosinplaceswherecamerasare
notallowed.
Donottakephotosinplaceswhereyoumay
interferewithanotherperson’sprivacy.
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tap
toactivatethecameramode.
➔ Camera
2. Usingthephone’smaindisplayscreenasaviewfinder,
adjusttheimagebyaimingthecameraatthesubject.
3. Beforeyoutakeapicture,usetheUpandDownVolume
keystozoominorout.Youcanmagnifythepictureup
tox4(400percent).
–or–
Pinchthescreentozoomoutorpinchoutwardsto
zoomin.
89
4. Ifdesired,beforetakingthephoto,youcantap
on-screeniconstoaccessvariouscameraoptionsand
settings.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Front
Facing
Camera
Flash
Shooting
Mode
Effects
Settings
toreturntotheviewfinder.
Camera Options
ta
Optionsarerepresentedbyiconsacrossbothsidesofthe
screen.
Camera / Camcorder Mode:allowsyoutotakeaphoto
invariousmodes.Onceyouchangethemode,the
correspondingindicatorappearsatthetopleftofthe
display.SlidethebuttonupforCamera,ordownfor
Camcorder.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
6. PresstheCamerakey( )untiltheshuttersounds.
(Thepictureisautomaticallystoredwithinyour
designatedstoragelocation.IfnomicroSDisinstalled,
allpicturesarestoredonthePhone.)Formore
information,referto“Camera Options”onpage90.
8. Press
rie
5. Youcanalsotapthescreentomovethefocustothe
areayoutouch.
Chargeron
StorageLocation
Mode
Self-portrait:allowsyoutoactivatethefrontfacing
camerasoyoucantakepicturesofyourselforvideo
chat.
Camera
Key
Image
Viewer
DisplayImage
7. Whileviewingapicture,afteryouhavetakenit,pinch
thescreenoutwards tozoominorpinchthescreen
inwardstozoomout.
Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOff,On,or
Autoflash.
Shooting mode:allowsyoutosettheshootingmodeto
oneofthefollowing:
• Single shot:takesasinglephotoandviewitbefore
returningtotheshootingmode.
Youcanmagnifythepictureuptox4.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia90
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Best Face:takes5photographsinquick
• Face detection:doubletaponafacetozoominor
out.
• Panorama:takesalandscapephotobytakingan
initialphotoandthenaddingadditionalimagesto
itself.Theguideboxletsyouviewtheareawhere
thesecondpartofthepanoramicpictureshould
fallwithin.
• Share shot:usesWi-FiDirecttoshareyour
picturesquicklywithyourfriends.
• HDR:takespicturesinHDR(HighDynamicRange)
modetoincreaseimagedetail.
• Buddy photo share:usesfacerecognitionfrom
picturesinyourcontactstosendyourfriendsor
familypicturesofthemselves.
91
features.
• Smile shot:thecamerafocusesonthefaceofyour
subject.Oncethecameradetectstheperson’s
smile,ittakesthepicture.
• Low light:allowsyoutotakebetterpictureswhen
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
successionandselectsthebestphotographbased
onopeneyes,smiles,suddenmovement,etc.
• Beauty:adjuststhecontrasttosmoothfacial
ta
successionandallowsyoutoselectandsavethe
best.
rie
• Best photo:takes8photographsinquick
thelightislow.
Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply
specialeffectstothephoto.Optionsinclude:Noeffect,
Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green
point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout,
Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative.
Settings:
Edit shortcuts:allowsyoutosetshortcuticonsforthe
settingsthatyouusethemost.
Burst shot:takes8photographsinquicksuccession
andallowsyoutoselectandsavethebest.
Self-portrait:allowsyoutosetthefrontcamerasoyou
cantakepicturesofyourself.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Resolution:allowsyoutosettheimagesizetoeither:
8M(3264x2448),W6M(3264x1836),
3.2M (2048x1536),W2.4M(2048x1152),
W0.9M (1280x720),or0.3M(640x480).
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply
specialeffectstothephoto.Optionsinclude:Noeffect,
Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green
point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout,
Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative.
ta
Shooting mode:allowsyoutosettheshootingmode.
Timer:allowsyoutosetatimerforhowlongtowait
beforetakingapicture.Optionsinclude:Off,2sec,5
sec,and10sec.
rie
Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOff,On,or
Autoflash.
Scene mode:allowsyoutosettheScenetohelptakethe
bestpicturespossible.OptionsincludeNone,Portrait,
Landscape,Sports,Party/Indoor,Beach/Snow,
Sunset,Dawn,AutumnColor,Text,andCandlelight.
Helpfultipsareshownforeachscenemodeatthe
bottomofthedisplayscreen.
Exposure value:allowsyoutoadjustthebrightness
levelbymovingtheslider.
ISO:ISOdetermineshowsensitivethelightmeterison
yourdigitalcamera.ChoosefromAuto,100,200,400,
or800.UsealowerISOnumbertomakeyourcamera
lesssensitivetolight,ahigherISOnumbertotake
photoswithlesslight,orAutotoletthecamera
automaticallyadjusttheISOforeachofyourshots.
Metering:allowsyoutosethowthecamerameasures
ormetersthelightsource:Matrix,Center-weighted,or
Spot.
Focus mode: allowsyoutosetthisoptiontoAutofocus
orMacro.UseMacromodetotakeclose-uppictures.
White balance:allowsyoutosetthisoptiontooneofthe
followingchoices:Auto,Daylight,Cloudy,
Incandescent,orFluorescent.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia92
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Take photos using voice:allowsyoutotakephotos
usingyourvoice.YoucanusewordssuchasCapture,
Shoot,Smile,andCheese.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Guidelines:allowsyoutoturntheguidelinesOnorOff.
Contextual filename:allowsyoutohaveyourlocation
addedaspartofthefilename.Youmustfirstactivate
GPStagdescribedabove.
ta
Auto contrast:providesaclearimageevenunder
backlightcircumstanceswhereintensityof
illuminationcanvaryexcessively.
Shutter sound:allowsyoutosettheShuttersoundtoOn
orOff.
rie
Outdoor visibility:allowsyoutomaximizeyourphotos
takenwhileoutdoors.
Auto share shot:allowsyoutoeasilyconnecttothe
devicesyouwanttosharepictureswithandthenbring
thedevicesbacktogether(backtoback)toconnect
them.
Anti-Shake:reducesimageblurduetothemovement
ofthesubjectofthephotoorhandmovement.
Image quality:allowsyoutosettheimagequalityto:
Superfine,Fine,orNormal.
Storage:allowsyoutoconfigurethedefaultstorage
locationforimagesorvideosaseitherPhoneor
Memorycard(ifinserted).
Reset:allowsyoutoresetallcameraorcamcorder
settingstothedefaultvalues.
GPS tag:allowsyoutoturnGPSOnorOff(alsoknown
asGeotagging).Thelocationofwherethepictureis
takenisattachedtothepicture.(Onlyavailablein
Cameramode.)BeforeyoucanusetheGPStag
(Geotagging),fromtheHomescreentap
➔
Settings➔Location servicesandtapUse GPS satellites
tocreateacheckmark.
Save as flipped:whensettoOn,thisoptionallowsyou
totakeandsaveamirror-imagephoto.
93
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Viewing your Pictures
ta
Tip: Whenshootingvideoindirectsunlightorinbright
conditions,itisrecommendedthatyouprovideyour
subjectwithsufficientlightbyhavingthelightsource
behindyou.
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapCamera
activatethecameramode.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Afteryoutakeaphoto,youcanaccessvariousoptionsfrom
theImageViewer.TheImageViewerusesyourGallery.For
moreinformation,referto“Gallery”onpage86.
Shooting Video
rie
Image viewer:allowsyoutoaccesstheImageviewer
andthevariousviewingoptionsforaselectedpicture.
Imagevieweroptionsaredescribedinthefollowing
section.Thelastpictureyoutook,willbedisplayedas
athumbnailintheImageviewericon.
Using the Camcorder
Inadditiontotakingphotos,thecameraalsodoublesasa
camcorderthatalsoallowsyoutorecord,view,andsend
videos.
Note: Thecameramaynotbeabletoproperlyrecordvideosto
amemorycardwithaslowtransferspeed.
to
2. TouchanddragtheCameramodebuttondownto
CamcorderMode.
3. TaptheRecordingmodethatyouprefer.Select
betweenNormal,LimitforMMS,Slowmotion,orFast
motion.
4. Usingthephone’smaindisplayscreenasaviewfinder,
adjusttheimagebyaimingthecamcorderatthe
subject.
5. Beforeyoutakeavideo,usetheUpandDownVolume
keystozoominorout.Youcanmagnifythevideoupto
x4(400percent).
–or–
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia94
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
7. Youcantapthescreentomovethefocustothearea
youtouch.
9. Tocaptureanimagefromthevideowhilerecording,
tap
.Thisfeatureisnotavailablewhentheantishakefeatureisactivated.
10. TaptheVideokey( )againtostoptherecordingand
savethevideofiletoyourCamerafolder.
11. Oncethefilehasbeensaved,taptheimageviewer,
thentap
toplayyourvideoforreview.
toreturntotheviewer.
12. Press
95
Camera / Camcorder Mode:allowsyoutotakeaphoto
invariousmodes.Onceyouchangethemode,the
correspondingindicatorappearsatthetopleftofthe
display.SlidethebuttonupforCamera,ordownfor
Camcorder.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
8. Tap
toturnonautofocus.Thiswillautomatically
focusonthemiddleofthescreen.
Optionsarerepresentedbyiconsacrossbothsidesofthe
screen.
ta
6. TaptheVideokey( )tobeginshootingvideo.Thered
lightwillblinkwhilerecording.
Camcorder Options
rie
Pinchthescreentozoomoutorpinchoutwardsto
zoomin.
Live Shooting:takesaphotoduringavideorecording
sessioninCamcordermode.Youcanviewthephotoin
yourimageviewerorGallery.
Self portrait:allowsyoutoactivatethefrontfacing
camerasoyoucantakevideosofyourselforvideochat.
Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOfforOn.
WhenyousettheflashtoOn,itstaysoncontinually
whileyouaretakingavideo.
Recording mode:allowsyoutosettherecordingmode
to:Normal,LimitforMMS,Slowmotion,andFast
motion.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply
specialeffectstothevideo.Optionsinclude:Noeffect,
Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green
point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout,
Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative.
Settings:
Exposure value:allowsyoutoadjustthebrightness
levelbymovingtheslider.
ta
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Edit shortcuts:allowsyoutosetshortcuticonsforthe
settingsthatyouusethemost.
Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply
specialeffectstothevideo.Optionsinclude:Noeffect,
Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green
point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout,
Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative.
Self-recording:allowsyoutosetthefrontcameraso
youcantakevideosofyourselforvideochat.
Timer:allowsyoutosetatimerforhowlongtowait
beforetakingavideo.Optionsinclude:Off,2sec,5sec,
and10sec.
Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOfforOn.
WhenyousettheflashtoOn,itstaysoncontinually
whileyouaretakingavideo.
Resolution:allowsyoutosettheimagesizetoeither:
1920x1080,1280x720,720x480,640x480,or
320x240.
Recording mode:allowsyoutosettherecordingmode
to:Normal,whichislimitedonlybyavailablespaceon
thedestinationlocation;LimitforMMS,whichislimited
byMMSsizerestrictions;Slowmotion,whichrecords
inslowmotion;andFastmotion,whichrecordsinfast
motion.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Multimedia96
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Save as flipped:whensettoOn,thisoptionallowsyou
totakeandsaveamirror-imagevideowhenusingselfrecordingmode.
Outdoor visibility:allowsyoutomaximizeyourphotos
takenwhileoutdoors.
Video quality:allowsyoutosettheimagequalityto:
Superfine,Fine,orNormal.
ta
Storage:allowsyoutoconfigurethedefaultstorage
locationforimagesorvideosaseitherPhoneor
Memorycard(ifinserted).
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Anti-Shake:reducesimageblurduetothemovement
ofthesubjectofthephotoorhandmovement.
rie
Guidelines:allowsyoutoturntheguidelinesOnorOff.
White balance:allowsyoutosetthisoptiontooneofthe
followingchoices:Auto,Daylight,Cloudy,
Incandescent,orFluorescent.
GPS tag:allowsyoutoturnGPSOnorOff(alsoknown
asGeotagging).Thelocationofwherethepictureis
takenisattachedtothepicture.(Onlyavailablein
Cameramode.)BeforeyoucanusetheGPStag
(Geotagging),fromtheHomescreentap
➔
Settings➔Location servicesandtapUse GPS satellites
tocreateacheckmark.
Contextual filename:allowsyoutohaveyourlocation
addedaspartofthefilename.Youmustfirstactivate
GPStagdescribedabove.
97
Reset:allowsyoutoresetallcameraorcamcorder
settingstothedefaultvalues.
Image viewer:allowsyoutoaccesstheImageviewer
andthevariousviewingoptionsforaselectedvideo.
Imagevieweroptionsaredescribedinthefollowing
section.Thelastvideoyoutook,willbedisplayedasa
thumbnailintheImageviewericon.
Viewing your Videos
Afteryoutakeavideo,youcanaccessvariousoptionsfrom
theImageViewer.TheImageViewerusesyourGalleryand
theVideoPlayer.Formoreinformation,referto“Gallery”on
page86.Also,see“Video Player”onpage85.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 6: Messaging
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Yourphoneprovidesthefollowingmessagetypes:
•TextMessages
ta
Types of Messages
TheMultimediaMessagingService(MMS)letsyousendand
receivemultimediamessages(suchaspicture,video,and
audiomessages)toandfromothermobilephonesoremail
addresses.Tousethisfeature,youmayneedtosubscribeto
yourserviceprovider’smultimediamessageservice.
rie
Thissectiondescribeshowtosendandreceivedifferent
typesofmessages.Italsoincludesthefeaturesand
functionalityassociatedwithmessaging.
•Multimedia(Picture,Video,andAudio)Messages
•EmailandGmailMessages
•AT&TMessages
•GoogleTalk
•Google+andMessengerMessages
•ChatON
Messagingiconsaredisplayedatthetopofthescreenand
indicatewhenmessagesarereceivedandtheirtype.For
moreinformation,referto“Indicator Icons”onpage23.
Creating and Sending Messages
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
Compose.
➔
TheShortMessageService(SMS)letsyousendandreceive
textmessagestoandfromothermobilephonesoremail
addresses.Tousethisfeature,youmayneedtosubscribeto
yourserviceprovider’smessageservice.
Important! Whencreatingamessage,addinganimage,a
soundfile,oravideocliptoatextmessage
changesthemessagefromatextmessagetoa
multimediamessage.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Messaging98
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
4. TaptheEnter messagefieldandusetheon-screen
keypadtoenteramessage.Formoreinformation,refer
to“Entering Text”onpage72.
5. Addmorerecipientsbytappingtherecipientfield.
ta
Note: ThemainHomescreeninitiallycontainstheMessaging
icon.Ifyoudeleteit,orifyouwanttoaccess
MessagingfromanotherHomescreen,youmusttap
Apps ➔Messaging .
6. ReviewyourmessageandtapSend
Note: Ifyouexitamessagebeforeyousendit,itwillbe
automaticallysavedasadraft.
3. IfaddingarecipientfromyourContacts,tapthe
contacttoplaceacheckmarkthentapDone.
Message Options
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
2. TapontheEnter recipientfieldtomanuallyentera
recipientortap
toselectarecipientfromyour
Contacts.
Thecontactwillbeplacedintherecipientfield.
Options before composing a message
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
2. Beforecomposingamessage,press
toreveal
additionalmessagingoptions:
• Search: allows you to search through all of your messages for
a certain word or string of words. Enter a search string in the
Messaging Search window and tap .
Note: Enteradditionalrecipientsbyseparatingeachentrywith
asemicolon(;)thenusingthepreviousprocedure.
• Delete threads: allows you to delete any message thread.
Select the messages to delete and a green checkmark will
appear next to the message. Tap Delete.
Note: FortheGroupoption,ifthenumberofrecipientsisless
than10,allmembersinthegroupwillbeadded.Youwill
needtodeleteanyunnecessarymembersinthelistby
selectingthetrashcaniconanddeletingunwanted
entries.
99
• Draft messages: displays the draft messages folder and its
contents.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Spam messages: displays the spam messages folder and its
contents.
• Add slide: allows you to add a new page to a message.
• Add recipients: allows you to add additional recipients.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Settings: allows you to access Messaging settings. For more
information, refer to “Messaging Settings” on page 103.
• View contact: allows you to see information on the recipient.
This option only appears if the recipient is in your Contacts list.
ta
• Locked messages: displays the locked messages folder and
its contents.
• Add to Contacts: allows you to add the recipient to your
Contacts list. This option only appears if the recipient is not
already in your Contacts list.
rie
• Scheduled messages: displays the scheduled messages
folder and its contents.
Options while composing a message
1. Whilecomposingamessage,press
toreveal
additionalmessagingoptions.
• Call: allows you to call the contact. This option only appears if
you have entered a phone number for the recipient.
• Insert smiley: allows you to add emoticons, such as a happy
face to your message.
• Add text: allows you to copy text from your contacts, calendar,
or from a memo to add to your message. This is a convenient
feature for adding names, phone numbers, events, etc. to your
message. For more information, refer to “Adding
Additional Text” on page 101.
• Scheduled Message: allows you to assign the current
message for scheduled delivery at a designated time.
• Delete message: allows you to delete the message.
• Register number as spam: allows you to register the number
as spam.
• Remove from spam number list: allows you to unregister a
number from the spam number list. This option only appears if
the number was previously registered as spam.
• Discard: allows you to delete the message.
Adding attachments to a message
Toaddanattachmenttoyourmessage,tap
andselect
oneofthefollowingoptions:
•Images:allowsyoutotapanexistingimagefromyourPictures
listtoaddittoyourmessage.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging100
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
thenaddittoyourmessage.
•Capture video:allowsyoutotemporarilyexitthemessage,
2. AttheAddtextscreen,selectoneofthefollowing:
• S Note: allows you to insert text from an existing S Note.
• Calendar: allows you to add the name, date, and time of a
calendar event to your message.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
recordavideoclipusingthephone’scamera,andthenaddit
toyourmessagebytappingSave.
Youcancopytextsuchasnames,phonenumbers,and
eventsfromyourContacts,CalendaroraMemo.
1. Whilecomposingamessage,press
➔Add text.
•Video:allowsyoutochooseanexistingvideofromtheVideoslist,
Adding Additional Text
ta
photowithphone’scamera,andthenaddittoyourmessageby
tappingSave.
rie
•Take picture:allowsyoutotemporarilyexitthemessage,takea
•Audio:allowsyoutochooseanexistingaudiofilefromthe
Audiolist,thenaddittoyourmessagebytappingthecircleto
therightoftheaudiosothatitturnsgreen,thentappingDone.
• Location: allows you to add an address and the link to the
location on Google Maps.
•Record audio:allowsyoutotemporarilyexitthemessageand
• Contacts: allows you to add the name and phone number of
any of your contacts to your message.
recordanaudioclipusingthephone’smicrophone.Itisthen
automaticallyattachedtothemessage.
• Text templates: allows you to add pre-defined phrases and
sentences.
•S Note:allowsyoutoaddanSNotethatyouhavecreated.
•Calendar:allowsyoutoaddaneventfromyourcalendar.Select
thedesiredeventandtapDone.
•Location:allowsyoutoattachathumbnailofamapshowing
yourlocation.
•Contacts:allowsyoutotaponanexistingAddressBookentry,
thenaddittoyourmessagebytappingDone.
101
Theinformationisaddedtoyourmessage.
Viewing New Received Messages
1. Whenyoureceiveanewmessage,thenewmessage
iconwillappearatthetopofyourscreen.
2. OpentheNotificationBarandselectthemessage.For
moreinformation,referto“Notification Bar”onpage
39.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
–or–
then
• Add to Contacts: displays the Contacts information screen.
This option only displays if the sender is not in your Contacts
list.
ta
Theselectedmessageappearsinthedisplay.
3. Toplayamultimediamessage,tap
• To pause playback of the multimedia message, tap
Message Threads
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
4. Toscrollthroughthemessage(ifadditionaltextpages
havebeenadded),touchthescreenandinasingle
motion,scrollupordownthepage.
• Delete thread: displays a confirmation dialog box that when
pressed, deletes the entire thread.
rie
FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
tapthenewmessagetoviewit.
• View contact: displays the contact’s information. This option
only displays if the sender is in your Contacts list.
Sentandreceivedtextandpicturemessagesaregrouped
intomessagethreads.Threadedmessagesallowyoutosee
allthemessagesexchanged(similartoachatprogram)and
displaysacontactonthescreen.Messagethreadsarelisted
intheorderinwhichtheywerereceived,withthelatest
messagedisplayedatthetop.
Toopenathreadedmessagefollowthesesteps:
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
• Register number as spam: allows you to register the number
as spam.
• Remove from spam number list: allows you to unregister a
number from the spam number list. This option only appears if
the number was previously registered as spam.
Deleting Messages
Deleting a single message thread
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
2. Touchandholdamessage,thentapDelete thread.
3. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOKtodeleteorCancelto
cancel.
Tapthemessagethreadyouwanttoview.
2. Touchandholdthemessagethreadtodisplaythe
followingoptions:
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging102
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Deleting multiple message threads
3. Tapeachmessageyouwanttodelete.Acheckmark
willappearbesideeachmessageyouselect.
2. ThefollowingMessagingsettingsareavailable:
4. TapDelete.
Message Search
Youcansearchthroughyourmessagesbyusingthe
MessageSearchfeature.
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
➔Search.
Display:
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
5. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOKtodeleteorCancelto
cancel.
2. Tap
Toconfigurethesettingsfortextmessages,multimedia
messages,Voicemails,andPushmessages.
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
➔
➔ Settings.
➔Delete threads.
rie
2. Press
Messaging Settings
ta
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging
• Bubble style: allows you to choose from several bubble styles
for your messages. Bubbles are the rounded boxes that
surround each message.
• Background style: allows you to choose from several
background styles for your messages.
3. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoenterawordorphraseto
searchfor,thentap
• Split view: when in Landscape mode, allows you to view both
the message list and the contents of the currently selected
message.
4. Allmessagesthatcontainthesearchstringyou
enteredaredisplayed.
• Use the volume key: allows you to change the text size by
using the up or down volume keys.
General settings:
103
• Delete old messages: deletes old messages when the limit is
reached, rather than having them overwritten.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Text message limit: allows you to set a limit on how many text
messages can be in one conversation.
– Restricted: you can only create and submit messages with
• Multimedia message limit: allows you to set a limit on how
many multimedia messages can be in one conversation.
– Warning: the phone will warn you via pop up messages that
ta
– Free: you may add any content to the message.
• MMS alert: allows you to receive an alert when MMS mode
becomes active.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Text message (SMS) settings:
you are creating a multimedia message which does not fit the
Core MM Content Domain.
rie
• Text templates: allows you to edit or add new text templates to
use in your messaging.
content belonging to the Core MM Content Domain.
• Manage SIM card messages: allows you to manage the
messages that you have stored on your SIM card.
Push message settings:
• Message center: allows you to enter the number of your
Message center where your messages reside while the system
is attempting to deliver them.
• Push messages: allows you to receive push messages from
the network.
• Input mode: allows you to set the input mode for your text
messages. Choose between GSM Alphabet, Unicode, or
Automatic.
• CB activation: allows you to receive Cell Broadcast (CB)
messages.
Multimedia message (MMS) settings:
• Auto-retrieve: allows the message system to retrieve
messages automatically.
• Channel configuration: allows you to set up the channel that
you will receive CB messages on.
Notifications settings:
• Notifications: allows you to see message notifications on your
status bar.
• Creation mode: allows you to select the creation mode, Free,
Restricted, or Warning.
Cell Broadcast (CB) settings:
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging104
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Preview message: when enabled, allows you to view a
preview of new message text on the Status bar.
Signature settings:
Creating an Email Account
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Email
YouraccountsscreendisplayswithanEmailsetup
screendisplayed.
• Add signature: when enabled, this feature allows you to create
a signature at the end of your outgoing text messages.
2. EnteryouemailaddressintheEmailaddressfield.
• Signature text: allows you to enter a desired signature for your
message.
4. Ifyouwanttoseeyourpasswordasitisbeingtyped,
tapShow passwordtocreateacheckmark.
Spam message settings:
5. TapNext.
• Spam settings: when enabled, allows you to configure
available spam settings such as:
6. AttheAccount optionsscreen,tapanyoftheoptions
youwouldlike.
• Register number as spam: allows you to manually enter and
assign a phone number as being sent from a spam source.
7. TapNext.
• Register phrase as spam: allows you to assign a specific text
phrase as belonging to a spam message. Ex: Dear friend.
9. TapDone.
105
Emailenablesyoutoreviewandcreateemailusingvarious
emailservices.Youcanalsoreceivetextmessagealerts
whenyoureceiveanimportantemail.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Message alert repetition: allows you to set the interval for new
message alerts. Choose from: Once, Every 2 minutes, or Every
10 minutes.
Using Email
ta
• Vibrate: allows you to configure the vibration mode associated
with message alerts.
• Block unknown senders: when active, automatically blocks
incoming messages from unknown sources or blocked numbers.
rie
• Select ringtone: allows you to set the ringtone for your
message notifications.
3. EnteryourpasswordinthePasswordfield.
8. Enteranameforthisemailaccount(optional).
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
YouraccountsscreendisplayswithanEmailsetup
screendisplayed.
3. EnteryourpasswordinthePasswordfield.
4. Ifyouwanttoseeyourpasswordasitisbeingtyped,
tapShow passwordtocreateacheckmark.
5. Ifyouwantallofyouremailssentfromthisemail
accountbydefault,tapcheckboxtocreatea
checkmark.
6. TapManual setup.
WaitfortheInboxtosynchronizebeforeuse.
12. Press
➔ Settingstochangetheaccountsettings.
Creating Additional Email Accounts
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. EnteryouemailaddressintheEmailaddressfield.
11. EnteranAccountnameforthisaccount(Optional)and
tapDone.
ta
Usethefollowingproceduretoconfigureyourphoneto
synchronizewithacorporateemailaccount.
➔Email
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
10. Enterthedesiredinformationinthedifferentfields,
thentapNext.
rie
Creating a Corporate Email Account
7. TaptheMicrosoft Exchange ActiveSync field.
8. EnteralltheExchangeserverinformation,Domain,
UsernameandPassword,thentapNext.
Tocreateadditionalemailaccountsaftersettingupyourfirst
account,followthesesteps:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Email
YourEmailscreendisplaysshowingyouremailsfrom
theactiveaccount.
2. Press
3. Tap
➔ Settings.
toaddanotheremailaccount.
4. Entertheinformationrequiredtosetupanother
account.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating an
Email Account”onpage105.
9. AttheActivationprompt,tapOK.
TheAccount optionsscreenisdisplayed.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging106
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Signing into Your Gmail
YourEmailscreendisplaysshowingyouremailsfrom
theactiveaccount.
YourEmailaccountsscreenisdisplayed.
3. TaptheEmailaccountyouwouldliketoswitchto.You
canalsoselectCombined viewwhichwilldisplayemail
messagesfromallaccounts.
4. ThenewEmailaccountisdisplayed.
Using Gmail
1. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready
signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a
New Google Account”onpage13.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TaptheInboxbuttonatthetopofyourscreenthat
displaystheoptionalnameyouassignedtoyouractive
emailaccount,forexample,Work,Gmail,etc.
Note: YoumustsignintoyourGmailaccountinorderto
accessGmail.
➔Email
ta
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
rie
Switching Between Email Accounts
GmailisGoogle’sweb-basedemail.Whenyoufirstsetupthe
phone,Gmailisconfigured.Dependingonthe
synchronizationsettings,Gmailisautomaticallysynchronized
withyourGmailaccount.
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Gmail
3. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
TheInboxloadsconversationsandemail.
Creating a Gmail Message
1. FromtheGmailInbox,tap
atthebottomofthe
screentocreateanewmessage.
2. EntertherecipientsEmailaddressintheTofield.
Separatemultiplerecipientemailaddresseswitha
comma.
3. Tap
copy.
andselectAdd Cc/Bcctoaddacarbonorblind
4. EnterthesubjectofthismessageintheSubjectfield.
107
5. TaptheCompose emailfieldandbegincomposingyour
message.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
1. FromtheGmailInbox,tapamessagetoviewit.
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailableatthebottomofthe
screenafteramessagehasbeenselected:
• Archive : archives the selected message.
: deletes the message.
• Labels
: allows you to attach labels to a message. This is
similar to putting it in a folder.
• Mark Unread
Other Gmail Options
1. Tap
atthebottomofthescreentorefreshthe
screen,sendandreceivenewemails,andsynchronize
youremailwiththeGmailaccount.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Delete
• Send feedback: allows you to send feedback or report a
problem.
Viewing a Gmail Message
• Help: displays the Google.com webpage so you can search the
web for help.
ta
tosend.
rie
6. Tap
: after reading a message, marks as unread.
• Newer: swipe your screen to the right to see newer messages.
• Older: swipe your screen to the left to see older messages.
3. Press
toselectoneofthefollowingadditional
options:
• Mark important/not important: allows you to set the
importance of a message.
• Mute: allows you to mute the sound in a message if applicable.
• Report spam: allows you to report a message as spam. Tap
the UNDO option if you change your mind.
• Settings: displays Email settings that you can modify.
2. Tap
atthebottomofthescreentosetupand
manageLabelsforyourGmailmessages.
3. Tap
atthebottomofthescreentosearchthrough
yourGmailmessages.
Google Talk
GoogleTalkisafreeWindowsandweb-basedapplicationfor
instantmessagingofferedbyGoogle.Conversationlogsare
automaticallysavedtoaChatsareainyourGmailaccount.
Thisallowsyoutosearchachatlogandstoretheminyour
Gmailaccounts.
1. LogontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready
doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a
New Google Account”onpage13.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging108
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
➔Talk
4. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseGoogle+.
Google +
Google+makesmessagingandsharingwithyourfriendsa
loteasier.YoucansetupCirclesoffriends,visittheStream
togetupdatesfromyourCircles,useMessengerforfast
messagingwitheveryoneinyourCircles,oruseInstant
Uploadtoautomaticallyuploadvideosandphotostoyour
ownprivatealbumonGoogle+.
1. SignontoyourGoogleaccount.Formoreinformation,
referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13.
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Google+
3. Selecttheaccountyouwanttousetosigninto
Google+.
–or–
TapAdd accounttocreateanotheraccount.
109
ta
Messengerallowsyoutobringgroupsoffriendstogetherinto
asimplegroupconversation.Whenyougetanew
conversationinMessenger,Google+sendsanupdatetoyour
phone.
1. SignontoyourGoogleaccount.Formoreinformation,
referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: TheNetworkconfirmsyourloginandprocesses.This
couldtakeupto5minutestocomplete.
Messenger
5. Visitwww.google.com/mobile/+/formoreinformation.
4. Press
➔Help formoreinformationonusing
GoogleTalk.
rie
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
3. BeginusingGoogleTalk.
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
–or–
➔Messenger
FromtheGoogle+application,selectMessenger.
3. TapLearn moreformoredetailedinformation.
4. Selecttheaccountyouwanttousetosigninto
Google+.
–or–
TapAdd accounttocreateanotheraccount.
5. AttheMessengerscreen,tap
message.
tostartanew
6. Intheuppertextfield,enteraname,emailaddress,or
circle.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
5. Followtheon-screeninstructionstousetheMessages
app.
ChatON
Providesaglobalmobilecommunicationservicewhereyou
canchatwithmorethan2buddiesviaagroupchat.Share
thingssuchaspictures,videos,animationmessages
(Scribbles),audio,Contacts,Calendarentries,andLocation
information.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
AT&TMessagesbringsyourtexts,calls,andvoicemail
messagestogetherintoasingleconversationthreadandis
accessiblebyphoneorcomputer.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Messages
ta
Messages App
4. ThefirsttimeyouuseMessages,youwillneedtoset
upafewthings.TapRecord Greetingtorecorda
personalgreeting,ortapSkipifyouwanttodoitlater.
rie
7. Inthebottommessagefield,enteramessagethentap
2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready
signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a
New Google Account”onpage13.
Note: ThefirsttimeyouusetheMessagesapp,youwillneed
todownloadtheupdatedapplicationfromthePlay
Store.WhenthePlayStorepagedisplays,tapUpdate.
Formoreinformation,referto“Play Store”onpage
194.
Formoreinformation,visit:https://web.samsungchaton.com.
Registering with the Service
1. ConfirmyouhavealreadyloggedintoyourSamsung
account.
3. AttheWelcomescreen,readtheinformationandtap
ContinueortapLearn Moretoreceivemore
information.
Important! TheSamsungaccountmanagestheaccess
information(username/password)toseveral
applications,suchasAllSharePlay,ChatON,and
MediaHub.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging110
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
.
➔ChatON
2. TapAdd buddyandchooseasearchmethod.
• Address
: to search by Country code and phone number.
➔ChatON
2. Readtheon-screennotificationaboutdatacharges
andtapOK.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
ta
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
Adding Your First Chat On Buddy
• Search by Samsung Account ID
a known samsung account ID.
: to search by using
rie
Note: Thereshouldbeno
(Samsung account icon)inthe
Notificationsareaofthescreen.
3. Entertheinformationandtap
.Oncetherecipient
ismatched,theirentryappearsintheResultsarea.
4. Selectacountrycode,enteryourcurrentphone
numbertoregisterwiththeservice,andtapDone.
4. Tap
(Add buddy)andconfirmyournewbuddy
appearsintheBuddiestab.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. SelectTerms and conditionsandPrivacy policyandread
theon-screeninformation.TapAccepttocontinue.
5. ChoosetoreceivetheverificationcodeviaeitherSMS
(textmessage)orVoicetoyourdevice.
Note: IfyouopttoreceivetheverificationcodeviaSMS,this
informationissentdirectlytoyourdevice.Once
received,theVerificationfieldisautomaticallyfilledin.
6. Enteryourrealnameandtap
OK.
Note: Formoreinformation,press
Help.
andtapGeneral➔
Using ChatON for Chatting
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ChatON
2. TaptheBuddiestabandselectabuddytoinitiateyour
chat.
3. Enteryourmessageusingtheon-screentextentry
method.
111
4. Tap
Send
tosendthemessage.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Deleting a single message bubble
Buddy’sBubble
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ChatON
2. Launchachatsessiontorevealthemessagestring.
MyBubble
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TextMessage
Thread
rie
ta
3. Touchandholdamessagebubble,thenselectDelete.
To reply to a ChatON message:
1. Whilethechatsessionisactive,taptheEnter message
fieldandthentypeyourreplymessage.
2. Composeyourreply.
Your texts are colored Blue and your buddy’s messages
are white.
Send
todeliveryourreply.
3. Tap
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging112
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 7: Changing Your Settings
FromanyHomescreen,press
Settings Tabs
➔ Settings
➔ Settings.
TheSettingsaredividedinto4maingroups.Whenthe
Settingsscreendisplays,thefollowing4tabsarelocatedat
thetopofthescreen:
Display:
Thistabprovidesaccesstodisplayconfiguration
andfeatures.Optionsinclude:Lockscreen,
Wallpaper,Brightness,Screentimeout,Font,More
displaysettings(Touchkeylightduration,Screen
mode,Readingmode,Autoadjustscreentone,and
Daydream),Notificationpanel,Multiwindow,LED
indicator,Easymode,Autorotatescreen,andShow
batterypercentage.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
1. FromanyHomescreen,tap
–or–
Display
ta
Accessing Settings
rie
Thissectionexplainsthesettingsusedforcustomizingyour
device.
ThistabprovidesaccesstoVoiceandinputmethods
andMotioncontrol.Optionsinclude:Languageand
input,Voicecontrol,Hands-freemode,SPen,Onehandedoperation,Editafterscreencapture,Air
gesture,Motions,Palmmotion,Airview,Smart
screen,andHightouchsensitivity.
Connections:
Thistaballowsyoutoseeallofsettingsrelatedto
theconnectionofyourdevicetoexternalsources.
Optionsinclude:Wi-Fi,Bluetooth,Tetheringand
portablehotspot,Airplanemode,Datausage,
Locationservices,Morenetworks(Mobilenetworks
andVPN),NFC,SBeam,Nearbydevices,andScreen
Mirroring.
Input and c.. Input and control:
113
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Note: Thesettingsforyourdevicearedescribedbelowinthe
orderthattheyappearwithintheSettingsmenu.Options
undertheConnectionstabarelistedfirst,followedby
Mydevice,Accounts,andMoresettings.
Wi-Fi Settings
ThissectiondescribestheWi-Fisettings.Forinformationon
howtouseWi-Fi,see“Wi-Fi”onpage 137.
Activating Wi-Fi
Activating Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-FiDirectallowsdevice-to-deviceconnectionssoyoucan
transferlargeamountsofdataoveraWi-Ficonnection.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ Wi-Fi.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
ThistabprovidesaccesstotheGeneralsetofdevice
settingsnotlistedundertheotherthreetabs.These
includeSound,Call,Accounts,Dateandtime,
Blockingmode,Personalpage,Powersavingmode,
Accessibility,Accessory,BrowserBar,Backupand
reset,Applicationmanager,Battery,Storage,
Security,andAboutdevice.
3. TapScantoscanforavailableWi-Finetworks.Formore
information,referto“Connect to a Wi-Fi Network” on
page 137.
General:
ta
General
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
Connections➔ Wi-Fi.
➔ Settings➔
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi
field,toturnWi-FiON
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi
Directfield,toturnWi-FiDirectON
.
3. AtthebottomoftheWi-Fiscreen,taptheWi-Fi Direct
button.
Formoreinformation,referto“Wi-Fi Direct” on page
139.
Advanced Wi-Fi Settings
TheadvancedWi-Fisettingsallowyoutosetupandmanage
wirelessaccesspoints.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings ➔
Connections ➔ Wi-Fi.
2. Press
➔ Advanced.
Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings114
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep: allows you to specify when to
disconnect from Wi-Fi.
• Auto connect: allows you to be automatically connected to an
AT&T Wi-Fi Hotspot as soon as your phone detects it.
• MAC address: view your device’s MAC address, required
when connecting to some secured networks (not configurable).
• IP address: view your device’s IP address.
Bluetooth settings
InthismenuyoucanactivateBluetooth,vieworassigna
devicename,activateyourphonesootherBluetoothdevices
candiscoverit,orscanforother,availableBluetoothdevices
withwhichtopair.
Activating Bluetooth
isdisplayedonthestatusbar.
TheBluetoothicon
Additional Bluetooth Settings
WhenBluetoothison,additionalsettingsareavailable.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ Bluetooth.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Check for Internet service: Checks if Wi-Fi internet service is
available when connected to an AP (Access Point).
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe
Bluetoothfield,toturnBluetoothON
.
ta
• Passpoint: allows you to connect to passpoint-enabled Wi-Fi
Access Points automatically. Touch and slide the slider to the
right to turn it on
rie
• Network notification: alerts you when a new WAP is available.
➔ Settings➔
3. Press
andselectaBluetoothsettingtoconfigure:
• Visibility timeout: Use this setting to control when to
automatically turn off the Discoverable option: 2 minutes, 5
minutes, 1 hour, or Never time out.
• Received files: Shows the list of files received by using
Bluetooth.
4. TapthecheckboxnexttoSAMSUNG-SM-N900A to
removethecheckmarkifyoudonotwantyourphone
visibletootherBluetoothdevices.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
Connections.
2. TapScantoscanfornearbydiscoverabledevices.After
searching,tapadevicetopairwithit.Formore
information,referto“Pairing Bluetooth Devices” on
page 142.
115
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Data Usage
• Restrict background data: restricts some apps and services
from working unless you are connected to a Wi-Fi network.
FromthisscreenyoucanviewyourMobiledatausageand
turnyourMobiledatacapabilityOnorOff.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ Data usage.
rie
ta
• Show Wi-Fi usage: displays a Wi-Fi tab that shows Wi-Fi
usage.
• Mobile hotspots: displays available mobile hotspots.
More networks
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TapMobile datatocreateacheckmarkandturnMobile
datausageon.
• Auto sync data: allows your accounts to automatically sync
3. TapSet mobile data limittocreateacheckmarkand
allowadatalimittobeset.
4. TouchanddragtheredlimitbartotheGBlimitthatyou
desire.
5. TaptheData usage cycledrop-downmenuandselecta
date.
Thedatausagedisplaysasavisual(chart)andalso
displaysalistofeachapplicationwithabreakdownof
howmuchdatawasusedperapplication.
Note: Dataismeasuredbyyourdevice.Yourserviceprovider
mayaccountfordatausagedifferently.
6. Press todisplayadditionaloptions.Taptoactivate.
• Data roaming: enables data roaming on your device.
ThisoptiondisplaysadditionalConnectivityinformation.
䡲
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings ➔
Connections ➔ More networks.
OptionsdisplayforAirplanemode,Mobilenetworks,
Tetheringandportablehotspots,andVPN.
Airplane mode
Airplanemodeallowsyoutousemanyofyourphone’s
features,suchasCamera,Games,andmore,whenyouare
inanairplaneorinanyotherareawheremakingorreceiving
callsordataisprohibited.
Important! WhenyourphoneisinAirplaneMode,itcannot
sendorreceiveanycallsoraccessonline
informationorapplications.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings116
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. AttheTurn on airplane modeprompt,tapOK.
Mobile networks
isdisplayedatthetopof
BeforeyouuseapplicationssuchasGoogleMapsandfind
yourlocationorsearchforplacesofinterest,youmust
enabletheMobilenetworksoptions.
Mobile data
Toenabledataaccessoverthemobilenetwork,thisoption
mustbeselected.Itissetonbydefault.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.
2. TapMobile datatocreateacheckmarkandactivatethe
feature.
117
2. TapData roamingtocreateacheckmarkandactivate
thefeature.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheAirplanemodeicon
yourscreen.
Dataroamingallowsyoutoconnecttoyourservice
provider’spartnernetworksandaccessdataserviceswhen
youareoutofyourserviceprovidersareaofcoverage.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.
ta
2. TaptheAirplane modecheckboxtocreateacheckmark
andactivatethefeature.
Data Roaming
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks.
Access Point Names
TouseWi-Fiyouneedaccesstoawirelessaccesspoint
(hotspot).
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.
2. TapAccess Point Names.
AlistoftheAccessPointnamesdisplay.Theactive
accesspointdisplaysagreen,filledcircletotheright
ofthename.
Network Operators
Usingthisfeatureyoucanviewthecurrentnetwork
connection.Youcanalsoscanandselectanetworkoperator
manually,orsetthenetworkselectiontoAutomatic.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Important! Youmustdeactivatedataservicepriortosearching
foranavailablenetwork.
ta
2. TapNetwork operators.
Thecurrentnetworkconnectiondisplaysatthebottom
ofthelist.
4. TapManualtolocateandconnecttoanetwork
manually,ortapAutomatictoallowthedeviceto
automaticallyselectanetwork.
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.
Note: Connectingto2Gnetworksslowsthedatatransfer
speedandtime.
Default setup options
YourphonedefaultissettoAutomatic(toautomatically
searchforanavailablenetwork.Youcansetthisoptionto
Manualtoselectanetworkeachtimeyouconnect.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks➔ Mobile networks.
2. TapNetwork operators.
3. TapDefault setup.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings118
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
USB tethering
Thisoptionallowsyoutoshareyourphones’smobiledata
connectionviaUSBorasaportableWi-Fihotspot.
Mobile Hotspot
Note: ToenableUSBtetheringonyourphone,dial611orgoto
att.com/mywirelesstosetuptheservice.
ta
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Tethering and
portable hotspot.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: ToenableMobileHotspotonyourphone,dial611orgo
toatt.com/mywirelesstosetuptheservice.
Tethering & portable hotspot
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
–or–
➔ Mobile Hotspot
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Tethering and
portable hotspots ➔ Mobile Hotspot.
2. TurnMobileHotspotonbytappingtheslidersothatit
changestotheONposition
TheMobileHotspoticon
yourscreen.
isdisplayedatthetopof
3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseMobile
Hotspot.
119
2. ConnectyourphonetoyourPCusingaUSBcable.
3. TapUSB tetheringtoaddacheckmarkandactivatethe
feature.TheUSBtetheringicon
isdisplayedatthe
topofyourscreen.
4. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseUSBtethering.
Help
䡲
FromtheTethering and portable hotspotmenu,tapHelp
foradditionalinformation
VPN settings
TheVPNsettingsmenuallowsyoutosetupandmanage
VirtualPrivateNetworks(VPNs).
Important! BeforeyoucanuseaVPNyoumustestablishand
configureone.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Adding a Basic VPN
• IPSec Xauth PSK
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ VPN.
3. TapBasic VPN.
4. Tap
Add.
5. EnteranamefortheVPNnetworkintheNamefield.
6. SelectaVPNtypefromtheTypedrop-downmenu.The
optionsare:
• PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol)
• L2TP/IPSec PSK (Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol / Internet Protocol
Security Pre-Shared Key)
• L2TP/IPSec RSA
• IPSec Hybrid RSA
• IPSec Xauth RSA
rie
ta
7. EntertheServeraddressandanyotherrequiredfields
thataredependentupontheTypeyouentered
previously.
8. TaptheShow advanced optionscheckboxtodisplay
additionalVPNoptions.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
BeforeyouaddaVPNyoumustdeterminewhichVPN
protocoltouse:PPTP(Point-to-PointTunnelingProtocol),
L2TP(Layer2TunnelingProtocol)/IPSecPSK(Pre-sharedkey
basedL2TP/IPSec),L2TP/IPSecRSA(PublickeybasedL2TP/
IPSec),IPSecXauth(Crossauthentication)PSK,IPSecXauth
RSA,orIPSecHybrid(authentication)RSA.
1. BeforeusingVPN,youmustfirstsetupascreenunlock
PINorpassword.Formoreinformation,referto“Lock
Screen Settings” on page 123.
9. TapSavetosaveyourVPNsettings.
Adding an IPsec VPN
1. BeforeusingVPN,youmustfirstsetupascreenunlock
PINorpassword.Formoreinformation,referto“Lock
Screen Settings” on page 123.
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ More networks ➔ VPN.
3. TapAdvanced IPsec VPN.
4. TapAdd VPN Connection.
5. Enterapassword,confirmthepassword,andtapOK.
6. EnteranamefortheVPNconnectionintheVPN
connection namefield.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings120
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ NFC ➔ Android Beam.
8. Enteranyotherrequiredinformation.
2. TaptheOFF / ONicontoturnAndroidBeamON
3. TouchthebackofyourdevicewithanotherNFCcapabledeviceandthecontentistransferred.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
S Beam
NFC
NFC(NearFieldCommunication)allowsdataexchangewhen
youtouchyourdevicewithanothercompatibledevice.This
isusedforapplicationssuchasAndroidBeamandSBeam.
ToactivateNFC,followthesesteps:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ NFC.
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheNFC
field,toturnNFCON
.
Android Beam
WhenAndroidBeamisactivated,youcanbeamappcontent
toanotherNFC-capabledevicebyholdingthedevicesclose
together.Youcanbeambrowserpages,YouTubevideos,
contacts,andmore.
121
ta
10. TapSavetosaveyourVPNsettings.
rie
9. TapShow advanced optionstodisplayadditionalVPN
options.
7. SelectaIPsecconnectiontypefromthedrop-down
menu.
WhenSBeamisactivated,youcanbeamfilestoanother
NFC-capabledevicebyholdingthedevicesclosetogether.
YoucanbeamimagesandvideosfromyourGallery,music
filesfromyourMusicapp,andmore.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ S Beam.
2. TaptheOFF / ONicontoturnSBeamon
3. TouchthebackofyourdevicewithanotherNFCcapabledeviceandthecontentistransferred.
Nearby devices
Thisoptionallowsyoutoshareyourmediafileswithnearby
devicesusingDLNAandconnectedtothesameWi-Fi.
1. ConnecttoaWi-Finetwork.Formoreinformation,refer
to“Activating Wi-Fi” on page 114.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4. Verify
screen.
(Nearby devices)appearsatthetopofthe
Note: ThisfeaturerequirestheoptionalAllShareCastdongle
whichisavailableasanaccessory.SeeyourAT&T
CustomerServiceRepresentativeformoreinformation.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
5. AttheNearbydevicesprompt,tapOK.
TheScreenMirroringfeatureallowsyoutosharethemedia
filesonyourdevicescreenwithanHDMIdevicesuchasan
HDMITV.
ta
3. TaptheFile sharingcheckboxtocreateacheckmark
andactivateFilesharing.
Screen Mirroring
rie
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ Nearby devices.
6. TapShared contents,thencheckthemediayouwould
liketoshare.TapOK.
7. TapAllowed devices list,thenselecttheconnected
devicesyouwouldliketoallow.
8. TapNot-allowed devices list,thenselecttheconnected
devicesyouwouldliketonotallow.
9. TapDownload to,thenselectthedestinationofany
downloaded(shared)content.ChoosefromDeviceor
SDcard.
2. ConnecttheAllShareCastdongletotheHDMIdevice
usinganHDMIA-to-Acable.
3. Press
➔HelpforinformationonusingScreen
Mirroring.
Kies via Wi-Fi
KiesviaWi-FiallowsyoutosyncyourPCwirelesslywithyour
deviceprovidedtheyarebothonthesameWi-Finetwork.
Youcanviewandsharevideos,photos,music,ringtones,
andmore.
10. TapUpload from other devices,thenselecttheactions
you’lltakewhenyouuploadcontentfromother
devices.ChoosefromeitherAlwaysaccept,Always
ask,orAlwaysreject.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ Screen Mirroring.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings122
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. FromyourPC,connecttoaWi-Finetwork.
• Face and voice: Look at your phone and speak to unlock.
• Pattern: A screen unlock pattern is a touch gesture you create
and use to unlock your device. Follow the prompts to create or
change your screen unlock pattern.
2. FromyourPC,launchtheSamsungKiesapplication.
• Face unlock: Look at your phone to unlock it.
ta
1. FromyourPC,downloadtheSamsungKiesapplication
ifyoudon’talreadyhaveit.Youcanfinditat
samsung.com.
• PIN: Select a PIN to use for unlocking the screen.
5. Fromyourdevice,connecttothesameWi-Finetwork
thatyourPCisconnectedtoifyouhavenotalready
doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Connect to a
Wi-Fi Network” on page 137.
• None: No pattern, PIN, or password is required. The screen will
never lock.
rie
4. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
Connections ➔ Kies via Wi-Fi.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Password: Create a password for unlocking the screen.
Lock Screen Settings
Choosesettingsforunlockingyourscreen.Formore
informationaboutusingthelockandunlockfeatures,see
“Locking and Unlocking the Touch Screen”onpage 10.
Screen Lock
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
My device ➔ Lock screen.
➔ Settings➔
Display
ActivateordeactivatesvariousUnlockscreenfunctions.
Note: TheLockscreenoptionswilldifferdependingonwhat
typeofScreenLockyouhaveselectedinstep2.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
My device ➔ Lock screen.
➔ Settings➔
123
Display
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailabledependingonthe
ScreenLocktypethatyouhaveselected:
2. TapScreen lockfortheseoptionsthenfollowtheonscreeninstructionstosetupyourScreenlock:
• Swipe: Swipe the screen to unlock it.
Lock screen options
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Shortcuts sets shortcuts to appear at the bottom of the Lock
screen. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on
ta
• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are
displayed on your home screens.
rie
Swipe options
• Multiple widgets allows you to display multiple widgets on
your lock screen. Appears as an options after a lock mode is
enabled.
• Unlock effect sets the effect you receive when unlocking the
phone. You can select None, Ripple effect, or Light effect.
• Help text shows help information on the Lock screen.
• Wake up in lock screen requires that you say a command to
wake-up your phone.
• Set wake-up command designates your wake-up
commands. Tap Set wake-up command and follow the onscreen prompts to create a new verbal command.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings124
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Inthismenu,youcanchangevarioussettingsforthedisplay.
FromtheHomescreen,tap
My device ➔ Display.
➔ Settings➔
• Presence check requires that you blink when using the Face
unlock feature. This will increase the security of the feature.
• Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen.
Pattern options
• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are
displayed on your home screens.
Thefollowingoptionsdisplay:
• Wallpaper: allows you to set the Wallpaper for your Home
screen, Lock screen, or both. For more information, refer to
“Changing the Wallpaper” on page 31.
• Notification panel: allows you to set the brightness of your
notification panel and also select the quick setting buttons that
you want to display at the top of the notification panel. For more
information, refer to “Notification Bar” on page 32.
• Make pattern visible allows you to see the pattern as you
draw it.
• Multi window: tap this option to enable/disable the automatic
Multi window feature.
• Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen.
• Screen mode: allows you to select from several different color
modes.
PIN and Password options
• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are
displayed on your home screens.
• Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen.
125
Display
ta
䡲
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Improve facial recognition allows you to improve your
device’s face matching capability by capturing your face in
different lighting, with or without glasses, and bearded or
clean-shaven. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Display Settings
rie
Face unlock options
• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are
displayed on your home screens.
• Brightness: configures the LCD Brightness levels. Tap
Automatic brightness to allow the phone to self-adjust or drag
the slider and tap OK.
• Auto rotate screen: allows you to switch the display orientation
automatically when you rotate the phone.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
䡲
ta
ThisoptionallowsyoutoturnonyourLEDlightsforcharging,
missedevents,andincomingnotifications.Thelightwillturn
onbydefaultunlessyouturnthemoff.
FromtheHomescreen,tap
My device ➔ LED indicator.
➔ Settings➔
Display
3. TapthefollowingLEDindicatoroptionstoturnthemon
oroff:
• Charging: LED lights up when the device is connected to the
charger.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Daydream: allows you to control what your screen does when
your device is docked or sleeping. Tap the OFF / ON icon next
to Daydream to turn it on
. Follow the on-screen
instructions.
LED indicator
rie
• Screen timeout: adjusts the delay time before the screen
automatically turns off. Selections are: 15 seconds, 30
seconds, 1 minute, 3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15
minutes, and 30 minutes.
• Font style: allows you to set the font style that your phone will
use. You can also tap Get fonts online to choose from a wider
selection.
• Font size: allows you to select which size of font is displayed.
• Increase legibility: allows you to enhance the clarity of the
text.
• Touch key light duration: allows you to adjust the delay before
the Touch key light automatically turns off.
• Show battery percentage: allows you to see the battery
charge percentage next to the battery charge icon at the top of
the display.
• Notifications: LED lights up when you have missed calls,
messages, or application events.
• Voice recording: LED lights up when you are recording voice.
The LED only lights up when the screen is off.
Home screen mode
Homescreenmodeallowsyoutosetyourdisplaytothe
conventionallayoutofStandard modeorprovideaneasier
userexperienceforthefirst-timesmartphoneusersusing
Easy mode.
• Edit after screen capture: allows you to go edit a screen
immediately after taking a screen capture.
• Low battery: LED lights up when the battery level is low.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings126
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. TapApply.
Driving Mode
Display
2. TaptheOFF / ONiconnexttoDriving modetotheright
.
ConfirmthattheDrivingmodeactiveicon
appearsintheStatusbar.
Allincomingcallsandnotificationswillbereadout
automatically.
127
TheBrowserBaroptionallowsyoutosetupyourBrowser
Barforyourwebbrowser.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
My device ➔ Browser Bar.
➔ Settings➔
Display
2. Followtheon-screeninstructionstosetupormodify
yourBrowserBar.
WhenDrivingmodeisenabled,incomingcallsand
notificationswillbereadoutautomatically.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Driving mode.
toturniton
Browser Bar
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Easy mode: provides easier user experience for first-time
smartphone users on the home screens.
2. Tapthepull-downdropboxandselectoneofthe
followingoptions:
• Standard mode: provides conventional layout for the apps and
widgets on your home screens.
Note: YoucandisableDrivingmodebysaying“Drivingmode
off”whileinSvoice,orbyaccessingtheSettingsmenu
andslidingtheDrivermodeslidertotheoffposition
OFF
orbyusingtheNotificationpanel.
ta
Display
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Home screen mode.
One-handed operation
Theone-handedoperationsettingshelpyoutouseyour
phonekeypadseasilywithonlyonehand.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ One-handed operation.
Display
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Keypad and in-call buttons: allows you to adjust the position
of the dialing keypad and in-call buttons to the left or the right
to make it easier to use with one hand.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
SelectSamsungkeyboardorSwype.
3. TapSet up input methods.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
iconnexttotheinputmethodthatyou
4. Tapthe
wouldliketoconfigurethesettingsfor.
Language and input
Thismenuallowsyoutoconfigurethelanguageinwhichto
displaythemenus.Youcanalsoseton-screenkeyboard
options.
Language
2. TapDefaultandselectakeyboard.
rie
• Learn about one-handed operation: provides more
information about using one-handed operation.
Youcanchangethelanguageusedbyyourdeviceby
followingthesesteps:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input ➔ Language.
2. Tapalanguagefromthelist.
Keyboards and Input Methods
5. Basedonyourselectionofinputmethod,the
appropriatesettingswillappearandareexplained
below.
Google voice typing settings
FromthismenuyoucansetSamsungkeyboardoptions.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input.
Display
2. Tapthe
Display
iconnexttoGoogle voice typing.
3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Choose input languages: tap on a language that you want to
input. Select Automatic to use the local language or select a
language from the list.
Youcanchangethekeyboardusedbyyourdeviceby
followingthesesteps:
Display
• Unlock pattern: allows you to adjust the scale of the unlock
pattern for use with one hand.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input.
ta
• Calculator: allows you to adjust the position of the calculator
keypad to the left or the right to make it easier to use with one
hand.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings128
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
FromthismenuyoucansetSamsungkeyboardoptions.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input.
Display
iconnexttoSamsung keyboard.
2. Tapthe
• Alphabets allows you to choose a keyboard configuration
when you are entering letters (Qwerty keyboard [default] or 3x4
keyboard).
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
• Download offline speech recognition: Enables voice input
while offline.
Samsung Keyboard settings
ta
• Block offensive words: tap to create a checkmark and enable
the blocking of recognized offensive words from the results of
your voice-input Google typing.
• Numbers and symbols allows you to choose a keyboard
configuration when you are entering numbers or symbols
(Qwerty keyboard [default] or 3x4 keyboard).
• Input languages sets the input language. Tap a language from
the available list. The keyboard is updated to the selected
language.
• Predictive text enables predictive text entry mode. This must
be enabled to gain access to the advanced settings. Touch and
hold to access the advanced settings. Touch and slide the slider
to the right to turn it on
• SwiftKey Flow allows you to type words by swiping between
on-screen keys.
129
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Cursor control allows you to move the cursor by sliding your
finger across the keyboard.
Display
2. Tapthe
iconnexttoSamsung keyboard.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Handwriting enables the device to recognize on-screen
handwriting and convert it to text.
FromthismenuyoucansetPredictiveTextsettings.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input.
ta
• Key-tap sound enables auditory feedback when you tap an
on-screen key.
Predictive Text Settings
rie
• Key-tap vibration enables vibration feedback when you tap an
on-screen key.
• Reset settings resets the keyboard settings back to their
original configuration.
• Advanced displays the following advanced options:
– Auto capitalization automatically capitalizes the first letter of
the first word in each sentence (standard English style).
– Auto spacing automatically inserts spaces between words.
– Auto punctuate automatically inserts a full stop in a sentence
by tapping the space bar twice when using the on-screen
QWERTY keyboard.
– Character preview provides an automatic preview of the
current character selection within the text string. This is helpful
when multiple characters are available within one key.
• Tutorial displays more information on using the Samsung
keyboard.
3.
TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe
Predictivetextfield,toturnitON
.
4. Tap Predictive text.
5. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Personalized data: allows you to use personal language that
you have added to make your prediction results better.
• Learn from Facebook: allows you to login to your Facebook
account so your phone can learn your Facebook style.
• Learn from Gmail: allows you to login to your Gmail account so
your phone can learn your Gmail style.
• Learn from Twitter: allows you to login to your Twitter account
so your phone can learn your Twitter style.
• Learn from Messaging: allows your device to learn from your
Messages.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings130
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Show complete trace: once enabled, sets wether or not to
display the complete Swype path.
• Clear remote data: deletes anonymous data that is stored on
the personalization server.
• Auto-capitalization: automatically capitalizes the first letter of
a sentence.
• Clear personal data: removes all personalized data that you
have entered.
• Auto-spacing: automatically inserts a space between words.
When you finish a word, just lift your finger or stylus and start
the next word.
Swype Keypad Settings
ToconfigureSwypesettings:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input.
2. Tapthe
ta
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Privacy policy: click the link to read the privacy policy. Follow
the on-screen instructions.
• Learn from Contacts: allows your device to learn from your
Contacts.
• Next word prediction: once enabled, predicts the next word in
your text string based on your current text entries.
• Show Voice key: once enabled, displays the Voice icon on
your Swype keyboard so you can use the Voice input option.
Display
iconnexttoSwype.
3. TapSettingsontheleftsideofthescreentoalterthese
settings:
• Vibrate on keypress: activates a vibration sensation as you
enter text using the keypad.
• Sound on keypress: turns on sounds generated by the Swype
application.
• Living Language: when enabled, this feature automatically
updates your Swype dictionary with popular new words.
• Social integration: allows you to learn information from your
Facebook, Twitter, and Gmail accounts to help you while using
Swype.
• Pop-up on keypress: displays the character above the key
when typing.
4. TapMy Wordsontheleftsideofthescreentoaccess
thefollowingoptions:
• Backup & Sync: allows you to backup your Swype dictionary
and sync your Swype dictionary across multiple devices.
131
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Contribute usage data: when enabled, allows the Nuance®
application to collect usage data for better word predictions.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Cellular data: when enabled, activates cellular data usage by
the Swype application so it can receive program updates,
language downloads, and other related features via your
existing data connection.
• Version: displays the software version information.
8. TapUpdatesontheleftsideofthescreentodownload
anynewSwypeupdates.Ifanupdateisavailable,it
willdisplayundertheupdatesheading.Ifnoupdates
aredisplayed,thencheckbacklatertoseeany
availableupdates.
ta
• Clear language data: deletes all of your personal language
data, including your words.
• Show helpful tips: once enabled, displays helpful tips and
hints as you are using Swype.
rie
• Edit my dictionary: allows you to edit your personal Swype
dictionary.
5. TapLanguagesontheleftsideofthescreentoactivate
andselectthecurrenttextinputlanguage.Default
languageisEnglish.TouchDownload languages,to
downloadadditionallanguages.
6. TapGesturesontheleftsideofthescreentoview
helpfulinformationonusinggestureswhileusing
Swype.
ThismenuallowsyoutosetthespeechsettingsforVoice
input.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input.
Display
2. TapVoice searchtoconfigurethefollowing:
• Language: Choose a language for your voice input.
• Speech output: Sets whether you will use speech output
always or only when using hands-free.
• Block offensive words: Enable or disable blocking of
recognized offensive words from the results of your voice-input
Google searches.
7. TapHelpontheleftsideofthescreentoseethe
followingoptions:
• How to Swype: provides tips on how to learn to use Swype.
Speech Settings
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings132
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. TapText-to-speech optionsandselectGoogle Text-tospeech EngineorSamsung text-to-speech engine.
ThisoptionsetsyourPointerspeedforyourmouseor
trackpadwhenyouareusingakeyboarddockaccessory.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Language and input.
ta
• Bluetooth headset: allows you to record audio through a
Bluetooth headset if available.
Pointer speed
rie
• Download offline speech recognition: Enables voice input
while offline.
• Listen to an example: Play a sample of speech synthesis
(available if voice data is installed).
• Hotword detection: Enable to being able to launch voice
search by saying the word “Google”.
4. Tap nexttothepreferredTTSengineconfigurethe
followingsettings:
• Language: allows you to set the language for spoken text.
• Settings for Google Text-to-speech Engine: allows you to
view Open Source Licenses.
• Settings for Samsung text-to-speech engine allows you to
view Open Source Licenses.
• Install voice data: allows you to install voice data for speech
synthesis.
2. TapPointer speedthendragtheslidertotherighttogo
fasterortothelefttogoslower.
3. TapOKtosaveyoursetting.
Motions and Gestures
TheMotionsandGesturessettingsallowyoutosetup
variousMotionactivationservices.Formoreinformationon
usinggestures,see“Using Motions and Gestures”on
page 20.
䡲
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Motions and gestures.
5. ScrolldowntotheGeneralsectiontoaccessthe
followingoptions:
• Speech rate: Set the speed at which the text is spoken.
133
Display
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Display
2. TaptheON/OFFicon
toactivateMotion.
atthetopofyourscreen
• Mute/pause: Once enabled, mute incoming calls and any
playing sounds by turning the device display down on a
surface. Tap the ON/OFF icon
to turn it on.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Direct call: Once enabled, the device will dial the currently
displayed on-screen Contact entry as soon as you place the
device to your ear. Tap the ON/OFF icon
to turn it on.
ta
Motionallowsyoutocontrolyourdevicebyperforming
naturalmovements.
1. FromtheMotionsandgesturesscreen,tapMotion.
• Browse an image: Once enabled, touch and hold a desired
on-screen image to pan around it. Move the device left or right
to pan vertically or up and down to pan horizontally. Tap the ON/
OFF icon
to turn it on.
rie
Motion
• Smart alert: Once enabled, pickup the device to be alerted and
notified of you have missed any calls or messages. Tap the ON/
OFF icon
to turn it on.
• Zoom: Once enabled, you must be on a screen where content
can be zoomed. In a single motion, touch and hold two points
on the display then tilt the tilt the device back and forth to zoom
in or out. Tap the ON/OFF icon
to turn it on.
Palmmotionallowsyoutocontrolyourdevicebytouching
yourscreenwiththepalmofyourhand.
1. FromtheMotionsandgesturesscreen,tapPalm
motion.
2. TaptheON/OFFicon
toactivatePalmmotion.
atthetopofyourscreen
3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Capture screen: Once enabled, you can capture any
on-screen information swiping across the screen. In a single
motion, press the side of your hand on the screen and swipe
form left to right. The image is then copied to the clipboard. Tap
the ON/OFF icon
to turn it on.
• Move an icon: Once enable, you can move an icon to another
page by holding the icon, then moving the device to the left or
right. Tap the ON/OFF icon
to turn it on.
Palm motion
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings134
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Gyroscopecalibrationallowsyoutocalibratemotion
correctlyusingthedevice’sbuilt-ingyroscope.
1. FromtheMotionsandgesturesscreen,tapGyroscope
calibration.
4. Whenfinished,Calibratedwillappearonyourscreen.
Tap
toreturntothepreviousscreen.
Smart screen
TheSmartscreenoptionsallowyoutocustomizeyour
screensettingstomakethescreenmoreresponsiveand
easiertouse.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Smart screen.
Display
135
ta
WiththeAirviewfeature,youcanhoveryourfingeroverthe
screenandAirviewfeatureswillbedisplayed.Forexample,
youcanhoveryourfingeroveraschedulediteminyour
calendartoseemoredetails.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Air view.
2. TaptheON/OFFicon
toactivateAirview.
2. Placeyourdeviceonaflatsurface.
3. TapCalibrate.
Air view
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Gyroscope calibration
2. Tapanyofthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmark
andactivatethefeatures:
• Smart stay: disables the screen timeout if your phone detects
that your face is watching the screen.
rie
• Mute/pause: Once enabled, you can pause any on-screen
video or mute any current sound by simply covering the screen
with your hand. Once you remove your hand from the screen,
the device goes back to normal by either continuing to play the
current video or unmuting the current sound. Tap the ON/OFF
icon
to turn it on.
Display
atthetopofyourscreen
3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable.Tapanoptionto
createacheckmarkandactivatethefeature.
• Information preview: allows you to see information previews,
extended text, and enlarged images when you hover your
finger over the screen.
• Progress preview: allows you to preview a scene or show
elapsed time when you hover your finger over the progress bar
while watching a video.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Voice control
Note: Ifyousetthealerttypeforcallsoralarmstovibration,
voicecontrolwillnotbeavailable.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Sound and haptic feedback: allows you to play sound and
feel vibration when you hover your finger over Air view items.
• Music: allows you to control your Music app using the voice
commands Next, Previous, Play, Pause, Volume up, and
Volume down.
ta
• Webpage magnifier: allows you to see magnified links on
webpages when you hover your finger over them.
• Camera: allows you to take pictures using the voice
commands Capture, Shoot, Smile, or Cheese.
rie
• Speed dial preview: allows you to see the contacts and their
speed dial numbers when you hover your finger over them in
your contacts list.
TheVoicecontrolsettingsallowyoutosetupvoice
commandstocontrolyourdevice.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ Voice control.
2. TaptheON/OFFicon
toactivateVoicecontrol.
S Pen Settings
Display
atthetopofyourscreen
3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable.Tapanoptionto
createacheckmarkandactivatethefeature.
• Incoming calls: allows you to answer or reject calls using the
commands Answer and Reject.
• Alarm: allows you to stop or snooze an alarm by using the
commands Stop and Snooze.
ThismenuallowsyoutocustomizesettingsfortheSPen.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
My device ➔ S Pen.
Display
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Dominant hand: allows you to set your phone to Left handed
or Right handed.
• Pen attach/detach sound: allows you to select a sound to be
played whenever the pen is attached or detached.
• Open Popup Note: automatically opens Popup Note whenever
the pen is detached.
• Battery saving: disables the pen detection feature while the
pen is attached to save battery power.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings136
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Use GPS satellites: allows applications to use GPS to pinpoint
your location.
• Air view: When the S pen tip is near the screen for a while, the
S pen hovering feature will be provided. Touch and slide the
slider to the right to turn it on
• Use wireless networks: allows applications to use data from
mobile networks and Wi-Fi to help determine your location.
ta
rie
• My places: allows you to add location information for your
Home, Office, and Car.
================================
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Sound and haptic feedback: allows you to hear sound and
sense haptic feedback when using your S Pen
• S Pen keeper: sounds an alert and displays a pop-up when
you walk with the device without attaching the pen.
• Quick command settings: allows you to create pen gestures
to open selected apps or perform tasks.
DisplayTab
================================
• S Pen help: provides additional information about S Pen.
Location services
TheLocationservicessettingsallowyoutosetuphowthe
phonewilldetermineyourlocationandthesensorsettings
foryourphone.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
More ➔ Location services.
General
================================
InputandcontrolsTab
================================
2. Tapanyofthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmark
andactivatetheservice:
• Access to my location: allows apps that have asked your
permission to use your location information. Tap the ON/OFF
icon
to turn it on.
137
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
================================
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Sound ➔ Vibration intensity.
GeneralTab
General
➔ Settings➔
Thefollowingoptionsdisplay:
Volume
TheVolumeoptionallowsyoutochangethevolumeforall
phonesoundsinoneeasylocation.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Sound ➔ Volume.
General
2. Touchanddragtheslidertoadjustthesoundvolume
forMusic,video,gamesandothermedia,Ringtone,
Notifications,andSystem.
3. TapOK.
Vibration intensity
3. TapOK.
Ringtones
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Sound.
rie
Fromthismenuyoucancontrolthesoundsonthephone.
ta
Sound Settings
䡲
2. TouchanddragtheslidertoadjusttheVibration
intensityforIncomingcall,Notification,andHaptic
feedback.
================================
Vibrationintensityallowsyoutoselecthowintensethe
vibrationisfordifferentoptions.
General
Thisoptionallowsyoutosettheringtone.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Sound.
General
2. TapRingtones.
3. TaparingtoneandtapOK.
–or–
TapAddtoselectafilefromyourmusicfiles.
Vibrations
Thisoptionallowsyoutosetyourphonetovibrateandring.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Sound.
General
2. TapVibrations.
3. SelectavibrationpatternandtapOK.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings138
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Default notification sound
Thisoptionallowsyoutosetthedefaultringtonethatwill
soundfornotificationsandalarms.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Sound.
2. TapDefault notification sound.
• Touch sounds: makes a sound when you touch the screen.
Vibrate when ringing
Adapt sound
General
2. TapVibrate when ringingtocreateacheckmarkand
enablethefeature.
System Tone Settings
TheSystemtonesettingsareusedwhenyouusethedialing
pad,makeascreenselection,lockyourscreen,ortapthe
screen.
139
• Screen lock sound: makes a sound when your screen is
locked or unlocked.
• Haptic feedback: makes a vibration when you tap soft keys
and on certain UI interactions.
3. TaparingtoneandtapOK.
Thisoptionallowsyoutoenableyourphonetovibrate
wheneveritrings.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Sound.
General
2. Tapanyofthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmark
andactivatethefeature:
• Dialing keypad tone: makes a sound when you tap a key on
the keyboard.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
General
➔ Settings➔
ta
TapCreateandfollowtheon-screeninstructionsto
createyourownvibration.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Sound.
rie
–or–
TheAdaptsoundfeatureallowsyoutocustomizeyourcall
sounds.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Sound➔ Adapt sound.
2. ReadtheinstructionsandtapStart.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstosetupyour
personalcallsound.
Call Settings
ToaccesstheCallsettingsmenu:
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
General
FromtheHomescreen,tap
settings.
➔
General
Taponeofthepre-writtenmessagestobedisplayed
whenyouwantthecalltoberejected.Youcaneditthe
messageifdesired.
➔Call
3. TapSavetosavetherejectmessage.
Call rejection
Answering/ending calls
General
2. TapAuto reject modeandtaponeofthefollowing
options:
• Off: to turn Auto reject mode off.
• All numbers: to reject all calls.
• Auto reject numbers: to reject all calls in your Reject list.
3. TapAuto reject list.
4. Tap
tomanuallyaddnumberstotheRejectlist.
5. TapUnknown,tocreateacheckmarkandautomatically
rejectallcallsthatarenotinyourContactslist.
Set rejection messages
General
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• The home key answers calls: Tap this option to be able to
accept incoming calls by pressing the Home key.
• Voice control: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming
calls by using your voice.
• The power key ends calls: This option will allow you to end a
call by pressing the power key without turning off the screen.
Turn off screen during calls
Thisoptionturnsontheproximitysensorduringcallssothat
yourphonewillknowtoturnthescreenofftosavepower.
General
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Set up call rejection messages.
2. Tap
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Answering/ending calls.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Call rejection.
–or–
➔ Settings➔
ta
䡲
FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Call.
–or–
rie
䡲
tomanuallyaddarejectmessage.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings140
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Call alerts
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Call➔ Call alerts.
➔ Settings➔
General
• Call-end vibration: enables your phone to vibrate when the
call ends.
• Call connect tone: plays a tone when a call is connected.
• Minute minder: beeps twice every minute that you are on a
call.
• Outgoing call conditions: allows you to make calls even when
the device is locked.
Additional settings
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings.
General
2. Taponeofthefollowingoptions:
• Caller ID: allows you to choose how your Caller ID will be
displayed. Select Network default, Hide number, or Show
number.
• Call end tone: plays a tone when a call is ended.
• Call forwarding: allows you to forward your calls to another
number.
• Alerts during calls: turns on alarm and message notifications
during a call.
• Auto area code: allows you to automatically prepend a specific
area code to all outbound calls.
Call Accessories
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Call accessories.
141
• Automatic answering timer: configures the time delay before
the device automatically accepts the incoming call.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. Tapthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmarkand
activatethefeatures:
• Answer vibration: enables your phone to vibrate when the
called party answers the phone.
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Automatic answering: configures the device to automatically
answer and incoming call when a headset is detected.
General
ta
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Turn off screen during callstocreate
acheckmarkandenablethefeature.
rie
䡲
General
• Call waiting: the network service informs you when someone
is trying to reach you during another call. Tap to activate.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. TapChange PIN2.
Enabling FDN
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing
numbers.
3. Attheprompt,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK.
FDNisenabled.
4. Attheprompt,enteranewPIN2code.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
General
3. Attheprompt,enteryouroldPIN2code.
rie
Using Fixed Dialing Numbers
2. TapTurn on FDN.
General
• Fixed dialing numbers: allows you to restrict outgoing calls to
a limited set of phone numbers.
Changing the PIN2 Code
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing
numbers.
ta
• Auto redial: automatically redials the last number if the call
was either cut off or was unable to connect. Tap to activate.
4. ToenableFDNafterithasbeendisabled,tapTurn off
FDN,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK.
Whenthisfeatureisenabled,youcanmakecallsonlyto
phonenumbersstoredintheFDNlistontheSIMcard.
Note: BeforeyoucanmanageanFDNlistalistmustbe
created.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing
numbers.
General
2. TapFDN list.
3. AlistofallexistingFDNnumberswillbedisplayed.
Important! NotallSIMcardsuseaPIN2code.IfyourSIMcard
doesnot,thismenudoesnotdisplay.
ThePIN2codeisprovidedbyyourcarrier.Entering
anincorrectPIN2codecouldcausethephoneto
lock.Contactcustomerserviceforassistance.
5. ConfirmyourPIN2code.
Managing the FDN List
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings142
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Noise reduction
General
2. TapRingtones,selectaringtone,andtapOK.
Thisoptionhelpstosuppressbackgroundnoisefromyour
sideduringacall.
䡲
5. TapKeypad tonestocreateacheckmarkifyouwant
tonestoplaywhenthekeypadispressed.
Personalize call sound
Thisoptionallowsyoutopersonalizethesoundsyouhear
duringacallwithandwithoutearphones.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Personalize call sound.
General
2. AtthePersonalizecallsounddisplay,taponeofthe
followingoptions:
• In-call sound EQ: the In-call sound equalizer allows you to set
your call sound during calls. Select from Off, Soft sound, Clear
sound, Adapt Sound left, or Adapt Sound right.
Thisoptionincreasestheringtonevolumewhenthedeviceis
inapocketorabag.Itusestheproximitysensortodetectits
location.
䡲
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Increase volume in pockettocreatea
checkmarkandenablethefeature.
143
General
Voicemail service
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Voicemail Service.
General
Voicemailserviceprovidedbyyourcarrieristhe
default.
2. TapMy carriertoremovethecarrierVoicemailservice.
• Adapt sound: allows you to customize your sounds. Follow the
on-screen instructions to set up your personal call sound.
General
Increase volume in pocket
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
4. TapVibrate when ringingtocreateacheckmarkifyou
wantyourphonetovibratewhenacallisincoming.
FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Noise reductiontocreatea
checkmarkandenablethefeature.
rie
3. TapVibrations,selectavibrationtype,andtapOK.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Ringtones and keypad tones.
ta
Ringtones and keypad tones
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
General
3. TapOK.
Sound
YoucanselectauniqueringtoneforVoicemailalerts.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Sound.
General
2. Taparingtonetohearitplayed.
ThisoptionallowsyouselectvibrationsettingsforVoicemail
alerts.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call.
General
YourphoneiscompatiblewithselectTTYdevices.Please
checkwiththemanufacturerofyourTTYdevicetoensure
thatitiscompatiblewithdigitalcellphones.
YourphoneandTTYdevicewillconnectviaaspecialcable
thatplugsintoyourphone’sheadsetjack.Ifthiscablewas
notprovidedwithyourTTYdevice,contactyourTTYdevice
manufacturertopurchasetheconnectorcable.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Call➔ TTY mode.
3. SelectaringtoneandtapOK.
Vibrate
ATTY(alsoknownasaTDDorTextTelephone)isa
telecommunicationsdevicethatallowspeoplewhoaredeaf,
hardofhearing,orwhohavespeechorlanguagedisabilities,
tocommunicatebytelephone.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TaptheVoice mail numberfield,backspacetoerasethe
digits,andenteranewvoicemailnumberusingthe
keypad,thentapOK.
TTY Mode
ta
Youcanviewormodifyyourvoicemailnumberfromthis
menu.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Call➔ Voicemail settings.
2. TapVibratetocreateacheckmarkandactivatethe
Vibratefeature.
rie
Voicemail settings
➔ Settings➔
General
2. TapTTY Full,TTY HCO,orTTY VCO.Agreencheckmark
willappear.TapTTY Offtoturnitoff.
Hearing aids
ThisoptionallowsyoutoturnonHearingaidcompatibilityon
yourdevice.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings144
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. TapHearing aidstocreateacheckmarkandenablethe
Hearingaidcompatibilityfeature.
Add Account
Adding an Account
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Accounts ➔ Add account.
General
2. Taponeoftheaccounttypes.
3. Usethekeyboardandfollowthepromptstoenteryour
credentialsandsetuptheaccount.
Agreencirclewillappearnexttotheaccounttypeonce
youhavecreatedanaccount.Youraccountwillalsobe
displayedintheMy accountssectionofthemain
Accountsmenu.
145
Important! Removinganaccountalsodeletesallofits
messages,contacts,andotherdatafromthe
device.
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Accounts.
➔ Settings ➔
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Thismenuallowsyoutosetup,manage,andsynchronize
accounts,includingyourGoogleandemailaccounts.
Removing an Account
General
ta
➔ Settings➔
rie
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Call.
General
2. TaptheaccountwhichislocatedintheMy accounts
section.
3. Taptheaccountname.
4. Atthebottomofthescreen,tapRemove account,then
tapRemoveaccountattheprompttoremovethe
accountanddeleteallitsmessages,contacts,and
otherdata.
Synchronizing Accounts
Selecttheitemsyouwanttosynchronizeonyouraccount
suchasBooks,Calendar,Contacts,andmore.
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings ➔
General ➔ Accounts.
General
2. TaptheaccountwhichislocatedintheMy accounts
section.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
5. TapCancel synctostopthesynchronization.
6. TapAccount settingstoaccessyouraccountsettings.
6. TapSelect time zone,thentapatimezone.
7. Optional:TapUse 24-hour format.Ifthisisnotselected
thephoneautomaticallyusesa12-hourformat.
8. TapSelect date formatandtapthedateformattype.
rie
7. TapStorage usagetoseeyourstorageusagefor
differentapplications.
Blocking Mode
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Date and time
5. TapSet timeandtaptheupanddownarrowstosetthe
Hour,Minute,andPM/AM,thentapSet.
4. TapSync nowtosynchronizeyouraccountoronlytap
theSyncitemsthatyouwanttosynchronize.
ta
3. Taptheaccountname.
Thismenuallowsyoutochangethecurrenttimeanddate
displayed.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Date and time.
General
2. TapAutomatic date and timetoallowthenetworktoset
thedateandtime.
3. TapAutomatic time zonetoallowthenetworktosetthe
timezone.
Important! DeactivateAutomatic date and timetomanuallyset
therestoftheoptions.
4. TapSet dateandtaptheupanddownarrowstosetthe
Month,Day,andYearthentapSet.
WhenBlockingmodeisenabled,notificationsforselected
featureswillbedisabled.Youwillonlyreceivenotificationsof
incomingcallsfrompeopleonyourallowedlist.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Blocking mode.
General
2. InasinglemotiontouchandslidetheBlocking mode
slidertotherighttoturniton
.
ConfirmthattheBlockingmodeactiveicon
appearsintheStatusbar.
3. Placeagreencheckmarkadjacenttothosefeatures
youwouldliketoenable.Choosefrom:Turnoff
incomingcalls,Turnoffnotifications,Turnoffalarm
andtimer,andTurnoffLEDindicator.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings146
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
5. TapAllowed contactstoassignthosecontactsthatare
exemptedfromtheserules.ChoosefromNone,All
contacts,Favorites,orCustom.Allowedcontactswill
• Auto enable: automatically turns on Power saving mode when
the battery falls below 20% even if Power saving mode is off.
configuretheFromandTotimefields.
• Turn off haptic feedback: allows you to turn off vibration when
you tap or touch the screen.
ta
RemovethecheckmarkfromtheAlwaysfieldto
4. TapLearn about Power saving modetolearnabout
variouswaystoconservebatterypower.
rie
4. Configureatimeframeforthesefeaturestobeactive.
Accessibility
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
thenappearintheAllowed contact list.
Power saving mode
Powersavingmodeallowsyoutomanageyourphoneto
conservepower.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings ➔
General ➔ Power saving mode.
General
2. TaptheOFF / ONiconnexttoPower saving modetoturn
Powersavingmodeon
3. Tapthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmarkand
conservepower:
• CPU power saving: allows you to limit the maximum
performance of the CPU.
Note: YoucandownloadaccessibilityapplicationsfromPlay
Storeandmanagetheirusehere.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Accessibility.
➔ Settings➔
147
General
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
• Auto rotate screen: automatically rotate the screen from
landscape to portrait when you rotate your phone.
• Screen timeout: timeout the accessibility feature after a
defined amount of time.
• Screen power saving: allows you to lower the screen power
level.
Accessibilityservicesarespecialfeaturestomakeusingthe
deviceeasierforthosewithcertainphysicaldisabilities.Use
theAccessibilitysettingstoactivatetheseservices.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
• Font size: change the size of the fonts used on the device
within menus, options, etc. Choose from: Tiny, Small, Normal,
Large, or Huge.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Speak passwords: reads out password information.
ta
Note: Securedlocktimeoptiononlyappearsafteryouseta
ScreenLockotherthanSwipeorNone.(See“Screen
Lock”onpage 123.)
Important! TalkBackcancollectallofthetextyouenter,
exceptpasswords,includingpersonaldataand
creditcardnumbers.Itmayalsologyouruser
interfaceinteractionswiththedevice.
rie
• Secured lock time: lock the screen after the selected amount
of inactivity time.
• Answering/ending calls: accept incoming calls by pressing
the home key or end calls using the power key.
• Show shortcut: allow the accessibility shortcut under the
device options to be used by pressing and holding the power
key.
• Manage accessibility: save and update your accessibility
settings or share them with another device. You can export your
settings, import a previously saved file, or share your file with
another device.
• TalkBack: activate the TalkBack feature.
Note: TalkBack,wheninstalledandenabled,speaksfeedback
tohelpblindandlow-visionusers.
• Magnification gestures: use exaggerated gestures such as
triple-tapping, double pinching, and dragging two fingers
across the screen.
• Negative colors: reverse the display of on-screen colors from
White text on a Black background to Black text on a White
background.
• Color adjustment: allows you to adjust the display colors if
you are color blind and have difficulty reading the display
because of the colors. Touch and slide the slider to the right to
turn it on
. Follow the on-screen instructions.
• Accessibility shortcut: allows you to quickly enable
accessibility features in 2 quick steps. Follow the on-screen
instructions.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings148
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Accessory Settings
ThismenuallowsyoutoselecttheAudiooutputmodewhen
usingacarordeskdock.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Accessory.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Sound balance: allows you to use the slider to set the Left
and Right balance when using a stereo device.
ta
• Enhance web accessibility: allows apps to install scripts
from Google that make their Web content more accessible. Tap
Allow.
• Interaction control: allows you to enable or disable motions
and screen timeout. You can also block areas of the screen
from touch interaction. Touch and slide the slider to the right to
turn it on
. Follow the on-screen instructions.
rie
• Text-to-speech options: allows you to adjust your text-tospeech settings. For more information, refer to “Speech
Settings” on page 132.
• Mono audio: allows you to enable stereo audio to be
compressed into a single mono audio stream for use with a
single earbud/earphone.
➔ Settings➔
2. TapDock soundtoplaysoundswheninsertingor
removingthephonefromthedock.
• Turn off all sounds: allows you to mute every sound made by
the device during taps, selections, notifications, etc.
3. TapAudio output modetousetheexternaldock
speakerswhenthephoneisdocked.
• Flash notification: allows you to set your camera light to blink
whenever you receive a notification.
4. TapDesk home screen displaytodisplaythedeskhome
screenwheneverthephoneisdocked.
• Assistant menu: allows you to improve the device
accessibility for users with reduced dexterity. Touch and slide
the slider to the right to turn it on
. Follow the onscreen instructions.
5. TapAutomatic unlockifyouareusingaphonecover
andyouwantyourphonetounlockwhenyouopenthe
cover.
6. TapAudio outputtosetyourAudiooutputtoStereoor
Surround.
• Press and hold delay: allows you to select a time interval for
this action. Choose from: Short, Medium, or Long.
149
General
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Automatic Restore
Back Up My Data
General
2. TapBack up my datatoenableordisablebackupof
applicationdata,WI-Fipasswords,andothersettings
totheGoogleserver.
Backup Account
General
2. TapAutomatic restoretoenableordisableautomatic
restorationofsettingsfromtheGoogleserver.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Bysettingthisoption,theGoogleserverwillbackupallof
yoursettingsanddata.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Back up and reset.
Bysettingthisoption,whenyoureinstallanapplication,allof
yourbackedupsettingsanddatawillberestored.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Back up and reset.
ta
TheBackupandresetsettingsallowyoutobackupyour
data,backupaccounts,automaticallyrestoreyourphone,
andresetyourphonesettingstothefactorysettings.
rie
Back up and reset
Factory Data Reset
Fromthismenuyoucanresetyourphoneandsoundsettings
tothefactorydefaultsettings.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Back up and reset.
General
2. TapFactory data reset.
IfyouhaveenabledtheBack up my dataoption,thenthe
Backup accountoptionisavailable.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Back up and reset.
General
3. TapReset device,thenfollowthepromptstoperform
thereset.
2. TapBackup accountandtapyourGoogleGmailaccount
ortapAdd accounttosetyourGoogleGmailaccountto
bebackeduptotheGoogleserver.
TheFactorydataresetscreendisplaysreset
information.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings150
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Application Manager
YoucandownloadandinstallapplicationsfromPlayStoreor
createapplicationsusingtheAndroidSDKandinstallthem
onyourdevice.UseApplicationmanagersettingstomanage
applications.
Warning! Becausethisdevicecanbeconfiguredwithsystem
softwarenotprovidedbyorsupportedbyGoogleor
anyothercompany,end-usersoperatethesedevices
attheirownrisk.
Memory Usage
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Application manager.
ta
rie
ThegraphatthebottomoftheDownloadedtabshows
usedandfreedevicememory.Thegraphatthebottom
oftheRunningtabshowsusedandfreeRAM.
Downloaded
Displaysappsyouhavedownloadedontoyourdevice.
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Application manager.
151
General
2. TaptheDOWNLOADEDtabtoviewalistofallthe
downloadedapplicationsonyourdevice.
3. Toswitchtheorderofthelistsdisplayedinthe
Downloadedtabs,press
➔Sort by sizeorSort by
name.
4. Toresetyourapplicationpreferences,press
Reset app preferences.
SeehowmemoryisbeingusedbyDownloadedorRunning
applications.
General
2. TapDOWNLOADED,ON SD CARD,RUNNING,orALLto
displaymemoryusageforthatcategoryof
applications.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Warning! PerformingaFactorydataresetwillerasealldata
fromyourphoneandinternalSDcard,includingyour
Googleaccount,systemandapplicationdataand
settings,anddownloadedapplications.Itwillnot
erasecurrentsystemsoftware,bundled
applications,andexternalSDcardfilessuchas
musicandphotos.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
➔
On SD Card
ta
Running Services
Viewandcontrolservicesrunningonyourdevice.
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Application manager.
General
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
5. Tapanapplicationtoviewandupdateinformation
abouttheapplication,includingmemoryusage,default
settings,andpermissions.
5. Tapanapplicationtoviewandupdateinformation
abouttheapplication,includingmemoryusage,default
settings,andpermissions.
rie
Note: Thiswillresetthepreferencesfordisabledapps,
disabledappnotifications,defaultapplicationsfor
actions,andbackgrounddatarestrictionsforapps.You
willnotloseanyappdata.
DisplaysappsyouhavedownloadedontoyourSDcard.
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Application manager.
General
2. TaptheON SD CARDtabtoviewalistofallthe
downloadedapplicationsonyourdevice.
➔
Note: WhenyouResetapppreferences,youwillnotloseany
appdata.
3. TapShow cached processestodisplayallthecached
processesthatarerunning.TapShow services in useto
switchback.
4. Taponeoftheapplicationstoviewapplication
information.
3. ToswitchtheorderofthelistsdisplayedintheOnSD
cardtab,press
➔Sort by sizeorSort by name.
4. Toresetyourapplicationpreferences,press
Reset app preferences.
2. TaptheRUNNINGtab.Alltheapplicationsthatare
currentlyrunningonthedevicedisplay.
Thefollowingoptionsdisplay:
• Stop: Stops the application from running on the device. This is
usually done prior to uninstalling the application.
Warning! Notallservicescanbestopped.Stoppingservices
mayhaveundesirableconsequencesonthe
applicationorAndroidSystem.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings152
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Report: Report failure and other application information.
Note: Optionsvarybyapplication.
FormoreinformationaboutmountingorunmountingtheSD
card,see“Memory Card”onpage 33.
ta
Seehowmuchbatterypowerisusedfordeviceactivities.
1. FromaHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Battery.
FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Storage.Theavailablememorydisplays
undertheTotal spaceandAvailablespaceheadingsfor
bothDevicememoryandSDcard.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
General
Thebatteryleveldisplaysinpercentage.Theamount
oftimethebatterywasusedalsodisplays.Battery
usagedisplaysinpercentagesperapplication.
2. TapScreen,Android OSoranyotherlistedapplication
toviewhowitisaffectingbatteryuse.
Note: Otherapplicationsmayberunningthataffectbattery
use.
SD card
䡲
TapUnmount SD cardtounmountyourSDcardsothat
youcansafelyremoveit,thentapOK.
–or–
1. TapFormat SD cardtoformatyourSDcard.Thiswill
deletealldataonyourSDcardincludingmusic,videos,
andphotos.
2. TapFormat SD cardagain.
3. TapDelete alltocontinueorpress
Storage
tocancel.
Note: TheFormat SD cardoptionisonlyavailablewhenyour
SDcardismounted.
Fromthismenuyoucanviewthememoryallocationforthe
memorycardandUSBaswellasmountorunmounttheSD
card.
General
rie
䡲
Battery
ToviewthememoryallocationforyourexternalSDcard:
153
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Set up/change password
General
2. EnteranewpasswordandtapConfirm.
3. EnterthenewpasswordagainandtapConfirm.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TorequireanumericPINorpasswordtodecryptyourphone
eachtimeyoupoweritonorencryptthedataonyourSD
cardeachtimeitisconnected:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Security.
Encryption
Usethisoptiontosetupyourpasswordwhenoneisfirst
requiredorchangeyourcurrentpassword.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Security ➔ Set up/change password.
ta
TheSecuritysettingsallowyoutodeterminethesecurity
levelforyourphone.
rie
Security
General
2. Youmustfirstsetupascreenlocktypeifyouhaven’t
alreadydoneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Screen
Lock” on page 123.
3. TapEncrypt device.Formoreinformation,readthe
displayedhelpscreen.
4. TapEncrypt external SD cardtoenabletheencryption
onSDcarddatathatrequiresapasswordbeentered
eachtimethemicroSDcardisconnected.
Tip: Makesureyourbatteryischargedmorethan80percent.
Encryptionmaytakeanhourormore.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings154
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Forgotten SIM PIN password
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Whenenabled,yourphonewillaskforaPINnumbereach
timeyouusethephone.Usingthisoptionyoucanalso
changeyourSIMPINnumber.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Security.
IfyouenterthewrongSIMPINmorethan3times,youwill
needtocontactyourAT&TCustomerServiceRepresentative
togetthePUKcodeforyourdevice.
1. EachtimeyouenterawrongSIMPINnumberthe
phonewilldisplayhowmanyattemptsyouhave
remaining.
ta
PreventanotheruserfromusingyourSIMcardtomake
unauthorizedcallsorfromaccessinginformationstoredon
yourSIMcardbyprotectingtheinformationusingaPINcode.
rie
Set up SIM card lock
General
2. TapSet up SIM card lock.
3. TapLock SIM card,enteryourSIMPINcode,thentap
OK.
Note: YoumustactivateLockSIMcardbeforeyoucanchange
yourSIMPINcode.
4. TapChange SIM PIN.
5. EnteryouroldSIMPINcodeandtapOK.
6. EnteryournewSIMPINcodeandtapOK.
3. EnterthenewPUKcodethatyoureceivedfromyour
AT&TCustomerServiceRepresentativeinthePUK code
field.
4. EnteranewPINcodeintheEnter a new PINfieldand
tapOK.
5. EnterthenewPINcodeagainintheConfirm your new
PIN fieldandtapOK.
Note: WhileyourSIMPINislocked,youwillstillbeableto
makeEmergencycallsifnecessary.
7. Re-typeyournewSIMPINcodeandtapOK.
2. Afterthethirdincorrectattempt,SIM is now disabled,
Enter PUK code to continue. Contact carrier for details
displaysandyourSIMcardislocked.
155
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
General
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Security.
Device Administrators
TheDeviceAdministrationfeatureallowsyoutoselectoneor
moreadministrationapplicationsthatcontrolyourdevicefor
securitypurposes(forexample,ifyourphoneislostof
stolen).Theseapplicationsenforceremoteorlocaldevice
securitypolicies.
Someofthefeaturesadeviceadministrationapplication
mightcontrolare:
•Settingthenumberoffailedpasswordattemptsbeforethe
deviceisrestoredtofactorysettings.
General
2. TapDevice administrators.
Unknown sources
Thisfeatureallowsyoutodownloadandinstallnon-Market
applications.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Security.
General
2. TapUnknown sources.
Acheckmarkisdisplayedtoindicateitisactive.
Warning! Enablingthisoptioncausesyourphoneandpersonal
datatobemorevulnerabletoattackbyapplications
fromunknownsources.
•Automaticallylockingthedevice.
•Restoringfactorysettingsonthedevice.
➔ Settings➔
3. Selectadeviceadministratorandfollowtheprompts.If
nodeviceadministratorsarelisted,youcandownload
themfromthePlayStore.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TapMake passwords visibletocreateacheckmarkand
enableordisablethedisplayofpasswordcharacters.
Note: Ifadeviceusesmultipleenabledadministration
applications,thestrictestpolicyisenforced.
ta
Whenenabled,passwordcharactersdisplaybrieflyasyou
touchthemwhileenteringpasswords.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Security.
rie
Make passwords visible
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings156
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
General
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Acheckmarkisdisplayedtoindicateitisactive.
Trusted Credentials
Caution! WhenyoudisableasystemCAcertificate,theDisable
buttonchangestoEnable,soyoucanenablethe
certificateagain,ifnecessary.Whenyouremovea
user-installedCAcertificate,itispermanently
deletedandmustbere-installed,ifneeded.
rie
2. TapVerify apps.
Thisfeatureallowsyoutoeitherblockorwarnyoubefore
installingappsthatmaycauseharmtoyourphone.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Security.
4. ScrolltothebottomofthedetailsscreenandtapTurn
offtodisableaSystemcertificateorRemovetoremove
aUsercertificate.
ta
Verify apps
Ifacertificateauthority(CA)certificategetscompromisedor
forsomeotherreasonyoudonottrustit,youcandisableor
removeit.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ Security.
General
2. TapTrusted credentials.
Thetrustedcredentialsscreenhastwotabs:
• System: Displays CA certificates that are permanently installed
in the ROM of your device.
• User: Displays any CA certificates that you installed, for
example, in the process of installing a client certificate.
3. TapaCAcertificatetoexamineitsdetails.
5. TapOKtoreturntothecertificatelist.
Whenenabled,acheckmarkappearsinthecheckbox.
Install from device storage
Installencryptedcertificatesfromaninstalledmemorycard.
Note: Youmusthaveinstalledamemorycardcontaining
encryptedcertificatestousethisfeature.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Security.
➔ Settings➔
2. TapInstall from device storage,thenchoosea
certificateandfollowthepromptstoinstall.
Ascrollingscreendisplaysthedetails.
157
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
General
➔ Settings➔
General
2. TapClear credentialstoremoveallcertificates.
About Device
• Legal information: This option displays information about
Open source licenses, Google legal information, and Samsung
legal information. This information clearly provides copyright
and distribution legal information and facts as well as Google
Terms of Service, Terms of Service for Android-powered
Phones, and much more pertinent information as a reference.
Read the information and terms, then press
to return to
the Settings menu.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ Security.
Note: Thissettingonlyappearsifyouhaveinstalledencrypted
certificates.
ta
Clearstoredcredentials.
• Status: displays the Battery status, Battery level (percentage),
Network, Signal strength, Mobile network type, Service state,
Roaming status, Mobile network state, the phone number for
this device (My phone number), IMEI number, IMEISV number,
IP address, Wi-Fi MAC address, Bluetooth address, Serial
number, Up time, and Device status.
rie
Clear credentials
Thismenucontainslegalinformation,systemtutorial
information,andotherphoneinformationsuchasthemodel
number,firmwareversion,basebandversion,kernalversion,
andsoftwarebuildnumber.
Toaccessphoneinformation:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
General ➔ About device.
➔ Settings ➔
• Device name: displays the phone’s model name.
General
• Android version: displays the android version loaded on this
handset.
• Baseband version: displays the baseband version loaded on
this handset.
2. Thefollowinginformationdisplays:
• Software update: allows you to update your phone software, if
available. For more information, refer to “Software Update”
on page 159.
• Model number: displays the phone’s model number.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
ChangingYourSettings158
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
3. AttheAT&T Software updateprompt,tapOKto
continue.
• Build number: displays the software, build number.
4. Thephoneautomaticallyupdatesthesoftware(if
available),otherwise,whentheCurrent software is up
to date promptisdisplayed,tapOK.
Note: Baseband,kernalandbuildnumbersareusuallyused
forupdatestothehandsetorsupport.Foradditional
informationpleasecontactyourAT&Tservice
representative.
Software Update
ta
5. Whenupdatingsoftware,oncetheupdatefileis
downloaded,youcandelaytheupdateonthestart
screenbypostponingitforacertainperiodoftime.If
youwanttoresumetheupdatebeforetheselected
time,tapContinue update.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Secure boot status: displays the status of the Secure boot.
rie
• SELinux status: displays the status of SELinux. SELinux is a
set of security policies/modules which is applied to the device
to improve the overall security.
• Kernel version: displays the kernel version loaded on this
handset.
TheAT&TSoftwareUpdatefeatureenablesyoutouseyour
phonetoconnecttothenetworkanduploadanynewphone
softwaredirectlytoyourphone.Thephoneautomatically
updateswiththelatestavailablesoftwarewhenyouaccess
thisoption.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔
General ➔ About device➔ Software update.
General
2. TapCheck for updates.
159
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 8: Connections
•Double tap:Quicklytapthescreentwiceonthewebpageto
Accessing the Mobile Web
ToaccesstheBrowser:
䡲
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheBrowserisyouraccesstothemobileweb.Thissection
explainshowtonavigatetheBrowserandintroducesyouto
thebasicfeatures.
ThereareseveralwaystoZoominandoutonyourbrowser.
Aftertappingonalinkorarticle,useoneofthesemethods:
•Tilting:Tapandholdthescreenattwopointsthentiltthedevice
backandforthtoreduceorenlargethescreen.Youmustfirst
enablemotionintheSettingssection.Formoreinformation,refer
to“Motions and Gestures” onpage133.
ta
Internet
Zooming in and out of the Browser
rie
Thissectiondescribesthevariousconnectionsyourphone
canmakeincludingaccessingtheInternetwithyour
Browser,Wi-Fi,Bluetooth,andConnectingyourPC.
zoominorout.
•Pinching:Sweepinoppositedirectionsatthesametimetozoom
FromtheHomescreen,tapInternet
TheAT&T/YAHOO!mobilehomepagedisplays.
Browser Options
Navigating with the Browser
1. Toselectanitem,tapanentry.
2. Toscrollthroughawebsite,sweepthescreenwith
yourfingerinanupordownmotion.
3. Sweepthescreenlefttorighttomovelaterallyacross
awebpage.
4. Toreturntoapreviouspage,press
5. Tomoveforwardtoawebpage,press
inorout(useapinching-inorpinching-outmotion).
1. Fromthehomepage,press
toaccessthe
followingoptions:
• Home: displays the home web page.
• New window: displays a new window so you can browse
multiple URLs. For more information, refer to “Adding and
Deleting Windows” on page 161.
• Add bookmark: allows you to add a URL to your bookmark list
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections160
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Find on page: allows you to search in the current page.
ToenteraURLandgotoaparticularwebsite,followthese
steps:
1. TaptheURLfieldatthetopofyourscreen.
2. EntertheURLusingtheon-screenkeypad.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Desktop view: allows you to assign the browser to display the
current page in the desktop view (to closely mimic the display
as it would appear on a desktop computer).
YoucanaccessawebsitequicklybyenteringtheURL.
Websitesareoptimizedforviewingonyourphone.
ta
• Share page: allows you to share the page using Gmail or as a
message.
Enter a URL
rie
• Add shortcut to home screen: allows you to add a shortcut to
your Home screen.
• Save for offline reading: allows you to store the current page
in memory so that it can be read later even if you loose your
Internet connection.
• Brightness: allows you to set the screen brightness.
• Downloads: displays the download history.
• Print: allows you to print the screen or web page on a
Samsung printer using Wi-Fi.
• Settings: allows you to modify your web settings. For more
information, refer to “Browser Settings” on page 164.
161
Thewebsitedisplays.
Search the Internet
Toperformaninternetsearchusingkeywords,followthese
steps:
1. FromtheGooglehomepage,taptheURLfield.
2. Enterthekeyword(s)tosearchusingtheon-screen
keypadandtapGo.
3. Tapalinktoviewthewebsite.
Adding and Deleting Windows
YoucanhaveuptoeightInternetwindowsopenatonetime.
Toaddanewwindow,followthesesteps:
➔ New window.
1. Fromyourbrowser,press
Anewbrowserwindowisopened.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Going Incognito
2. Scrollacrosstheavailablewindowsandlocatethe
incognitowindow.
nexttotheincognitolistingtodeletethis
3. Tap
window.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheincognitofeatureallowsyoutoviewInternetsites
outsideofthenormalbrowsing.Pagesviewedinthis
incognitowindowwon’tappearwithinyourbrowserhistory
orsearchhistory,andnotraces(suchascookies)arelefton
yourdevice.
(Windows)➔
4. Tap
atthetoprightcornerofthewebpage
thumbnailtodeletethewindow.
ta
3. TapawindowlistingtoopenupthatInternetwindow.
To exit from the incognito window:
1. Fromyourbrowserwindow,tap
(New window).
rie
2. Tap 2 (Windows)toseethumbnailsofallopen
windows.
Note: Anydownloadedfileswillbepreservedandwillstayonyour
deviceafteryouexittheincognitomode.
To add a new incognito window:
1. Fromyourbrowserwindow,tap
(Incognito).
Whilenavigatingawebsite,youcanbookmarkasiteto
quicklyandeasilyaccessitatafuturetime.TheURLs
(websiteaddresses)ofthebookmarkedsitesaredisplayedin
theBookmarkspage.FromtheBookmarkspageyoucan
alsoviewyourMostvisitedwebsitesandviewyourHistory.
(Bookmarks).
1. FromtheHomewebpage,tap
TheBookmarkspageisdisplayed.
(Windows)➔
2. Anewbrowserwindowdisplays.
Note: Theincognitoiconappearsintheupper-leftofthenew
browserwindowwhileyouareinthismode.
Using Bookmarks
todisplaythefollowingoptions:
2. Press
• List/Thumbnail view: Select Thumbnail view (default) to view
a thumbnail of the webpage with the name listed, or select List
view to view a list of the bookmarks with Name and URL listed.
• Create folder: Creates a new folder in which to store new
bookmarks.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections162
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
1. Fromanywebpage,tap
➔
2. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoentertheName,Address,
andLocation.
• Delete: Erases selected bookmarks.
3. TapSave.
4. Saved to bookmarkswillappearatthebottomofthe
page.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3. Tapabookmarktoviewthewebpage,ortouchand
holdabookmarkforthefollowingoptions:
• Open: Opens the webpage of the selected bookmark.
Adding Bookmarks
ta
• Move to folder: Selected bookmarks are moved to a selected
folder.
rie
• Change order: Rearranges the current bookmarks.
• Open in new window: Opens the webpage in a new window.
Editing Bookmarks
• Edit bookmark: Allows you to edit the name or URL of the
bookmark. For more information, refer to “Editing
Bookmarks” on page 163.
1. FromtheBookmarkspage,tapandholdthebookmark
youwanttoedit.
• Add shortcut to home screen: Adds a shortcut to the
bookmarked webpage to your phone’s Home screen.
3. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoedittheName,Address,
andLocation.
• Share link: Allows you to share a URL address using many
different options.
• Copy link URL: Allows you to copy the URL address to use in a
message.
• Delete bookmark: Allows you to delete a bookmark. For more
information, refer to “Deleting Bookmarks” on page 163.
4. TapSave.
Deleting Bookmarks
1. FromtheBookmarkspage,tapandholdthebookmark
youwanttodelete.
2. TapDelete bookmark.
3. AttheDeleteconfirmationwindow,tapOK.
• Set as homepage: Sets the bookmark to your new homepage.
2. TapEdit bookmark.
163
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4. Press
2. AttheClearprompt,tapOKtodeletethecookiesortap
Canceltoexit.
Using your History
Saved Pages
ta
TheSavedpageslistprovidesyouwithalistofthewebsites
thatyouhavesaved.
1. FromtheHomewebpage,tap
➔ Saved pages tab.
AlistofyoursavedwebpagesisdisplayedwithName
andURLaddress.Thewebpagesthathavebeenvisited
themostwillappearatthetop.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Acookieisasmallfilewhichisplacedonyourphonebya
websiteduringnavigation.Inadditiontocontainingsome
site-specificinformation,itcanalsocontainsomepersonal
information(suchasausernameandpassword)whichcan
poseasecurityriskifnotproperlymanaged.Youcanclear
thesecookiesfromyourphoneatanytime.
➔ Settings ➔
1. FromtheHomewebpage,press
Privacy and security ➔ Clear all cookie data.
➔ Clear history todeletetheHistorylist.
rie
Emptying the Cookies
TheHistorylistprovidesyouwithalistofthemostrecently
visitedwebsites.Theseentriescanbeusedtoreturnto
previouslyunmarkedwebpages.
➔ History tab.
1. FromtheHomewebpage,tap
Alistofyourmostrecentlyvisitedwebsitesis
displayedwithNameandURLaddress.
2. TaponacategorysuchasToday,Last 7 days, orMost
visited.
3. Tapanyentrytodisplaythewebpage.
2. Tapanyentrytodisplaythewebpage.
Browser Settings
Tomakeadjustmentsinyourbrowsersettings,followthese
steps:
➔
➔ Settings.
1. TapInternet
2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
General
• Set home page: Sets the current home page for the Web
browser.
• Form auto-fill: allows you to fill in web forms with a single tap.
• Auto-fill text: allows you to enter text to be used in the Form
auto-fill feature.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections164
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Clear notifications: Deletes website notification access
information.
Accessibility
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Show security warnings: Notifies you if there is a security
issue with the current website.
• Clear history: Clears the browser navigation history. Tap OK to
complete the process.
• Enable notifications: Allows website notifications. Select
Always on, On demand, or Off.
ta
• Clear cache: Deletes all currently cached data. Tap OK to
complete the process.
• Clear passwords: Deletes any previously stored usernames or
passwords. Tap OK to complete the process.
rie
Privacy and security
• Accept cookies: Allows sites, that require cookies, to save and
read cookies from your device.
• Force zoom: allows you to override the website’s request to
control zoom.
• Clear all cookie data: Deletes all current browser cookie files.
• Text size: allows you to preview the text size, scale the text size
using a slider bar, set the zoom amount on double tap, and
minimize the font size using a slider bar.
• Remember form data: Allows the device to store data from
any previously filled out forms. Remove the checkmark to
disable this function.
• Clear form data: Deletes any stored data from previously filled
out forms. Tap OK to complete the process.
• Enable location: Allows websites to request access to your
location.
• Clear location access: Clears location access for all websites.
Tap OK to complete the process.
• Remember passwords: Stores usernames and passwords for
visited sites. Remove the checkmark to disable this function.
165
• Inverted screen rendering: allows you to preview a website
page, select Inverted rendering (black becomes white and vice
versa), and adjust the Contrast using a slider bar.
Advanced
• Select search engine: allows you to set your default search
engine to Google, Yahoo!, or Bing.
• Open in background: New pages are launched in a separate
page and displayed behind the current one. Remove the
checkmark to disable this function.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Bandwidth management
• Preload search results: Allows the browser to preload high
confidence search results in the background to help speed up
searches.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Enable plug-ins: Allows the download of plug-ins such as
Adobe Flash.
• Reset to default: Clears all browser data and resets all settings
to default.
ta
• Allow multiple tabs per app: Allows you to use multiple
navigation tabs per application.
• Text encoding: Adjusts the current text encoding.
rie
• Enable JavaScript: Enables Javascript for the current Web
page. Without this feature, some pages may not display
properly. Remove the checkmark to disable this function.
• Default storage: Allows you to set your default storage to
Phone or Memory Card.
• Page preloading: Allows the browser to preload pages in the
background.
• Website settings: View advanced settings for individual
websites.
• Load images: Allows web page images to be loaded along
with the other text components of a loaded website.
• Default zoom: Adjusts the zoom feature. Set to Far, Medium,
or Close.
• Open pages in overview: Shows an overview of newly opened
web pages.
• Auto-fit pages: Allows web pages to be resized to fit as much
of the screen as possible.
• Quick controls: allows you to open quick controls and hide the
app and URL bars by swiping your thumb from the left or right
edge of the screen.
• Full screen: allows you to access Full screen mode and hide
the status bar.
• Block pop-ups: Prevents popup advertisement or windows
from appearing onscreen. Remove the checkmark to disable
this function.
Labs
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections166
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Connect to a Wi-Fi Network
Wi-Fi
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
Turning Wi-Fi On
ta
2. Tapthenetworkyouwanttoconnectto.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Wi-Fi(shortfor"wirelessfidelity"andsometimesreferredto
aswifi)isatermusedforcertaintypesofWirelessLocal
AreaNetworks(WLAN).Thesedevicetypesusean802.11
wirelessspecificationtotransmitandreceivewirelessdata.
Wi-Ficommunicationrequiresaccesstoanexistingand
accessibleWirelessAccessPoint(WAP).TheseWAPscan
eitherbeOpen(unsecured)aswithinmostHotSpots,or
Secured(requiringknowledgeoftheRouternameand
password).
➔Settings ➔Wi-Fi.
Thenetworknamesandsecuritysettings(Open
networkorSecuredwithWEP)ofdetectedWi-Fi
networksaredisplayedintheWi-Finetworkssection.
rie
About Wi-Fi
Bydefault,yourdevice’sWi-Fifeatureisturnedoff.Turning
Wi-Fionmakesyourdeviceabletodiscoverandconnectto
compatiblein-rangeWAPs.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings.
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi
field,toturnWi-FiON
.
Note: Whenyouselectanopennetwork,youwillbe
automaticallyconnectedtothenetwork.
3. Enterawirelesspasswordifnecessary.
Manually add your new network connection
1. TapAdd Wi-Fi network.
2. EntertheNetwork SSID.Thisisthenameofyour
WirelessAccessPoint.
3. TaptheSecurityfieldandselectasecurityoption.This
mustmatchthecurrentsecuritysettingonyourtarget
WAP.
4. Ifsecured,youwillalsoneedtoenteryourWAP’s
password.
167
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Turning Wi-Fi Off
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings.
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi
field,toturnWi-FiOFF OFF
.
Note: UseofwirelessdataconnectionssuchasWi-Fiand
Bluetoothcancauseanaddeddraintoyourbatteryand
reduceyourusetimes.
Manually Scan for a Wi-Fi Network
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
2. Tap Scan.
ThefollowingiconsshowyourWi-Ficonnectionstatusata
glance:
ta
DisplayswhenWi-Fiisconnected,active,and
communicatingwithaWirelessAccessPoint
(WAP).
DisplayswhenWi-Fiisactivebutthereisa
communicationissuewiththetargetWireless
AccessPoint(WAP).
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: Thenexttimeyourdeviceconnectstoapreviously
accessedorsecuredwirelessnetwork,youarenot
promptedtoentertheWAPkeyagain,unlessyoureset
yourdevicebacktoitsfactorydefaultsettings.
Wi-Fi Status Indicators
rie
5. TapSavetostorethenewinformationandconnectto
yourtargetWAP.
➔ Settings ➔ Wi-Fi.
Wi-Fi Advanced Settings
TheAdvancedWi-Fimenuallowsyoutosetupmanyofyour
device’sWi-Fiservice,including:
•Networknotificationwhenanopennetworkisavailable
•SettingyourWi-Fisleeppolicy
•CheckingforWi-FiInternetservice
•AutomaticallyconnectingtoanAT&TWi-Fihotspotwhendetected
•Viewingyourdevice’sMACandIPAddress
AllavailableWi-Finetworksaredisplayed.
Displayswhenconnectedtoanotherdeviceusing
Wi-FiDirect.Formoreinformation,referto“Wi-Fi
Direct” onpage169.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections168
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ToaccesstheAdvancedWi-Fimenu:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Settings ➔Wi-Fi.
➔ Advanced.
Wi-FiDirectallowsdevice-to-deviceconnectionssoyoucan
transferlargeamountsofdataoveraWi-Ficonnection.
8. Onceconnected,theotherdevicewillshowas
ConnectedinyourlistofWi-FiDirectdevicesandthe
iconwilldisplayatthetopofyourscreen.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: SeeyourserviceplanforapplicablechargesforWi-Fi
Direct.
ta
7. Theotherdevicehas2minutestotapAcceptforthe
connectiontobemade.
Wi-Fi Direct
rie
2. Press
6. Oncethedeviceyouwanttoconnecttoisdisplayed,
taponit.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings➔ Wi-Fi.
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi
field,toturnWi-FiON
.
3. AtthebottomoftheWi-Fiscreen,taptheWi-Fi Direct
button.
4. Repeatsteps 1 - 3ontheotherdeviceyouwantto
connectwith.Thestepsonadifferentmodelofphone,
maybedifferent.
5. Onyourphone,tapScan.
ThedevicescansforotherWi-FiDirectdevices.
169
9. TochangeyourDevicename,press
device.
➔ Rename
10. ForadditionalinformationaboutWi-FiDirect,press
➔ Help.
Sharing Information with Connected Device
ToshareVideos,Photos,orotherinformationwiththe
connecteddevice,followthesesteps:
1. Viewtheinformationthatyouwanttoshare.For
example,ifyouwanttoshareaphoto,findthephotoin
yourcameraviewerorMy Filesfolder,thentapthe
Share,Share via, orSend viaoption.
2. TaptheWi-Fi Directoption.
3. Taptheconnecteddevicename.Forexample,
Android_49ba.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
AT&T Smart Wi-Fi
Formoreinformationonhowtousethisapplication,goto
www.att.com/smartwifi.
ta
NFC
NFC(NearFieldCommunication)allowsdataexchangewhen
youtouchyourdevicewithanothercompatibledevice.This
isusedforapplicationssuchasSBeam.ToactivateNFCon
yourdevice,see“NFC”onpage 121.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: Dependingontheotherdevicemodel,thepromptsand
sharedfolderinformationmaydiffer.
5. FollowtheonscreeninstructionstouseAT&TWi-Fi.
rie
4. Thefileistransferredandtheotherdevicewillreceive
ascreennotificationthataWi-Fifilehasbeen
received.ThefilecanbefoundinMy files ➔ sdcard0in
theShareViaWififolder.
WithAT&TSmartWi-Fi,youcanmaximizeyourbattery
performance,maximizeyourdata,simplifyaccesstoAT&T
HotSpotsandWi-Finetworks,automateyourWi-Fi
connections,andtrackyourdatause.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔AT&T Smart
Wi-Fi
2. ReadtheLicenseAgreementandtapAcceptto
continue.
3. AttheWelcomescreen,tapOK.
4. AttheInitialSettingscreen,tapYesifyouwantAT&T
SmartWi-Fitoautomaticallyconnecttoanyhotspot
thatisavailableforpublicuse.Otherwise,tapNo.
S Beam
WhenSBeamisactivated,youcanbeamfilestoanother
NFC-capabledevicebyholdingthedevicesclosetogether.
YoucanbeamimagesandvideosfromyourGallery,music
filesfromyourMusicPlayer,andmore.Formoreinformation,
referto“S Beam” onpage121.
Bluetooth
About Bluetooth
Bluetoothisashort-rangecommunicationstechnologythat
allowsyoutoconnectwirelesslytoanumberofBluetooth
devices,suchasheadsetsandhands-freecarkits,and
Bluetooth-enabledhandhelds,computers,printers,and
wirelessdevices.TheBluetoothcommunicationrangeis
usuallyuptoapproximately30feet.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections170
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe
Bluetoothfield,toturnBluetoothON
Whenactive,
appearswithintheStatusarea.
•Settingyourdevice’svisibility(or“discoverability”)forother
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
To turn Bluetooth off:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
TheBluetoothsettingsmenuallowsyoutosetupmanyof
thecharacteristicsofyourdevice’sBluetoothservice,
including:
•EnteringorchangingthenameyourdeviceusesforBluetooth
communicationanddescription
➔ Settings.
ta
To turn Bluetooth on:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
Bluetooth Settings
rie
Turning Bluetooth On and Off
➔ Settings.
2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe
Bluetoothfield,toturnBluetoothOFF OFF
Bluetooth Status Indicators
ThefollowingiconsshowyourBluetoothconnectionstatus
ataglance:
DisplayswhenBluetoothisactive.
DisplayswhenBluetoothisconnected(paired)and
communicating.
171
Bluetoothdevices
To access the Bluetooth Settings menu:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ Settings.
2. VerifyyourBluetoothisON
3. TapBluetooth.
To change your Bluetooth name:
1. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,press
Rename device.
➔
2. Enteranewname.
3. TapOKtocompletetherenameprocess.
To make your device visible:
1. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,press
time-out.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
➔Visible
To show received files:
FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,press
Received files.
➔
4. EnterthepasskeyorPINcode,ifneeded,andtapOK.
5. Theexternaldevicewillthenhavetoalsoacceptthe
connectionandenteryourdevice’sPINcode.
Oncesuccessfullypairedtoanexternaldevice,
appearswithintheStatusarea.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
䡲
3. Tapadevicefromthelisttoinitiatepairing.
ta
2. Selectatimethatyouwouldlikeyourdevicevisibility
totime-out.
2. TapScan.Yourdevicewilldisplayalistofdiscovered
in-rangeBluetoothdevices.
rie
• Making your device visible allows it to be detected by other
devices for pairing and communication.
AlistofallfilesreceivedfromBluetoothisdisplayed.
To scan for Bluetooth devices:
1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive.
2. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,tapScantosearch
forvisibleexternalBluetooth-compatibledevicessuch
asheadsets,devices,printers,andcomputers.
Note: Duetodifferentspecificationsandfeaturesofother
Bluetooth-compatibledevices,displayandoperations
maybedifferent,andfunctionssuchastransferor
exchangemaynotbepossiblewithallBluetooth
compatibledevices.
Pairing Bluetooth Devices
TheBluetoothpairingprocessallowsyoutoestablishtrusted
connectionsbetweenyourdeviceandanotherBluetooth
device.Whenyoupairdevices,theyshareapasskey,
allowingforfast,secureconnectionswhilebypassingthe
discoveryandauthenticationprocess.
Note: PairingbetweentwoBluetoothdevicesisaone-time
process.Onceapairinghasbeencreated,thedevices
willcontinuetorecognizetheirpartnershipand
exchangeinformationwithouthavingtore-entera
passcodeagain.
TopairyourdevicewithanotherBluetoothdevice:
1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections172
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
5. TapCall audiotoenableordisablecallaudiofromthe
paireddevice.
6. TapMedia audiotoenableordisablemediaaudiofrom
thepaireddevice.
Sending Contacts via Bluetooth
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,tapthepreviously
paireddevice(fromthebottomofthepage).
3. TapUnpairtodeletethepaireddevice.
4. TapRenametochangethenameofthepaireddevice.
ta
Disconnectingapaireddevicebreakstheconnection
betweenthedeviceandyourphone,butretainsthe
knowledgeofthepairing.Atalaterpointwhenyouwishto
reconnectthedevice,thereisnoneedtosetupthe
connectioninformationagain.
1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive.
rie
Disconnecting a paired device
3. TapOKtoconfirmdisconnection.
Note: Disconnectionsaremanuallydonebutoftenoccur
automaticallyifthepaireddevicegoesoutofrangeof
yourphoneoritispoweredoff.
Deleting a paired device (unpair)
Deletingadevicefromyourlistremovesits“connection
record”anduponreconnectionwouldrequirethatyoureenterallthepreviouspairinginformation.
1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive.
2. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,tap
nexttothe
previouslypaireddevice.Thisopenstheconnected
device’smenuoptions.
173
Dependingonyourpaireddevices’settingsandcapabilities,
youmaybeabletosendpictures,Contactinformation,or
otheritemsusingaBluetoothconnection.
Note: Priortousingthisfeature,Bluetoothmustfirstbe
enabled,andtherecipient’sdevicemustbevisible.
1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive.
2. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts
3. Press
➔Import/Export ➔Share namecard via.
4. Tapeachcontactthatyouwouldliketosendvia
Bluetooth.Agreencheckmarkwillappearnexttoeach
entryyouselect.
5. TapDone.
6. TapBluetooth.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
PC Connections
Note: IfyouareaWindowsXPuser,ensurethatyouhave
WindowsXPServicePack3orhigherinstalledonyour
computer.Also,ensurethatyouhaveSamsungKies2.0
orWindowsMediaPlayer10orhigherinstalledonyour
computer.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
8. ABluetoothsharenotificationwillappearinyour
notificationslist.
Note: TosyncyourdevicetoyourPC,itishighly
recommendedthatyouinstallSamsungKieswhichis
availableathttp://www.samsung.com/kies(forWindows/
Mac).
ta
Note: TheexternalBluetoothdevicemustbevisibleand
communicatingforthepairingtobesuccessful.
rie
7. Selectthepaireddevicetosendthecontactsto.
YoucanconnectyourdevicetoaPCusingyourPCdata
cableusingvariousUSBconnectionmodes.
Storage:allowsyoutousetheonboardstoragecapacityof
thephonetostoreanduploadfiles.Thisoptionallowsyour
computertodetectthephoneasaremovablestoragedrive.
Kies air:thisapplicationallowsyoutosyncyourWindowsPC
wirelesslywithyourphoneprovidedtheyarebothonthe
sameWi-Finetwork.
YoucanconnectyourdevicetoaPCasaremovablediskand
accessthefiledirectory.Ifyouinsertamemorycardinthe
device,youcanalsoaccessthefilesdirectoryfromthe
memorycardbyusingthedeviceasamemorycardreader.
Note: Thefiledirectoryofthememorycarddisplaysasa
removabledisk,separatefromtheinternalmemory.
Kies:allowsyoutomanagemusic,moviesandphotos.You
canalsobackuppreciouscontactsandcalendars,download
appsandpodcastsandautomaticallyupgradedevice
firmware.Kiesconvenientlysyncsyourlifeacrossallyour
devices.
Connecting as a Storage Device
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Connections174
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
1. ConnecttheUSBcabletothedeviceandconnectthe
cabletothecomputer.Afterafewseconds,apop-up
windowdisplaysonthePCwhenconnected.
4. AttheInstallscreen,tapOk.
2. OnthePCpop-up,clickOpen device to view files.
6. FromtheKiesairhomescreen,tapStart.
ta
3. CopyfilesfromthePCtothememorycard.
5. Followtheon-screeninstructionstodownloadthe
updatedapplicationfromthePlayStore.
rie
AwebURLisdisplayedonyourphonescreen.
Kies air
7. FromyourPC,entertheURLinyourwebbrowser.
8. Onyourphone,anAccessRequestpromptis
displayed.TapAllowtocontinue.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
KiesairallowsyoutosyncyourWindowsPCwirelesslywith
yourphoneprovidedtheyarebothonthesameWi-Fi
network.Youcanviewandsharecalllogs,videos,photos,
music,bookmarks,ringtones,andevensendSMSmessages
fromyourPC.
TousetheKiesair,followthesesteps:
1. SignontothesameWi-Finetworkfromyourphoneand
fromyourPC.
2. Onyourphone,fromtheHomescreen,tap
Kies air
➔
Note: ThefirsttimeyouuseKiesair,youwillneedtodownload
theapplicationfromtheMarket.
10. FromyourPC,asecuritywarningmaybedisplayed
askingifyouwanttorunthisapplication.ClickRunto
continue.
11. OnyourPC,theKiesairscreenisdisplayed.Onyour
phone,the
iconappearsatthetopofyourscreen.
12. Followtheon-screeninstructionstoviewandshare
informationbetweenyourphoneandPC.
13. ToexittheKiesairapplication,tapStoponyourphone,
thencloseoutthewebbrowseronyourPC.
3. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready
doneso.
9. TaptheRemember for todaycheckboxifyouwillbe
usingKiesairwiththesamePClater.
175
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 9: Applications
Note: Thismanualonlyaddressesapplicationsthathavebeen
loadedonyourdeviceasofthedateofpurchase.
Informationconcerningthirdpartyapplicationsthatyou
maychoosetodownloadfromtheGooglePlayStoreor
otherwiseshouldbeobtainedfromtheapplication
providerdirectlyandnotfromSamsung.
Tip: Toopenapplicationsquickly,addtheiconsoffrequentlyusedapplicationstooneoftheHomescreens.Fordetails,
see“Customizing Your Home Screen”onpage 34.
???
ATT Applications
AT&T Code Scanner
rie
ta
AT&TCodeScannerallowsyoutoscantwo-dimensional(QR
anddatamatrixcodes)andone-dimensional(UPCandEAN)
barcodesfoundinmagazines,stores,andonline.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔AT&T Code Scanner
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Thissectioncontainsadescriptionofeachapplicationthatis
availableintheAppsMenu,itsfunction,andhowtonavigate
throughthatparticularapplication.Iftheapplicationis
alreadydescribedinanothersectionofthisusermanual,
thenacrossreferencetothatparticularsectionisprovided.
Note: ThefirsttimeyouusetheAT&TCodeScanner,youwill
needtodownloadtheupdatedapplicationfromthe
Market.WhentheMarketpagedisplays,tapUpdate.For
moreinformation,referto“Play Store”onpage194.
2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready
signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a
New Google Account”onpage13.
3. ReadtheTermsandConditionsandtapAcceptto
continue.
4. AttheMyProfilescreen,tapOKtoallowyourlocation
informationtobeusedortapDon’t Allowtobypass.
5. EnteryourinformationintheMyProfilesection.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications176
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
9. Positionyourphoneapproximately2-5inchesfromthe
barcode.Ensurethatthebarcodeiscompletelywithin
thewindow.Keepyourphonesteadyforbestresults.
10. Thescannerwillautomaticallyscanthebarcode.It
maytakeseveralseconds.
11. Afterthescan,tapYestoopenthewebpagetoview
theinformationonthebarcodethatwasscanned.
AT&T DriveMode
???
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
8. ReadthetutorialandtapNextuntilyouareattheend
ofthetutorial.TapFinish.
AT&TFamilyMapprovidespeaceofmindbybeingableto
convenientlylocateafamilymemberfromyourwireless
phoneorPCandknowthatyourfamily'slocationinformation
issecureandprivate.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔AT&T FamilyMap
ta
7. TapDone.
AT&T FamilyMap
rie
6. TapONtoactivateyourprofile.Thisallowsthe
applicationtocustomizeyourresults.Forexample,
yourzipcodemayhelptodeliveracouponfora
restaurantinyourneighborhood.Youcantogglethe
activationbuttonbetweenONandOFF.
Note: ThefirsttimeyouuseAT&TFamilyMap,youwillneedto
downloadtheapplicationfromtheMarket.Formore
information,referto“Play Store”onpage194.
2. AttheAT&TFamilyMapSignInwebpage,enteryour
PhoneNumberandPasswordintheappropriatefields
andtapSubmit.
Note: Tosignupforservice,visithttp://www.att.com/familymap
formoreinformation.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
177
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
AT&T Navigator
AT&TLockerallowsyoutostore,share,andsyncallofyour
photos,videos,anddocumentsinonesafe,convenient
place;theAT&Tcloud.Formoreinformation,referto“AT&T
Locker”onpage78.
ThefirsttimethatyouuseAT&TNavigator,the
necessaryfileswillbedownloaded.TheAT&T
Navigatormainscreendisplays.
3. TapanAT&TNavigatorplanthatyouchooseto
purchase.
ta
AT&T Locker
rie
4. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
AT&T Ready2Go
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
AT&TNavigatorprovidesyouwithaccesstoreal-timeGPSdrivenapplications.Theseprogramsnotonlyallowyouto
achieveturn-by-turnnavigation,butalsoaccesslocal
searches.
Important! Youmusthaveadataplantousethisfeature.
Note: Theseservicesrequirethepurchaseofasubscription.
TolaunchtheAT&TNavigatorapplication,followthesesteps:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔AT&T Navigator
AT&T Smart Wi-Fi
WithAT&TSmartWi-Fi,youcanmaximizeyourbattery
performance,maximizeyourdata,simplifyaccesstoAT&T
HotSpotsandWi-Finetworks,automateyourWi-Fi
connections,andtrackyourdatause.Formoreinformation,
referto“AT&T Smart Wi-Fi”onpage170.
2. ReadtheTerms of ServiceandtapAcceptto
acknowledgethetermsofuse.
AT&TReady2Goallowsyoutoquicklyandeasilysetupyour
phonebyusingthewebbrowseronyourPC.Youcanset-up
emailaccounts,importcontacts,setwallpaper,configureWiFiandmanymorefeatures.Formoreinformation,referto
“Setting up your Phone with Ready2Go???”onpage12.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications178
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
10. Turnyourphonesidewaystothelandscapepositionto
displaythescientificcalculator.
Calendar
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. Enterthefirstnumberusingtheon-screennumeric
keys.
ta
Withthisfeature,youcanusethephoneasacalculator.The
calculatorprovidesthebasicarithmeticfunctions;addition,
subtraction,multiplication,anddivision.TheCalculatoralso
keepsahistoryofrecentcalculations.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Calculator
9. Press
➔One-handed operation ontosetthe
displaysothatitiseasiertousethecalculatorwithone
hand.Press
➔One-handed operation offtoturnit
off.
rie
Calculator
3. Entertheoperationforyourcalculationbytappingthe
correspondingon-screenarithmeticfunctionkey.
4. Enterthesecondnumber.
ToaccesstheCalendar:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
5. Toviewtheresult,tapequals(=).
locatedatthe
6. Toviewcalculatorhistory,tap
topofthecalculatorbuttons.Ahistoryofyourpast
againtodisplay
calculationsisdisplayed.Tap
thecalculatorkeypad.
7. Toclearthecalculatorhistory,press
history.
8. Tochangethetextsize,press
Small,Medium,orLarge.
179
WiththeCalendarfeature,youcanconsultthecalendarby
day,week,ormonth,createevents,andsetanalarmtoact
asareminder,ifnecessary.
➔Clear
➔Text size.Tap
➔Calendar
2. Tap
(Show More)todisplaythesetabs:
• Year: displays the Year view.
• Month: displays the Month view.
• Week: displays the Week view.
• Day: displays the Day view.
• List: displays the List view.
• Task: allows you to search for tasks.
3. Tap
event.
(Create event)tocreateanewCalendar
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4. TapFirst day of weekandselecteitherLocal default,
Saturday, SundayorMonday.
5. TapCalendarstoselectthecalendaroptionsthatyou
wantdisplayed.
5. TapHide declined eventstoactivatethisoption.Acheck
markindicatesselection.
6. Press
andselectoneofthefollowingoptions:
• Go to: displays a specific date.
6. TapLock time zone(tolockeventtimebasedonyour
currentuser-selectedtimezone).Selectatimezone
fromwithintheSelect time zonefield.
ta
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Delete: allows you to delete All events, All events before today,
or an individual event.
4. TapTodaytodisplaythecurrentdateindicatedbya
bluebox.
• Search: allows you to search within your current events.
7. TapShow week numbertodisplaytheweeknumbers
alongthesideoftheweekentries.
• Sync: allows you to synchronize your calendar with one or all of
your accounts. This option only appears when an account has
been opened.
8. TapCalendarsandselectthetypeofgeneral
synchronizationsettingsyouwant.Acheckmark
indicatesselection.
• Settings: displays a list of configurable settings.
7. Tap
(Handwriting mode)toactivatehandwriting
mode.Thisallowsyoutojotdownfreehandnotes
usingyourSpenorfinger.
Calendar Settings
1. FromanyCalendarview,press
➔Settings.
10. TapSet alerts & notifications toadjusttheevent
notificationmethod.Choosefrom:Alert,Status bar
notification,andOff.
11. TapSelect ringtonetoassignaringtonetoacalendar
eventnotification.
2. TapMonth view stylesandselectanoption.
9. TapHandwriting settingsandconfigurehandwritingrelatedcalendarsettingssuchas:Firstdayofweek
andShowweeknumber.
3. TapWeek viewandselectatype:TimelineorAnalog.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications180
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
14. TapNotifications while screen is offtodisplay
notificationsonthefullscreenwhileitisturnedoff.
16. TapSwipe with two fingerstochangethewayevents
aredisplayedwhenswiped.
Camera
Useyour8.0megapixelcamerafeaturetoproducephotosina
JPEGformat.YourphonealsofunctionsasaCamcordertotake
videos.Formoreinformation,referto“Camera”onpage89.
ChatON
Alarm
Thisfeatureallowsyoutosetanalarmtoringataspecific
time.
➔
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Clock
Alarm ➔ Create alarm
.Thefollowingoptions
display:
• Time: tap
(Up) or
(Down) to set the new time for the
alarm to sound. Tap AM or PM.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
15. TapQuick responsestoselectquickresponsesto
emailingguests.
TheClockapplicationallowsyoutoaccessalarms,viewthe
WorldClock,setastopwatch,anduseatimer.
ta
13. TapDefault reminder timetoassignadefaulttime
frameforeventreminders.
Clock
rie
12. TapVibrationtosettheEventnotificationtoneto
vibrate.
• Alarm type: sets the way in which the alarm sounds when
activated (Melody, Vibration, Vibration and melody, and
Briefing).
• More: displays the following additional options:
– Alarm volume: drag the slider to adjust the alarm’s volume.
WiththeChatONapplication,youcaninteractwithfriends
andfamilywithtext,images,hand-writtennotesandvideo
sharedinstantly.Youcanchatingroups,whileaWebclient
willallowtheeasysharingofcontentandconversations
betweenyourphoneandPC.Formoreinformation,referto
“ChatON”onpage110.
• Alarm repeat: use this option to set the repeating status for the
alarm by tapping one the days that you want the alarm to
sound. Tap the Repeat weekly checkbox to have the alarm
repeat weekly.
181
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Tostopanalarmwhenitsounds,touchandsweepthe
icontotheright.
Setting the Snooze Feature
䡲
ToactivatetheSnoozefeatureafteranalarmsounds,
touchandsweepthe ZZ icontotheleft.Snoozemust
firstbesetinthealarmsettings.Formoreinformation,
referto“Alarm”onpage181.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
when you are at a specific location. Touch and slide the
slider to the right to turn it on
then follow the onscreen instructions to enter a location.
䡲
– Location alarm: when activated, the alarm only sounds
Turning Off an Alarm
ta
alarm is activated. Select an option or tap Add for additional
options.
rie
– Alarm tone: sets the sound file which is played when the
– Snooze: use this option to set a Duration (3, 5, 10, 15, or 30
Minutes) and Snooze repeat (1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 Times). Tap
the ON/OFF slider to activate.
– Smart alarm: tracks body movements and calculates the
best time for sounding the alarm. Place the phone
somewhere on your bed then the phone's movement sensor
(also known as accelerometer) is sensitive enough to work
from any part of the bed. Set the Interval and the Tone. Tap
the ON/OFF slider to activate.
– Name: allows you to use a specific name for the alarm. The
Deleting Alarms
Todeleteanalarm,followthesesteps:
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Clock
Alarm ➔
➔ Delete.
➔
2. Tapthealarmoralarmsyouwishtodelete.Agreen
checkmarkwillappearnexttoeachselection.Tap
Select alltodeleteallalarms.
3. TapDelete.
name will appear on the display when the alarm activates.
2. TapSave tostorethealarmdetails.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications182
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. TapAdd citytoaddanothercitytotheWorldClock.
rie
WorldClockallowsyoutoviewthetimeofdayornightin
otherpartsoftheworld.WorldClockdisplaystimein
hundredsofdifferentcities,withinall24timezonesaround
theworld.
➔
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Clock
World Clock.Theclockforyourtimezoneisdisplayed.
World Clock
3. Scrollthroughthelistofcitiestofindthecityyouwant
toadd,ortaptheSearchbarandusethekeypadto
enteracitytosearchfor.
4. Tapthecityyouwanttoadd.Theclockforthatcitywill
display.
5. TosetDaylightSavingstime,pressandholdacity,
thentap DST settings.
6. SelectAutomatic,Off,or1 hour.
7. IfDaylightSavingsTimeisselected,asunsymbolon
theWorldClocklistingwillappear.
183
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Deleting a World Clock Entry
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Clock
World Clock ➔
➔ Delete.
➔
2. TheMinutesfieldishighlightedandsetto1minute.
Usethekeypadtosetthenumberofminutesyouwant.
3. TaptheHoursfieldtosethoursifdesired.Asyoutap
differentfields,theywillbecomehighlighted.
3. TapDelete.
4. TaptheSecondsfieldtosetseconds.
2. TapStarttostartthestopwatchandtapLaptomarka
unitoftimeperlap.
3. TapStoptostopthestopwatch.
4. TapRestart tocontinueortapResettoerasealltimes
recorded.
Timer
ta
5. TapStarttobeginthetimerandtapStoptopausethe
timer.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Youcanusethisoptiontomeasureintervalsoftime.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Clock
➔
Stopwatch.
rie
Stopwatch
2. Pressandholdthecityclocksyouwishtodelete.
Youcanusethisoptiontosetacountdowntimer.Useatimer
tocountdowntoaneventbasedonapresettimelength
(hours,minutes,andseconds).
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Clock
➔
Timer.
6. Afterstopping,tapRestart tocontinueortapResetto
setthetimerbacktotheoriginalsetting.
Desk clock
YoucanusetheDeskclockwhenyouhaveadeskdockand
youwantyourphonetodisplaythetime,day,date,location,
andweatherconditionswhenitisdocked.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Clock
➔
Desk clock.
ThedefaultDeskclockisdisplayed.
2. Tap
todisplaytheDeskclockinfull-screenmode.
3. Tomakechanges,tap
➔ Settings.
4. Thefollowingoptionsaredisplayedwhileinfull-screen
mode:
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications184
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• Calendar: when this is checked, the calendar is displayed. Tap
to uncheck.
• Brightness: sets your Desk clock brightness by dragging the
slider bar to the desired level.
• Dock: allows you to set your Dock settings such as Dock
sound, Audio output mode, Desk home screen display, and
HDMI Audio output.
Contacts
Youcanmanageyourdailycontactsbystoringtheirname
andnumberinyourAddressBook.AddressBookentriescan
besortedbyname,entry,orgroup.
YoucanalsosynchronizeyourphoneAddressBookwith
AT&TAddressBook,thenetworkbackupservice.
185
DeviceHelpprovidesonlineinformationtohelpwithyour
devicequestions.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔DeviceHelp
TheAT&T Device Helpscreenisdisplayed.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• AccuWeather: when this is activated, the location,
temperature, and weather condition is displayed. Touch and
slide the slider to the right to turn it on
DeviceHelp
ta
• Wallpaper: tap to select Desk clock wallpaper from Default,
Gallery, or Same as home screen.
Formoreinformation,referto“Contacts and Your Address
Book”onpage65.
rie
• Hide status bar: when this is checked, the status bar is hidden
from view.
2. Followtheon-screeninstructionsforaccessinghelpful
information.
Downloads
TheDownloadsapplicationallowsyoutomanageallofyour
downloadsfromthePlayStoreandtheBrowser.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Downloads
Allofyourdownloadsarelisted.
2. TaptheInternet downloadstabtoseeallofthe
downloadsyouhavemadefromtheBrowser.
3. TaptheOther downloads tabtoseeallother
downloads.
4. TapSort by sizetoseeyourdownloadssortedinsize
order.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. TapOKtotakeabriefinstructionaltourofGoogleEarth
ortapNo thankstogostraighttotheapplication.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseGoogleEarth.
Email
Emailenablesyoutoreviewandcreateemailusingvarious
emailservices.Youcanalsoreceivemessagealertswhen
youreceiveanimportantemail.Formoreinformation,refer
to“Using Email”onpage105.
Flipboard
TapSign Intologintoyourpreviouslycreatedprofile.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
Gallery
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheGoogleEarthapplicationallowsyoutotourtheplanet.
Youcanexploreterrain,3Dbuildings,cities,andlandmarks.
Youcanalsofindplacesandlocalbusinesses.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Earth
➔Flipboard
2. TapGet started,selectsomeon-screencategoriesand
tapDonetocreateanewprofile.
–or–
ta
Earth
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
rie
5. TapSort by datetoseeyourdownloadssortedintime
order.
Gmail
Gmailisaweb-basedemailservice.Gmailisconfigured
whenyoufirstsetupyourphone.Dependingonyour
synchronizationsettings,Gmailcanautomatically
synchronizewithyourGmailaccountontheweb.Formore
information,referto“Using Gmail”onpage107.
Thisapplicationcreatesapersonalizeddigitalmagazineout
ofeverythingbeingsharedwithyou.Accessnewsstories,
personalfeedsandotherrelatedmaterial.Flipthroughyour
Facebooknewsfeed,tweetsfromyourTwitteraccount,
photosfromfriendsandmuchmore.
TheGalleryiswhereyouviewphotosandplaybackvideos.
Forphotos,youcanalsoperformbasiceditingtasks,viewa
slideshow,setphotosaswallpaperorcontactimage,and
shareasapicturemessage.Formoreinformation,referto
“Gallery”onpage86.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications186
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Kies air
Google +
Local
LocalisanapplicationthatusesGoogleMapsandyour
locationtohelpyoufindRestaurants,Cafes,Bars,
Attractions,andotherbusinesses.Youcanalsoaddyourown
locations.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Local
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Google+makesmessagingandsharingwithyourfriendsa
loteasier.YoucansetupCirclesoffriends,visittheStream
togetupdatesfromyourCircles,useMessengerforfast
messagingwitheveryoneinyourCircles,oruseInstant
Uploadtoautomaticallyuploadvideosandphotostoyour
ownprivatealbumonGoogle+.Formoreinformation,refer
to“Google +”onpage109.
Internet
KiesairallowsyoutosyncyourWindowsPCwirelesslywith
yourphoneprovidedtheyarebothonthesameWi-Fi
network.Formoreinformation,referto“Kies air”onpage
175.
ta
TheGoogleSearchapplicationisthesameon-screen
InternetsearchenginethatisontheGoogleSearchBaron
yourmainHomescreen.Formoreinformation,referto
“Google Search Bar”onpage26.
rie
Google
Allofthebusinesscategoriesthatareclosetoyouwill
bedisplayed.
3. Taponabusinessthatyouwanttoseethedetailsfor.
4. Thebusinessdetailssuchasaddress,phone,website,
andlocationaredisplayed.Youcanalsoseereviews
fromaroundthewebandfromGoogleusers.
Openthewebbrowsertostartsurfingtheweb.Thebrowser
isfullyoptimizedandcomeswithadvancedfunctionalityto
enhancetheInternetbrowsingfeatureonyourphone.For
moreinformation,referto“Internet”onpage160.
2. Tapononeofthebusinesscategoriestosearchfora
particularbusiness.
187
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ToreceivebetterGPSsignals,avoidusingyourdeviceinthe
followingconditions:
•insideabuildingorbetweenbuildings
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Important! BeforeusingGoogleMapsyoumusthaveatleast
anactivedata(3G)connection.TheMaps
applicationdoesnotcovereverycountryorcity.
Note: SelectingUse GPS satellitesallowsyoutolocateplaces
ofinterestatthestreet-level.However,thisalsorequires
aclearviewoftheskyandusesmorebatterypower.
ta
Dependingonyourlocation,youcanviewbasic,custom,and
satellitemapsandlocalbusinessinformation,including
locations,contactinformation,anddrivingdirections.You
canalsopostpublicmessagesaboutalocationandtrack
yourfriends.
rie
Maps
Enabling a Location Source
BeforeyouuseGoogleMapsandfindyourlocationorsearch
forplacesofinterest,youmustenablealocationsource.To
enablethelocationsourceyoumustenablethewireless
network,orenabletheGPSsatellites.
➔
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Settings
Location services.
2. TaptheUse GPS satellitesfield.Agreencheckmarkwill
displaynexttothefield.
•inatunnelorundergroundpassage
•inpoorweather
•aroundhigh-voltageorelectromagneticfields
•inavehiclewithtintedwindows
Using Maps
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Maps
Amapwilldisplaywithyourlocationintheverycenter.
2. Press
todisplaythefollowingoptions:
• Clear Map: allows you to remove all markings and layers from
the map.
• Make available offline: allows you to save a selected area to
you My places folder where you can view it later.
• Settings: the following Map options are available:
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications188
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
tiles when not using WiFi and to clear the cache that holds the
map tiles.
– Location settings: allows you to manage the settings for your
SamsungMediaHubisyouronestopforthehottestmovie
andTVcontent.Youcanrentorpurchaseyourfavorite
contentandwatchfromtheconvenienceofanywhere.For
moreinformation,referto“Media Hub”onpage78.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Background location reporting, Location history, Latitude
location sharing, and Check-ins.
Media Hub
– Offline and cache: allows you to set options to pre-fetch map
• Help: displays the Google Mobile Help web page where you
can receive help on Google Maps.
ta
on the screen.
rie
– Display: allows you to display the Zoom Buttons and Scale Bar
– Labs: this is a testing ground for experimental features that
aren’t ready for primetime. They may change, break or
disappear at any time. Click on a Lab to enable or disable it.
– What’s New: allows you to see the latest changes in Play Store
and update your app.
– About: displays general information about Google maps such
as Version, Platform, Locale, Total data sent, Total data received,
Free memory, etc.
– Feedback: allows you to send feedback to Google.
– Terms, Privacy & Notices: displays the Terms and Conditions,
Privacy Policy, Legal Notices information, and Web History.
Select the desired information from the pop-up menu.
189
Messages
TheAT&TMessagesappbringsyourtexts,calls,and
voicemailmessagestogetherintoasingleconversation
threadandisaccessiblebyphoneorcomputer.Formore
information,referto“Messages App”onpage110.
Messaging
Youcansendandreceivedifferenttypesofmessages.For
moreinformation,referto“Messaging”onpage98.
Messenger
Messengerallowsyoutobringgroupsoffriendstogetherinto
asimplegroupconversation.Whenyougetanew
conversationinMessenger,Google+sendsanupdatetoyour
phone.Formoreinformation,referto“Messenger”onpage
109.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Music Hub
Music Player
MusicPlayerallowsyoutoplaymusicfilesthatyouhave
storedonyourphoneandmemorycard.Youcanalsocreate
playlists.Formoreinformation,referto“Music Player”on
page81.
My Files
• Android: the Android folder stores files that are used in Android
applications.
• Application: this folder contains app info for S Memo.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheMusicHubappletsyouuploadyourmusiccollectionto
thecloud,streamandpurchasesongsfromanextensive
catalog,andlistentopersonalradio.Formoreinformation,
referto“Music Hub”onpage80.
3. Thefollowingfoldersmaydisplay:
• Alarms: this folder contains any alarm files you may have.
ta
Thisapplicationallowsyoutoshareyourphones’smobile
dataconnectionviaUSBorasaportableWi-Fihotspot.For
moreinformation,referto“Tethering & portable hotspot”on
page119.
2. Tapsdcard0toseethecontentsofyourinternalSD
card.
rie
Mobile Hotspot
• Bluetooth: this folder stores files sent via a Bluetooth device.
• DCIM: this is the default location for pictures and videos taken
by the device. Tap DCIM ➔ Camera to view the picture or
video files. For more information, refer to “Viewing Pictures”
on page 87. Also, see “Viewing Videos” on page 87.
• Download: this folder contains downloads you have made.
• Movies: this folder contains your Video and Movie files.
• Music: this folder contains your Music files.
MyFilesallowsyoutomanageyoursounds,images,videos,
bluetoothfiles,Androidfiles,andothermemorycarddatain
oneconvenientlocation.
➔All
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔My Files
files.
• Notifications: this folder contains all of the notifications you
have received.
• Pictures: this folder contains your photos.
• Podcasts: this folder contains all of your podcasts.
• Ringtones: this folder contains any ringtones you have
purchased.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications190
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
myAT&T
➔myAT&T
4. TapUpdate.
ThemyAT&Tapplicationallowsyoutomanageyourown
AT&Taccount.Youcanreviewandpayyourbill,check
minutesanddatausage,upgradetoanewdevice,orchange
yourrateplan.
Note: ThefirsttimeyouusemyAT&T,youwillneedto
downloadtheupdatedapplicationfromthePlayStore.
WhenthePlayStorepagedisplays,tapUpdate.Formore
information,referto“Play Store”onpage194.
5. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
Using myAT&T
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔myAT&T
ThemyAT&Tpageisdisplayed.
2. ReadtheTermsandConditionsandtapAcceptto
continue.
3. EnteryourUser ID andPasswordusingtheonscreen
keypad,thentapLogin.
4. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
191
3. AftersigningintoyourGoogleAccount,thePlayStore
displaysthemyAT&Tapplication.Taptheapplication.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
4. IfyouhaveanexternalSDcardinserted,tapextSdCard
toseethecontentsofyourexternalSDcard(memory
card).
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
2. SignintoyourGoogleAccount.Ifyouhaven’tsetupan
account,see“Creating a New Google Account”on
page 13.
ta
Note: Differentfoldersmayappeardependingonhowyour
phoneisconfigured.
Initial Setup
rie
• S Note: this folder contains all the the S Notes you have written.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Note: Forvoice-guidednavigation,youneedtoinstalltext-tospeechsupportfromthePlayStore.
• Recent Destinations: allows you to access information on
previous destinations you have used. This option only appears
after you have entered one or more destinations.
4. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
•inatunnelorundergroundpassage
•inpoorweather
•aroundhigh-voltageorelectromagneticfields
•inavehiclewithtintedwindows
Launching Navigation
• Map: takes you to the map location of your present location
using GPS.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
ToreceivebetterGPSsignals,avoidusingyourdeviceinthe
followingconditions:
•insideabuildingorbetweenbuildings
• Go home: takes you to your home address. The first time you
are prompted to enter it.
ta
Navigationisaninternet-connectedGPSnavigationsystem
withvoiceguidance.Youcantypeorspeakyourdestination.
• Type destination: allows you to use the keypad to enter your
destination.
rie
Navigation
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Navigation
Obtaining Driving Directions
2. ReadtheNavigationinformationpageandtapAccept
tocontinueorDon’t accepttoexit.
3. Selectoneofthefollowingoptions:
• Speak destination: allows you to speak your destination.
Yourphone’sbuilt-inGPShardwareallowsyoutogetrealtimedrivingdirectionstoselectedlocationsor
establishmentsbasedonyourcurrentlocation.
Using a Physical Address
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Navigation .
2. TapeitherSpeak DestinationorType Destination.
3. Iftypingintheaddress,entertheaddress,City,and
Stateusingthekeypad.Asyoutype,possible
addresseswillbedisplayed.Tapononewhenyousee
theaddressyouwant.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications192
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
5. Asyoudrivetheroutedisplaywillbeupdatedandyou
willreceivevoice-guidednavigationdirections.
6. Tap
foradditionaloptions.
Paper Artist
ThePhoneapplicationallowsyoutoaccessthedialer
keypad,calllogs,andfavorites.Formoreinformation,refer
to“Call Functions”onpage47.
Play Books
WithGooglePlayBooks,youcanfindmorethan3million
freee-booksandhundredsofthousandsmoretobuyinthe
eBookstore.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Play Books
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: YouwillneedtobesignedontoyourGoogleaccount
beforedownloadingapplicationsfromthePlayStore.For
moreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google
Account”onpage13.
Phone
ta
4. Ifspeakingtheaddress,theVoiceguidancescreenis
displayed.Forvoice-guidednavigationyouneedto
installtext-to-speechsupportfromthePlayStore.Tap
InstalltoinstalltheapplicationortapSkiptoexit.
rie
Theroutewillbedisplayed.
2. LogontoyourGoogleaccount.Formoreinformation,
referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructionsforusingthePlay
Booksapplication.
Play Magazines
PaperArtistprovidesaccesstoanin-devicegraphics
program.Youcanstartfromanemptycanvasorimporta
picturefromyourGallerytogetyoustarted.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Paper Artist
2. Followtheon-screeninstructions.
WithGooglePlayMagazines,youcansubscribetoyour
favoritemagazinesandhavethemavailabletoreadonyour
phoneatanytimeoranyplace.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Play Magazines
193
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
4. ReadtheGooglePlayTermsofServiceandtapAccept.
6. Tapamagazinetoseemoreinformationand
subscribe.
7. Followtheon-screeninstructionstosubscribetoa
magazine.
Play Movies & TV
Play Store
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
5. Sweepthescreentotheleftorrighttoview
Categories,Featured,TopSelling,andNewArrivals.
to
WithGooglePlayMusic,youcanplaymusicthatyouhave
addedtoyourmusicfileaswellasanymusicyoucopied
fromyourPC.Whileoffline,youcanlistentomusicyouhave
copiedfromyourPC.Formoreinformation,referto“Google
Play Music”onpage84.
ta
3. AttheWelcome!display,taptheshopicon
browsethefullcatalog.
Play Music
rie
2. LogontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready
doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a
New Google Account”onpage13.
WithGooglePlayMovies&TV,youcanrentthousandsof
differentmoviesandtelevisionshows.Youcanwatch
instantly,ordownloadyourmovieorshowforofflineviewing
atalatertime.Formoreinformation,referto“Play Movies &
TV”onpage86.
PlayStoreprovidesaccesstodownloadableapplicationsand
gamestoinstallonyourphone.PlayStorealsoallowsyouto
providefeedbackandcommentsaboutanapplication,orflag
anapplicationthatmightbeincompatiblewithyourphone.
BeforeusingthePlayStoreyoumusthaveaGoogleAccount.
Formoreinformation,referto“Using Gmail”onpage107.
1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapPlay Store
2. SignintoyourGoogleaccount.
3. Thefirsttimeyousignin,thePlayStoreTermsof
Servicewillbedisplayed.TapAccepttocontinueor
Declinetoexit.
4. TapApps,Games,orAT&Ttodownloadorpurchase
gamesorapplications.Youcanalsodownloadupdates
toexistingapplications.
5. Followontheon-screeninstructions.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications194
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
2. EnteryourEmailinformation(ifdesired)andtouch
Donetocompletetheprocess.
–or–
TouchSkiptoignorethisregistration.
ThemainPolarisOfficescreendisplays.
3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstousePolarisOffice.
S Note
S Suggest
Thisapplicationprovideson-screenrecommendationsfor
applicationsthatarespecificallysupportedandmadeforuse
onyourdevice.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Polaris OfficeMobileforAndroidisaMicrosoftOffice
compatibleofficesuite.Thisapplicationprovidesacentral
placeformanagingyourdocumentsonlineoroffline.The
applicationcanalsoopenAdobePDF(PortableDocument
Format)files.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Polaris Office 4.0
➔TutorialfromthemainSNotescreento
3. Tap
learnmoreabouttheapplication,thenfollowtheonscreeninstructions.
ta
®
rie
Polaris Office 4.0
Note: Accesstothisfeaturerequiresthatyoualreadybe
loggedintoyourSamsungaccountapplication.For
moreinformation,referto“Creating a Samsung
Account”onpage12.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔
S Suggest.
2. Readthetermsandconditions.
3. PlaceacheckmarkintheAgreefieldthentapAgree.
Usethisapplicationtocreatenoteswithproductivitytools
thatturnhandwritingintotypedtextandcorrectdrawn
shapes,lines,andformulastomakethemperfect.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔ S Note
5. Followtheon-screendownloadandinstallation
instructions.
2. ReadtheinformationattheLearn about application
pop-upandtapOK.
4. Selectanapplicationfromoneoftheavailable
categories(Picks,Categories,Games,Friends,and
Info.
195
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
11. Speakintothephoneandfollowtheon-screen
instructions.
Settings
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
2. ReadtheSamsungDisclaimerthentapConfirmto
continue.
10. AttheSVoicescreen,say“HiGalaxy”towakeup
Svoice.
ta
WiththeSVoiceapplicationyoucanuseyourvoiceto
performoperationsthatyouwouldnormallyhavetodoby
handsuchasdialingaphonenumber,textingamessage,
playingmusic,etc.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔S Voice
9. ReadtheinformationontheHelp screen,thentap
Finish.
rie
S Voice
3. ReadtheVlingoTermsofServicethentapAgreeto
continue.
4. ReadtheinformationontheAbout S Voicescreen,then
tapNext.
5. ReadtheinformationontheSay what you want screen,
thentapNext.
6. ReadtheinformationontheWake up S Voice screen,
thentapNext.
7. ReadtheinformationontheHandwriting screen,then
tapNext.
Talk
GoogleTalkisafreeWindowsandweb-basedapplicationfor
instantmessagingofferedbyGoogle.Conversationlogsare
automaticallysavedtoaChatsareainyourGmailaccount.
Thisallowsyoutosearchachatlogandstoretheminyour
Gmailaccounts.Formoreinformation,referto“Google Talk”
onpage108.
8. ReadtheinformationontheEdit what you said screen,
thentapNext.
Thiswidgetnavigatestothesoundandphonesettingsfor
yourphone.Itincludessuchsettingsas:display,security,
memory,andanyextrasettingsassociatedwithyourphone.
Formoreinformation,referto“Changing Your Settings”on
page113.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications196
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Voice Recorder
• Delete: allows you to delete 1 or more voice recordings. Tap
the recordings to delete and tap Delete.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheVoiceRecorderallowsyoutorecordanaudiofileupto
oneminutelongandthenimmediatelyshareitusing
AllSharePlay,Messaging,Gmail,orviaBluetooth.Recording
timewillvarybasedontheavailablememorywithinthe
phone.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Voice Recorder
5. Press
todisplaythefollowingoptions:
• Share via: allows you to share your recording using Bluetooth,
Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.
ta
TheVideoPlayerapplicationplaysvideofilesstoredonyour
memorycard.Formoreinformation,referto“Video Player”
onpage85.
4. TapList
todisplayalistofallyourvoice
recordings.Tapavoicerecordingtoplayit.
rie
Video Player
2. Tostartrecording,tapRecord
microphone.
andspeakintothe
– Storage: allows you to choose where your recordings will be
saved. Select between Phone or memory card.
– Recording quality: allows you to set the recording quality to
High or Normal.
– Limit for MMS: allows you to select On or Off. If you Limit for
MMS by selecting On, you will be assured that the recording can
be sent in a message.
– Contextual filename: (requires GPS tagging) allows you to
adjust the filename based on contextual information such as
your current GPS location.
3. DuringtherecordingprocessyoucaneithertapStop
tostopandsavetherecordingorPause
to
temporarilyhalttherecording.Afterpausing,tap
Record
toresumerecording.Oncetheaudio
recordinghasstopped,themessageisautomatically
saved.TapCancel
tocanceltherecording
withoutsaving.
• Settings: the following settings are available:
197
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
• End: allows you to close the application.
• More: After tapping More, sweep your screen to the left to see
additional options such as News, Shopping, Videos, Blogs,
Discussions, and Books.
YouTube
YouTube™isavideosharingwebsiteonwhichuserscan
uploadandsharevideos.Thesiteisusedtodisplayawide
varietyofuser-generatedvideocontent,includingmovie
clips,TVclips,andmusicvideos,aswellasvideocontent
suchasvideoblogging,informationalshortsandother
originalvideos.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
TheGoogleVoiceSearchapplicationallowsyoutosearchthe
webusingonlyyourvoice.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔Voice Search
.
rie
Voice Search
• Places: Displays places and businesses in your local area
pertaining to your search.
recordings. For example, if your Default name is Voice, your
recordings would be named Voice 001, Voice 002, Voice 003,
etc.
ta
– Default name: allows you to choose the name prefix for your
2. WhentheGoogleVoiceSearchscreendisplays,speak
thewordorwordsthatyouwouldliketosearchforon
theinternet.
3. Ifthetimerexpiresandthemiciconchangesfromred
togray,tapthemiciconandspeakthewordorwords
thatyouwouldliketosearchforontheinternet.
Resultsaredisplayedonyourphone.
4. Thefollowingoptionsareavailableatthebottomof
yourscreen:
• Web: After selecting a different option, tap Web to return to the
original search results.
• Images: Displays images for your search.
Note: YouTubeisadata-intensivefeature.Itisrecommended
thatyouupgradetoalargedataplantoavoidadditional
datacharges.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔YouTube
.
tosearchforspecificvideos,
2. Tapthesearchfield
scrolldowntobrowsethroughthemainpage
thumbnails,orscrolltothebottomtoexploreadditional
options.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications198
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
䡲
To configure YouTube Settings:
Press
andthentapSettingsandconfigurethe
followingparameters:
• General
• Preloading
– Preload subscriptions allows you to preload (or go get videos
while on Wi-Fi and charging) your subscription videos.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
䡲
Press
andthentapSettings➔General➔ High
quality on mobile.
videos containing restricted content. This option blocks these
videos from appearing within your search results. Choose from:
Don’t filter, Moderate, or Strict blocking.
ta
To watch a high quality video:
– SafeSearch filtering allows you to configure block settings for
rie
3. Toviewavideo,tapanavailablepreviewthumbnailor
tapthetitlelink.
– High quality on mobile, when enabled, allows you to start all
videos in high quality mode while you are connected to a mobile
network.
– Caption font size allows you to set the font size used by on-
– Preload watch later allows you to enable the preload function
on selected videos so you can watch them later. Read the data
usage information and tap OK to accept the terms.
Note: PreloadingYouTubevideoswillusesomeofyour
device’sstoragespaceandmayresultinadditional
chargesifyourWi-Fiplanisnotunlimited.
screen captions. Choose from: Small, Medium, Large, or Huge.
– Uploads specifies network preferences for uploads.
• Search
– Clear search history allows you to clear previous YouTube
searches from showing up in the YouTube search box.
• About
– Help: provides answers to most YouTube questions.
– Feedback: allows you to provide user feedback to YouTube.
– Google Mobile Terms of Service: displays the Google Mobile
Terms of Service.
199
– YouTube Terms of Service: displays the YouTube terms of
Service.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
YouTube application.
1. FromtheHomescreen,tap
➔YPmobile
.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Note: ItisnotnecessarytosignintotheYouTubesitetoview
content.However,ifyouwishtosignintoaccess
additionaloptions,accessthepageviatheWebbrowser
andtapSign inatthetoprightcorner,enteryour
YouTubeorGoogleusernameandpassword,andtap
Sign in.
YPmobile
– YouTube Privacy Policy: displays the YouTube Privacy Policy.
– Open source licenses: displays the Open source licenses
– App version: displays the software version for the current
Note: ThefirsttimeyouuseYP,youwillneedtodownloadthe
updatedapplicationfromthePlayStore.WhenthePlay
Storepagedisplays,tapUpdate or Installthenfollowthe
onscreeninstructions.Formoreinformation,referto
“Play Store”onpage194.
ta
Privacy Policy.
rie
– Google Mobile Privacy Policy: displays the Google Mobile
3. ReadtheEnd-UserLicenseAgreement(EULA)andtap
Accepttocontinue.
4. YourlocationisfoundusingGPS.TapOKtoallow
YPmobiletouseyourcurrentlocation.
5. TaptheFind a business nearby!field.
6. EnterinformationintheWhat:andNear:fieldsandtap
Search.
7. Resultswillbedisplayed.
8. Tap
toseethelocationsmarkedwithpinsonthe
map.
TheYellowpagesMobileapplicationprovidesquickandready
accesstobusinesses,maplocations,andstorageofyour
favoritesearches.Thisapplicationallowsyoutotapintolocal
businesses,locations,andevents,connectingyoutoyour
searchinreal-time.
2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready
doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a
New Google Account”onpage13.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
Applications200
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding
project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
9. Pinchthemapscreeninwardstozoomoutorpinchit
outwardstozoomin.
ta
todisplayadditionaloptions.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
rie
11. Tap
10. Tapapintoreadinformationaboutthelocation.
201
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 10: Health and Safety Information
Do cell phones pose a health hazard?
rie
ta
Manypeopleareconcernedthatcellphoneradiationwill
causecancerorotherserioushealthhazards.Theweightof
scientificevidencehasnotlinkedcellphoneswithanyhealth
problems.
CellphonesemitlowlevelsofRadioFrequency(RF)energy.
Overthepast15years,scientistshaveconductedhundreds
ofstudieslookingatthebiologicaleffectsoftheradio
frequencyenergyemittedbycellphones.Whilesome
researchershavereportedbiologicalchangesassociated
withRFenergy,thesestudieshavefailedtobereplicated.
Themajorityofstudiespublishedhavefailedtoshowan
associationbetweenexposuretoradiofrequencyfromacell
phoneandhealthproblems.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
ThisdeviceiscapableofoperatinginWi-Fi™modeinthe
2.4and5 GHzbands.TheFCCrequiresthatdevices
operatingwithin5.15-5.25 GHzmayonlybeusedindoors,
notoutside,inordertoavoidinterferencewithMobile
SatelliteServices(MSS).Therefore,thisdeviceisrestricted
frombeingusedoutdoorswhenoperatinginfrequencies
between5.15-5.25 GHz.
Thissectionoutlinesthesafetyprecautionsassociatedwith
usingyourphone.Theterms“mobiledevice”or“cellphone”
areusedinthissectiontorefertoyourphone.Read this
information before using your mobile device.
Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF)
Signals
TheU.S.FoodandDrugAdministration(FDA)haspublished
informationforconsumersrelatingtoRadioFrequency(RF)
exposurefromwirelessphones.TheFDApublication
includesthefollowinginformation:
ThelowlevelsofRFcellphonesemitwhileinuseareinthe
microwavefrequencyrange.TheyalsoemitRFat
substantiallyreducedtimeintervalswheninthestand-by
mode.WhereashighlevelsofRFcanproducehealtheffects
(byheatingtissue),exposuretolowlevelRFthatdoesnot
produceheatingeffectscausesnoknownadversehealth
effects.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation202
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
Theresultsofmoststudiesconductedtodatesayno.In
addition,attemptstoreplicateandconfirmthefewstudies
thathaveshownaconnectionhavefailed.
Thescientificcommunityatlargethereforebelievesthatthe
weightofscientificevidencedoesnotshowanassociation
betweenexposuretoRadioFrequency(RF)fromcellphones
andadversehealthoutcomes.Stillthescientificcommunity
hassupportedadditionalresearchtoaddressgapsin
knowledge.Someofthesestudiesaredescribedbelow.
Interphone Study
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Veryhighlevelsofelectromagneticenergy,suchasisfound
inX-raysandgammarays,canionizebiologicaltissues.
Ionizationisaprocesswhereelectronsarestrippedaway
fromtheirnormallocationsinatomsandmolecules.Itcan
permanentlydamagebiologicaltissuesincludingDNA,the
geneticmaterial.
Research Results to Date: Is there a connection
between RF and certain health problems?
rie
Thebiologicaleffectsofradiofrequencyenergyshouldnot
beconfusedwiththeeffectsfromothertypesof
electromagneticenergy.
Theenergylevelsassociatedwithradiofrequencyenergy,
includingbothradiowavesandmicrowaves,arenotgreat
enoughtocauseionizationofatomsandmolecules.
Therefore,RFenergyisatypeofnon-ionizingradiation.
Othertypesofnon-ionizingradiationincludevisiblelight,
infraredradiation(heat),andotherformsofelectromagnetic
radiationwithrelativelylowfrequencies.
WhileRFenergydoesnotionizeparticles,largeamountscan
increasebodytemperaturesandcausetissuedamage.Two
areasofthebody,theeyesandthetestes,areparticularly
vulnerabletoRFheatingbecausethereisrelativelylittle
bloodflowinthemtocarryawayexcessheat.
203
Interphoneisalargeinternationalstudydesignedto
determinewhethercellphonesincreasetheriskofheadand
neckcancer.AreportpublishedintheInternationalJournal
ofEpidemiology(June,2010)comparedcellphoneusagefor
morethan5,000peoplewithbraintumors(gliomaand
meningioma)andasimilarnumberofhealthycontrols.
ResultsofthisstudydidNOTshowthatcellphonescaused
braincancer.Inthisstudy,mostpeoplehadnoincreasedrisk
ofbraincancerfromusingcellphones.Forpeoplewiththe
heaviestuseofcellphones(anaverageofmorethan½hour
perday,everyday,forover10years)thestudysuggesteda
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ta
MOBI-KIDSisaninternationalstudyinvestigatingthe
relationshipbetweenexposuretoradiofrequencyenergy
fromcommunicationtechnologiesincludingcellphonesand
braincancerinyoungpeople.Thisisaninternational
multi-centerstudyinvolving14Europeanandnon-European
countries.AdditionalinformationaboutMOBI-KIDScanbe
foundat
http://www.creal.cat/programes-recerca/en_projectes-creal/
view.php?ID=39.
Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER)
Program of the National Cancer Institute
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Interphoneisthelargestcellphonestudytodate,butitdid
notanswerallquestionsaboutcellphonesafety.Additional
researchisbeingconductedaroundtheworld,andtheFDA
continuestomonitordevelopmentsinthisfield.
International Cohort Study on Mobile Phone Users
(COSMOS)
Risk of Brain Cancer from Exposure to Radio
Frequency Fields in Childhood and Adolescence
(MOBI-KIDS)
rie
slightincreaseinbraincancer.However,theauthors
determinedthatbiasesanderrorspreventedanyconclusions
beingdrawnfromthisdata.Additionalinformationabout
Interphonecanbefoundat
http://www.iarc.fr/en/media-centre/pr/2010/pdfs/pr200_E.pdf.
TheCOSMOSstudyaimstoconductlong-termhealth
monitoringofalargegroupofpeopletodetermineifthere
areanyhealthissueslinkedtolong-termexposuretoradio
frequencyenergyfromcellphoneuse.TheCOSMOSstudy
willfollowapproximately300,000adultcellphoneusersin
Europefor20to30years.Additionalinformationaboutthe
COSMOSstudycanbefoundat
http://www.ukcosmos.org/index.html.
TheNationalCancerInstitute(NCI)activelyfollowscancer
statisticsintheUnitedStatestodetectanychangeinratesof
newcasesforbraincancer.Ifcellphonesplayaroleinrisk
forbraincancer,ratesshouldgoup,becauseheavycell
phoneusehasbeencommonforquitesometimeintheU.S.
Between1987and2005,theoverallage-adjustedincidence
ofbraincancerdidnotincrease.Additionalinformationabout
SEERcanbefoundat
http://seer.cancer.gov/.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation204
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Steps to Reduce Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy
Ifthereisariskfrombeingexposedtoradiofrequency
energy(RF)fromcellphones-andatthispointwedonot
knowthatthereis-itisprobablyverysmall.But,ifyouare
concernedaboutavoidingevenpotentialrisks,youcantake
afewsimplestepstominimizeyourRFexposure.
•Reducetheamountoftimespentusingyourcellphone;
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Design cell phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to
the user; and
Reducing Exposure: Hands-Free Kits and Other
Accessories
ta
AlthoughtheexistingscientificdatadonotjustifyFDA
regulatoryactions,theFDAhasurgedthecellphoneindustry
totakeanumberofsteps,includingthefollowing:
• Support-needed research on possible biological effects of RF
for the type of signal emitted by cell phones;
rie
Cell Phone Industry Actions
• Cooperate in providing users of cell phones with the current
information on cell phone use and human health concerns.
TheFDAalsoisworkingwithvoluntarystandard-setting
bodiessuchastheInstituteofElectricalandElectronics
Engineers(IEEE),theInternationalCommissionon
Non-IonizingRadiationProtection(ICNIRP),andothersto
assurethatsafetystandardscontinuetoadequatelyprotect
thepublic.
205
•Usespeakermodeoraheadsettoplacemoredistancebetween
yourheadandthecellphone.
Hands-Free Kits
Hands-freekitsmayincludeaudioorBluetooth®headsets
andvarioustypesofbody-wornaccessoriessuchas
belt-clipsandholsters.Combinationsofthesecanbeusedto
reduceRFenergyabsorptionfromcellphones.
Headsetscansubstantiallyreduceexposurebecausethe
phoneisheldawayfromtheheadintheuser'shandorin
approvedbody-wornaccessories.Cellphonesmarketedin
theU.S.arerequiredtomeetRFexposurecompliance
requirementswhenusedagainsttheheadandagainstthe
body.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
Thescientificevidencedoesnotshowadangertoanyusers
ofcellphonesfromRFexposure,includingchildrenand
teenagers.ThestepsadultscantaketoreduceRFexposure
applytochildrenandteenagersaswell.
•Reducetheamountoftimespentonthecellphone;
•Usespeakermodeoraheadsettoplacemoredistancebetween
theheadandthecellphone.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
BecausetherearenoknownrisksfromexposuretoRF
emissionsfromcellphones,thereisnoreasontobelievethat
accessorieswhichclaimtoshieldtheheadfromthose
emissionsreducerisks.Someproductsthatclaimtoshield
theuserfromRFabsorptionusespecialphonecases,while
othersinvolvenothingmorethanametallicaccessory
attachedtothephone.
Children and Cell Phones
rie
BecausetherearenoknownrisksfromexposuretoRF
emissionsfromcellphones,thereisnoreasontobelievethat
hands-freekitsreducerisks.Hands-freekitscanbeusedfor
convenienceandcomfort.Theyarealsorequiredbylawin
manystatesifyouwanttouseyourphonewhiledriving.
Cell Phone Accessories that Claim to Shield the Head
from RF Radiation
Studieshaveshownthattheseproductsgenerallydonot
workasadvertised.Unlike“hands-free”kits,theseso-called
“shields”mayinterferewithproperoperationofthephone.
Thephonemaybeforcedtoboostitspowertocompensate,
leadingtoanincreaseinRFabsorption.
Somegroupssponsoredbyothernationalgovernmentshave
advisedthatchildrenbediscouragedfromusingcellphones
atall.Forexample,TheStewartReportfromtheUnited
KingdommadesucharecommendationinDecember2000.
Inthisreport,agroupofindependentexpertsnotedthatno
evidenceexiststhatusingacellphonecausesbraintumors
orotherilleffects.Theirrecommendationtolimitcellphone
usebychildrenwasstrictlyprecautionary;itwasnotbased
onscientificevidencethatanyhealthhazardexists.
AdditionalinformationonthesafetyofRFexposuresfrom
varioussourcescanbeobtainedfromthefollowing
organizations(updated10/1/2010):
•FCCRFSafetyProgram:
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation206
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/radiofrequencyradiation/.
(Note:Thiswebaddressiscasesensitive.)
•NationalInstituteforOccupationalSafetyandHealth(NIOSH):
•WorldHealthOrganization(WHO):
http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/.
•InternationalCommissiononNon-IonizingRadiationProtection:
http://www.icnirp.de.
•HealthProtectionAgency:
http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/.
•USFoodandDrugAdministration:
http://www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/
RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/
HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/default.htm.
207
TheseFCCRFexposurelimitsarederivedfromthe
recommendationsoftwoexpertorganizations:theNational
CouncilonRadiationProtectionandMeasurement(NCRP)
andtheInstituteofElectricalandElectronicsEngineers
(IEEE).Inbothcases,therecommendationsweredeveloped
byscientificandengineeringexpertsdrawnfromindustry,
government,andacademiaafterextensivereviewsofthe
scientificliteraturerelatedtothebiologicaleffectsofRF
energy.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/.
Yourwirelessphoneisaradiotransmitterandreceiver.Itis
designedandmanufacturednottoexceedtheexposure
limitsforRadioFrequency(RF)energysetbytheFederal
CommunicationsCommission(FCC)oftheU.S.Government.
•OccupationalSafetyandHealthAdministration(OSHA):
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
Certification Information
ta
http://www.epa.gov/radtown/wireless-tech.html.
rie
•EnvironmentalProtectionAgency(EPA):
TheRFexposurelimitsetbytheFCCforwirelessmobile
phonesemploysaunitofmeasurementknownasthe
SpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR).TheSARisameasureofthe
rateofabsorptionofRFenergybythehumanbody
expressedinunitsofwattsperkilogram(W/kg).TheFCC
requireswirelessphonestocomplywithasafetylimitof1.6
wattsperkilogram(1.6W/kg).
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
SARtestsareconductedusingstandardoperatingpositions
acceptedbytheFCCwiththephonetransmittingatits
highestcertifiedpowerlevelinalltestedfrequencybands.
AlthoughtheSARisdeterminedatthehighestcertified
powerlevel,theactualSARlevelofthephonewhile
operatingcanbewellbelowthemaximumreportedvalue.
Thisisbecausethephoneisdesignedtooperateatmultiple
powerlevelssoastouseonlythepowerrequiredtoreach
thenetwork.Ingeneral,thecloseryouaretoawirelessbase
stationantenna,thelowerthepoweroutputofthephone.
Useofotheraccessoriesmaynotensurecompliancewith
FCCRFexposureguidelines.TheFCChasgrantedan
EquipmentAuthorizationforthismobiledevicewithall
reportedSARlevelsevaluatedasincompliancewiththeFCC
RFexposureguidelines.ThismobilephonehasanFCCID
number:A3LSMN900A[ModelNumber:SM-N900A]andthe
specificSARlevelsforthismobilephonecanbefoundatthe
followingFCCwebsite:http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/.
TheSARinformationforthisdevicecanalsobefoundon
Samsung’swebsite:http://www.samsung.com/sar.
rie
TheFCCSARlimitincorporatesasubstantialmarginofsafety
togiveadditionalprotectiontothepublicandtoaccountfor
anyvariationsinmeasurements.
Beforeanewmodelphoneisavailableforsaletothepublic,
itmustbetestedandcertifiedtotheFCCthatitdoesnot
exceedtheSARlimitestablishedbytheFCC.Testsforeach
modelphoneareperformedinpositionsandlocations(e.g.at
theearandwornonthebody)asrequiredbytheFCC.For
body-wornoperation,thisphonehasbeentestedandmeets
FCCRFexposureguidelineswhenusedwithanaccessory
thatcontainsnometalandthatpositionsthemobiledevicea
minimumof1.0cmfromthebody.
SARinformationonthisandothermodelphonescanbe
accessedonlineontheFCC'swebsitethroughhttp://
transition.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/sar.html.Tofindinformationthat
pertainstoaparticularmodelphone,thissiteusesthephone
FCCIDnumberwhichisusuallyprintedsomewhereonthe
caseofthephone.Sometimesitmaybenecessaryto
removethebatterypacktofindthenumber.Onceyouhave
theFCCIDnumberforaparticularphone,followthe
instructionsonthewebsiteanditshouldprovidevaluesfor
typicalormaximumSARforaparticularphone.Additional
SARinformationcanalsobeobtainedat
http://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/specific-absorption-rate-sarcellular-telephones.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation208
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
thattowhichthereceiverisconnected.
•Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianforhelp.
Commercial Mobile Alerting System
(CMAS)
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Thisdevicecomplieswithpart15oftheFCCRules.
Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwoconditions:(1)This
devicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference,and(2)this
devicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,including
interferencethatmaycauseundesiredoperation.
ta
Pursuanttopart15.21oftheFCCRules,youarecautioned
thatchangesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedby
Samsungcouldvoidyourauthoritytooperatethedevice.
•Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna.
•Increasetheseparationbetweentheequipmentandreceiver.
•Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfrom
rie
FCC Part 15 Information to User
Note:Thisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomply
withthelimitsforaClassBdigitaldevice,pursuanttopart
15oftheFCCRules.Theselimitsaredesignedtoprovide
reasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferenceina
residentialinstallation.Thisequipmentgenerates,usesand
canradiateradiofrequencyenergyand,ifnotinstalledand
usedinaccordancewiththeinstructions,maycauseharmful
interferencetoradiocommunications.
Smart Practices While Driving
On the Road - Off the Phone
Theprimaryresponsibilityofeverydriveristhesafe
operationofhisorhervehicle.
However,thereisnoguaranteethatinterferencewillnot
occurinaparticularinstallation.Ifthisequipmentdoes
causeharmfulinterferencetoradioortelevisionreception,
whichcanbedeterminedbyturningtheequipmentoffand
on,theuserisencouragedtotrytocorrecttheinterference
byoneormoreofthefollowingmeasures:
Thisdeviceisdesignedtoreceivewirelessemergencyalerts
fromtheCommercialMobileAlertingSystem("CMAS";
whichmayalsobeknownasthePersonalLocalizedAlerting
Network("PLAN")).Ifyourwirelessproviderhaschosento
participateinCMAS/PLAN,alertsareavailablewhileinthe
provider'scoveragearea.Ifyoutraveloutsideyourprovider's
coveragearea,wirelessemergencyalertsmaynotbe
available.Formoreinformation,pleasecontactyourwireless
provider.
209
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Ifyouconsideracallnecessaryandappropriate,followthese
tips:
•Useahands-freedevice;
rie
ta
•Secureyourphonewithineasyreach;
•Placecallswhenyouarenotmoving;
•Plancallswhenyourcarwillbestationary;
•Donotengageinstressfuloremotionalconversations;
•Letthepersonwithwhomyouarespeakingknowthatyouare
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Responsibledriversunderstandthatnosecondarytask
shouldbeperformedwhiledrivingwhetheritbeeating,
drinking,talkingtopassengers,ortalkingonamobilephone
-unlessthedriverhasassessedthedrivingconditionsandis
confidentthatthesecondarytaskwillnotinterferewiththeir
primaryresponsibility.Do not engage in any activity while
driving a moving vehicle which may cause you to take your
eyes off the road or become so absorbed in the activity that
your ability to concentrate on the act of driving becomes
impaired.Samsungiscommittedtopromotingresponsible
drivingandgivingdriversthetoolstheyneedtounderstand
andaddressdistractions.
Check the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices
and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always
obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or
restricted in certain areas. For example, only hands-free use
may be permitted in certain areas.
Beforeansweringcalls,consideryourcircumstances.Letthe
callgotovoicemailwhendrivingconditionsrequire.
Remember,drivingcomesfirst,notthecall!
drivingandwillsuspendthecallifnecessary;
•Donottakenotesorlookupphonenumberswhiledriving;
Noticeregardinglegalrestrictionsonmountingthisdevicein
anautomobile:
Lawsinsomestatesmayprohibitmountingthisdeviceonor
nearthewindshieldofanautomobile.Inotherstates,thelaw
maypermitmountingthisdeviceonlyinspecificlocationsin
theautomobile.Besuretoconsultthestateandlocallawsor
ordinanceswhereyoudrivebeforemountingthisdevicein
anautomobile.Failuretocomplywiththeserestrictionscould
resultinfines,penalties,orotherdamages.
Nevermountthisdeviceinamannerthatwillobstructthe
driver'sclearviewofthestreetandtraffic.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation210
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Formoreinformation,gotohttp://www.ctia.org.
Battery Use and Safety
•Do not place your battery in or near a heat source.Excessive
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Important! Handle and store batteries properly to avoid injury or
damage.Mostbatteryissuesarisefromimproper
handlingofbatteriesand,particularly,fromthe
continueduseofdamagedbatteries.
Liquidscangetintothephone'scircuits,leadingtocorrosion.
Evenwhenthephoneappearstobedryandappearstooperate
normally,thecircuitrycouldslowlycorrodeandposeasafety
hazard.Ifthephoneand/orbatterygetwet,havethemchecked
byyourserviceproviderorcontactSamsung,eveniftheyappear
tobeworkingproperly.
ta
Never watch videos, such as a movie or clip, or play video
games while operating a vehicle.
•Do not let the phone or battery come in contact with liquids.
rie
Never use wireless data services such as text messaging, Web
browsing, or e-mail while operating a vehicle.
•Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, shred, or otherwise
attempt to change the form of your battery.Donotputahigh
degreeofpressureonthebattery.Thiscancauseleakageoran
internalshort-circuit,resultinginoverheating.
heatingcandamagethephoneorthebatteryandcouldcausethe
phoneorthebatterytoexplode.Donotdryawetordampbattery
withanapplianceorheatsourcesuchasamicrowaveoven,hair
dryer,iron,orradiator.Avoidleavingyourphoneinyourcarin
hightemperatures.
•Do not dispose of the phone or the battery in a fire.Thephone
orthebatterymayexplodewhenoverheated.
•Do not handle a damaged or leaking battery.Donotletleaking
batteryfluidcomeincontactwithyoureyes,skinorclothing.For
safedisposaloptions,contactyournearestSamsung-authorized
servicecenter.
211
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
•Never use any charger or battery that is damaged in any way.
•Do not allow the battery to touch metal objects.Accidental
Use of a non-Samsung-approved battery or charger may
present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard.
Samsung'swarrantydoesnotcoverdamagetothephone
causedbynon-Samsung-approvedbatteriesand/or
chargers.
•Do not use incompatible cell phone batteries and chargers.
Somewebsitesandsecond-handdealersnotassociatedwith
reputablemanufacturersandcarriers,mightbeselling
incompatibleorevencounterfeitbatteriesandchargers.
Consumersshouldpurchasemanufactureror
carrier-recommendedproductsandaccessories.Ifunsureabout
whetherareplacementbatteryorchargeriscompatible,contact
themanufacturerofthebatteryorcharger.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
short-circuitingcanoccurwhenametallicobject(coin,key,
jewelry,clip,orpen)causesadirectconnectionbetweenthe+
and-terminalsofthebattery(metalstripsonthebattery),for
examplewhenyoucarryasparebatteryinapocketorbag.
Short-circuitingtheterminalsmaydamagethebatteryorthe
objectcausingtheshort-circuiting.
WARNING!
ta
battery,especiallyonahardsurface,canpotentiallycause
damagetothephoneandbattery.Ifyoususpectdamagetothe
phoneorbattery,takeittoaservicecenterforinspection.
rie
•Avoid dropping the cell phone.Droppingthephoneorthe
•Misuse or use of incompatible phones, batteries, and
charging devices could result in damage to the equipment
and a possible risk of fire, explosion, or leakage, leading to
serious injuries, damages to your phone, or other serious
hazard.
Important! UseonlySamsung-approvedbatteries,and
rechargeyourbatteryonlywith
Samsung-approvedchargerswhichare
specificallydesignedforyourphone.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation212
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Recyclingprogramsforyourmobiledevice,batteries,and
accessoriesmaynotbeavailableinyourarea.
We'vemadeiteasyforyoutorecycleyouroldSamsung
mobiledevicebyworkingwithrespectedtake-back
companiesineverystateinthecountry.
Drop It Off
http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/partnerships/plugin/cellphone/
index.htmorathttp://www.call2recycle.org/.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Properdisposalofyourmobiledeviceanditsbatteryisnot
onlyimportantforsafety,itbenefitstheenvironment.
Batteriesmustberecycledordisposedofproperly.
Consumersmayalsorecycletheirusedmobiledeviceor
batteriesatmanyretailorcarrier-providedlocations
wheremobiledevicesandbatteriesaresold.Additional
informationregardingspecificlocationsmaybefoundat:
ta
Samsungcaresfortheenvironmentandencouragesits
customerstorecycleSamsungmobiledevicesandgenuine
Samsungaccessories.
Samsung-brandeddevicesandbatterieswillbeaccepted
attheselocationsfornofee.
rie
Samsung Mobile Products and
Recycling
YoucandropoffyourSamsung-brandedmobiledevice
andbatteriesforrecyclingatoneofournumerous
SamsungRecyclingDirect(SM)locations.Alistofthese
locationsmaybefoundat:
Mail It In
TheSamsungMobileTake-BackProgramwillprovide
Samsungcustomerswithafreerecyclingmailinglabel.
Justgoto
http://fun.samsungmobileusa.com/recycling/index.jsp.
Disposeofunwantedelectronicsthroughanapproved
recycler.
Tofindthenearestrecyclinglocation,gotoourwebsite:
www.samsung.com/recyclingdirect
Orcall,(877)278-0799.
http://pages.samsung.com/us/recyclingdirect/
usactivities_environment_samsungrecyclingdirect_locations.jsp
213
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Display / Touch-Screen
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Warning! Neverdisposeofbatteriesinafirebecausetheymay
explode.
ta
Disposeofyourmobiledeviceandbatteriesinaccordance
withlocalregulations.Insomeareas,thedisposalofthese
itemsinhouseholdorbusinesstrashmaybeprohibited.Help
usprotecttheenvironment-recycle!
FORCONNECTIONTOASUPPLYNOTINNORTH
AMERICA,USEANATTACHMENTPLUGADAPTOR
OFTHEPROPERCONFIGURATIONFORTHE
POWEROUTLET.
THISPOWERUNITISINTENDEDTOBE
CORRECTLYORIENTEDINAVERTICALOR
HORIZONTALORFLOORMOUNTPOSITION.
rie
Follow local regulations regarding disposal of mobile
devices and batteries
UL Certified Travel Charger
TheTravelChargerforthisphonehasmetapplicableUL
safetyrequirements.Pleaseadheretothefollowingsafety
instructionsperULguidelines:
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY
LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE
PROPERTY DAMAGE.
Pleasenotethefollowinginformationwhenusingyour
mobiledevice:
WARNING REGARDING DISPLAY
Thedisplayonyourmobiledeviceismadeofglassor
acrylicandcouldbreakifyourmobiledeviceis
droppedorifitreceivessignificantimpact.Donotuse
ifscreenisbrokenorcrackedasthiscouldcause
injurytoyou.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE
INSTRUCTIONS.
DANGER - TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR
ELECTRIC SHOCK, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THESE
INSTRUCTIONS.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation214
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
GPS
CertainSamsungmobiledevicescanuseaGlobalPositioning
System(GPS)signalforlocation-basedapplications.AGPS
usessatellitescontrolledbytheU.S.Governmentthatare
subjecttochangesimplementedinaccordancewiththe
DepartmentofDefensepolicyandthe2008FederalRadio
navigationPlan(FRP).Changesmayaffecttheperformance
oflocation-basedtechnologyonyourmobiledevice.
EvenwithGPS,whenyoumakeanemergencycall:
•Alwaystelltheemergencyresponderyourlocationtothebestof
yourability;and
215
responderinstructsyou.
Navigation
ta
Maps,directions,andothernavigation-data,includingdata
relatingtoyourcurrentlocation,maycontaininaccurateor
incompletedata,andcircumstancescananddochangeover
time.Insomeareas,completeinformationmaynotbe
available.Therefore, you should always visually confirm that
the navigational instructions are consistent with what you see
before following them. All users should pay attention to road
conditions, closures, traffic, and all other factors that may
impact safe driving or walking. Always obey posted road signs.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Ifyourmobiledevicehasatouch-screendisplay,
pleasenotethatatouch-screenrespondsbesttoa
lighttouchfromthepadofyourfingeroranon-metallic
stylus.Usingexcessiveforceorametallicobjectwhen
pressingonthetouch-screenmaydamagethe
temperedglasssurfaceandvoidthewarranty.For
moreinformation,pleaserefertothe“Standard
LimitedWarranty”.
•Remainonthemobiledeviceforaslongastheemergency
rie
WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: PROPER USE OF A
TOUCH-SCREEN MOBILE DEVICE
Emergency Calls
Thismobiledevice,likeanywirelessmobiledevice,operates
usingradiosignals,wirelessandlandlinenetworks,aswell
asuser-programmedfunctions,whichcannotguarantee
connectioninallconditions,areas,orcircumstances.
Therefore,youshouldneverrelysolelyonanywireless
mobiledeviceforessentialcommunications(medical
emergencies,forexample).Beforetravelinginremoteor
underdevelopedareas,plananalternatemethodof
contactingemergencyservicespersonnel.Remember,to
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
To make an emergency call:
1. Ifthephoneisnoton,switchiton.
2. FromtheHomescreen,tap
ta
Yourmobiledeviceisaproductofsuperiordesignand
craftsmanshipandshouldbetreatedwithcare.The
suggestionsbelowwillhelpyoufulfillanywarranty
obligationsandallowyoutoenjoythisproductformany
years:
.Thedialeris
Keep your Samsung Mobile Device away from:
Liquids of any kind
displayed.
3. Keyintheemergencynumberforyourpresentlocation
(forexample,911orotherofficialemergencynumber).
Emergencynumbersvarybylocation.
4. Tapthe
Care and Maintenance
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Emergencycallsmaynotbepossibleonallwirelessmobile
devicenetworksorwhencertainnetworkservicesand/or
mobiledevicefeaturesareinuse.Checkwithlocalservice
providers.
maybetheonlymeansofcommunicationatthesceneofan
accident;donotcutoffthecalluntilgivenpermissiontodo
so.
rie
makeorreceiveanycalls,themobiledevicemustbe
switchedonandinaserviceareawithadequatesignal
strength.
key.
Donotusethemobiledevicewithawethand.Doingso
maycauseanelectricshocktoyouordamagetothe
mobiledevice.
Ifcertainfeaturesareinuse(callblocking,forexample),you
mayfirstneedtodeactivatethosefeaturesbeforeyoucan
makeanemergencycall.ConsultyourUserManualandyour
localcellularserviceprovider.Whenmakinganemergency
call,remembertogiveallthenecessaryinformationas
accuratelyaspossible.Rememberthatyourmobiledevice
Keepthemobiledevicedry.Precipitation,humidity,and
liquidscontainmineralsthatwillcorrodeelectronic
circuits.Ifthemobiledevicedoesgetwet,donot
acceleratedryingwiththeuseofanoven,microwave,or
dryer,becausethismaydamagethemobiledeviceand
couldcauseafireorexplosion.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation216
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Responsible Listening
Avoidtemperaturesbelow0°C/32°Forabove45°C/
113°F.
Caution! Avoid potential hearing loss.
Donotexposeyourmobiledevicetodust,dirt,orsand.
Cleaning solutions
Donotuseharshchemicals,cleaningsolvents,orstrong
detergentstocleanthemobiledevice.Wipeitwithasoft
clothslightlydampenedinamildsoap-and-water
solution.
Shock or vibration
Donotdrop,knock,orshakethemobiledevice.Rough
handlingcanbreakinternalcircuitboards.
Paint
Damagetohearingoccurswhenapersonisexposedtoloud
soundsovertime.Theriskofhearinglossincreasesas
soundisplayedlouderandforlongerdurations.Prolonged
exposuretoloudsounds(includingmusic)isthemost
commoncauseofpreventablehearingloss.Somescientific
researchsuggeststhatusingportableaudiodevices,suchas
portablemusicplayersandcellphones,athighvolume
settingsforlongdurationsmayleadtopermanent
noise-inducedhearingloss.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Dust and dirt
ta
Donottrytodryyourmobiledeviceinamicrowaveoven.
Doingsomaycauseafireorexplosion.
rie
Microwaves
Extreme heat or cold
Donotpaintthemobiledevice.Paintcanclogthe
device’smovingpartsorventilationopeningsandprevent
properoperation.
Thisincludestheuseofheadphones(includingheadsets,
earbuds,andBluetooth®orotherwirelessdevices).
Exposuretoveryloudsoundhasalsobeenassociatedin
somestudieswithtinnitus(aringingintheear),
hypersensitivitytosound,anddistortedhearing.Individual
susceptibilitytonoise-inducedhearinglossandpotential
hearingproblemvaries.Additionally,theamountofsound
producedbyaportableaudiodevicevariesdependingonthe
natureofthesound,thedevicesettings,andtheheadphones
217
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
thatareused.Asaresult,thereisnosinglevolumesetting
thatisappropriateforeveryoneorforeverycombinationof
sound,settings,andequipment.
•Limittheamountoftimeyoulisten.Asthevolumeincreases,less
Youshouldfollowsomecommonsenserecommendations
whenusinganyportableaudiodevice:
•Alwaysturnthevolumedownbeforepluggingtheearphonesinto
anaudiosource.
suchasrockconcerts,thatmightcausetemporaryhearingloss.
Temporaryhearinglossmightcauseunsafevolumestosound
normal.
ta
rie
•Donotlistenatanyvolumethatcausesyoudiscomfort.Ifyou
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
•Setthevolumeinaquietenvironmentandselectthelowest
timeisrequiredbeforeyouhearingcouldbeaffected.
•Avoidusingheadphonesafterexposuretoextremelyloudnoises,
volumeatwhichyoucanhearadequately.
•Beawarethatyoucanadapttohighervolumesettingsovertime,
notrealizingthatthehighervolumemaybeharmfultoyour
hearing.
•Whenusingheadphones,turnthevolumedownifyoucannot
hearthepeoplespeakingnearyouorifthepersonsittingnextto
youcanhearwhatyouarelisteningto.
•Donotturnthevolumeuptoblockoutnoisysurroundings.Ifyou
Youcanobtainadditionalinformationonthissubjectfromthe
followingsources:
American Academy of Audiology
11730PlazaAmericanDrive,Suite300
Reston,VA20190
Voice:(800)222-2336
Email:info@audiology.org
Internet:
http://www.audiology.org/Pages/
default.aspx
choosetolistentoyourportabledeviceinanoisyenvironment,
usenoise-cancellingheadphonestoblockoutbackground
environmentalnoise.Byblockingbackgroundenvironmentnoise,
noisecancellingheadphonesshouldallowyoutohearthemusic
atlowervolumesthanwhenusingearbuds.
experienceringinginyourears,hearmuffledspeech,or
experienceanytemporaryhearingdifficultyafterlisteningtoyour
portableaudiodevice,discontinueuseandconsultyourdoctor.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation218
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Operating Environment
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Internet:
http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/
1-888-232-6348TTY
rie
Email:nidcdinfo@nih.gov
Internet:
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/noise/
default.html
NationalInstitutesofHealth
31CenterDrive,MSC2320
Bethesda,MD20892-2320
Email:cdcinfo@cdc.gov
ta
National Institute on Deafness and Other
Communication Disorders
National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health (NIOSH)
395EStreet,S.W.,Suite9200
PatriotsPlazaBuilding
Washington,DC20201
MostmodernelectronicequipmentisshieldedfromRadio
Frequency(RF)signals.However,certainelectronic
equipmentmaynotbeshieldedagainsttheRFsignalsfrom
yourwirelessmobiledevice.Consultthemanufacturerto
discussalternatives.
Voice:1-800-35-NIOSH
(1-800-356-4674)
1-800-CDC-INFO(1-800-232-4636)
OutsidetheU.S.513-533-8328
Remembertofollowanyspecialregulationsinforceinany
area,andalwaysswitchyourmobiledeviceoffwheneveritis
forbiddentouseit,orwhenitmaycauseinterferenceor
danger.Whenconnectingthemobiledeviceoranyaccessory
toanotherdevice,readitsuser'sguidefordetailedsafety
instructions.Donotconnectincompatibleproducts.
Using Your Mobile Device Near Other Electronic
Devices
219
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
Ifyouuseanyotherpersonalmedicaldevices,consultthe
manufacturerofyourdevicetodetermineifitisadequately
shieldedfromexternalRFenergy.Yourphysicianmaybeable
toassistyouinobtainingthisinformation.Switchyour
mobiledeviceoffinhealthcarefacilitieswhenany
regulationspostedintheseareasinstructyoutodoso.
Hospitalsorhealthcarefacilitiesmaybeusingequipment
thatcouldbesensitivetoexternalRFenergy.
Vehicles
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Personswhohavesuchdevices:
•ShouldALWAYSkeepthemobiledevicemorethansix(6)inches
fromtheirimplantablemedicaldevicewhenthemobiledeviceis
turnedON;
Other Medical Devices
ta
Aminimumseparationofsix(6)inchesshouldbemaintained
betweenahandheldwirelessmobiledeviceandan
implantablemedicaldevice,suchasapacemakeror
implantablecardioverterdefibrillator,toavoidpotential
interferencewiththedevice.
rie
Implantable Medical Devices
•Shouldnotcarrythemobiledeviceinabreastpocket;
•Shouldusetheearoppositetheimplantablemedicaldeviceto
minimizethepotentialforinterference;
•ShouldturnthemobiledeviceOFFimmediatelyifthereisany
reasontosuspectthatinterferenceistakingplace;
•Shouldreadandfollowthedirectionsfromthemanufacturerof
yourimplantablemedicaldevice.Ifyouhaveanyquestionsabout
usingyourwirelessmobiledevicewithanimplantablemedical
device,consultyourhealthcareprovider.
Formoreinformationsee:http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/rffaqs.html#.
RFsignalsmayaffectimproperlyinstalledorinadequately
shieldedelectronicsystemsinmotorvehicles.Checkwith
themanufactureroritsrepresentativeregardingyourvehicle
beforeusingyourmobiledeviceinamotorvehicle.You
shouldalsoconsultthemanufacturerofanyequipmentthat
hasbeenaddedtoyourvehicle.
Posted Facilities
Switchyourmobiledeviceoffinanyfacilitywhereposted
noticesrequireyoutodoso.
Potentially Explosive Environments
Switchyourmobiledeviceoffwheninanyareawitha
potentiallyexplosiveatmosphereandobeyallsignsand
instructions.Sparksinsuchareascouldcauseanexplosion
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation220
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
TheU.S.FederalCommunicationsCommission(FCC)has
establishedrequirementsfordigitalwirelessmobiledevices
tobecompatiblewithhearingaidsandotherassistive
hearingdevices.
Whenindividualsemployingsomeassistivehearingdevices
(hearingaidsandcochlearimplants)usewirelessmobile
devices,theymaydetectabuzzing,humming,orwhining
noise.Somehearingdevicesaremoreimmunethanothers
tothisinterferencenoise,andmobiledevicesalsovaryinthe
amountofinterferencetheygenerate.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Usersareremindedoftheneedtoobserverestrictionsonthe
useofradioequipmentinfueldepots(fuelstorageand
distributionareas),chemicalplants,orwhereblasting
operationsareinprogress.Areaswithapotentiallyexplosive
atmosphereareoften,butnotalways,clearlymarked.They
includebelowdeckonboats,chemicaltransferorstorage
facilities,vehiclesusingliquefiedpetroleumgas(suchas
propaneorbutane),areaswheretheaircontainschemicals
orparticles,suchasgrain,dust,ormetalpowders,andany
otherareawhereyouwouldnormallybeadvisedtoturnoff
yourvehicleengine.
When your Device is Wet
FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC)
Regulations for Wireless Devices
rie
orfireresultinginbodilyinjuryorevendeath.Usersare
advisedtoswitchthemobiledeviceoffwhileatarefueling
point(servicestation).
Theratingsarenotguarantees.Resultswillvarydepending
ontheuser'shearingdeviceandhearingloss.Ifyourhearing
devicehappenstobevulnerabletointerference,youmaynot
Donotturnonyourdeviceifitiswet.Ifyourdeviceis
alreadyon,turnitoffandremovethebatteryimmediately(if
thedevicewillnotturnofforyoucannotremovethebattery,
leaveitas-is).Then,drythedevicewithatowelandtakeit
toaservicecenter.
Thewirelesstelephoneindustryhasdevelopedarating
systemforwirelessmobiledevicestoassisthearingdevice
usersfindmobiledevicesthatmaybecompatiblewiththeir
hearingdevices.Notallmobiledeviceshavebeenrated.
Mobiledevicesthatareratedhavetheratingontheirboxor
alabellocatedonthebox.
221
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
hearingaidmeetstheM2levelratingandthewireless
mobiledevicemeetstheM3levelrating,thesumofthetwo
valuesequalsM5.
M-Ratings:WirelessmobiledevicesratedM3orM4meet
FCCrequirementsandarelikelytogeneratelessinterference
tohearingdevicesthanmobiledevicesthatarenotlabeled.
M4isthebetter/higherofthetworatings.M-ratingsreferto
enablingacousticcouplingwithhearingaidsthatdonot
operateintelecoilmode.
Underthestandard,thisshouldprovidethehearingaiduser
withnormalusewhileusingthehearingaidwiththe
particularwirelessmobiledevice.Asumof6ormorewould
indicateexcellentperformance.
rie
ta
beabletousearatedmobiledevicesuccessfully.Tryingout
themobiledevicewithyourhearingdeviceisthebestwayto
evaluateitforyourpersonalneeds.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
However,thesearenotguaranteesthatalluserswillbe
satisfied.Tratingsworksimilarly.
T-Ratings:MobiledevicesratedT3orT4meetFCC
requirementsandarelikelytogeneratelessinterferenceto
hearingdevicesthanmobiledevicesthatarenotlabeled.T4
isthebetter/higherofthetworatings.T-ratingsreferto
enablinginductivecouplingwithhearingaidsoperatingin
telecoilmode.
Hearingdevicesmayalsoberated.Yourhearingaid
manufacturerorhearinghealthprofessionalmayhelpyou
findthisrating.Higherratingsmeanthatthehearingdevice
isrelativelyimmunetointerferencenoise.
M3+M2=5
T3+T2=5
Underthecurrentindustrystandard,AmericanNational
StandardsInstitute(ANSI)C63.19,thehearingaidand
wirelessmobiledeviceratingvaluesareaddedtogetherto
indicatehowusabletheyaretogether.Forexample,ifa
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation222
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
FCC Notice
FCC Notice and Cautions
ThemobiledevicemaycauseTVorradiointerferenceifused
incloseproximitytoreceivingequipment.TheFCCcan
requireyoutostopusingthemobiledeviceifsuch
interferencecannotbeeliminated.Vehiclesusingliquefied
petroleumgas(suchaspropaneorbutane)mustcomplywith
theNationalFireProtectionStandard(NFPA-58).Foracopy
ofthisstandard,contacttheNationalFireProtection
Association.
Cautions
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Thisphonehasbeentestedandratedforusewithhearing
aidsforsomeofthewirelesstechnologiesthatituses.
However,theremaybesomenewerwirelesstechnologies
usedinthisphonethathavenotbeentestedyetforusewith
hearingaids.
Keepthemobiledeviceandallitspartsandaccessoriesout
ofthereachofsmallchildren.
rie
TheHACratingandmeasurementprocedurearedescribedin
theAmericanNationalStandardsInstitute(ANSI)C63.19
standard.
HAC for Newer Technologies
Itisimportanttotrythedifferentfeaturesofthisphone
thoroughlyandindifferentlocations,usingyourhearingaid
orcochlearimplant,todetermineifyouhearanyinterfering
noise.Consultyourserviceproviderorthemanufacturerof
thisphoneforinformationonhearingaidcompatibility.Ifyou
havequestionsaboutreturnorexchangepolicies,consult
yourserviceproviderorphoneretailer.
Restricting Children's Access to Your
Mobile Device
Yourmobiledeviceisnotatoy.Donotallowchildrentoplay
withitbecausetheycouldhurtthemselvesandothers,
damagethemobiledevice,ormakecallsthatincreaseyour
mobiledevicebill.
Anychangesormodificationstoyourmobiledevicenot
expresslyapprovedinthisdocumentcouldvoidyour
warrantyforthisequipmentandvoidyourauthorityto
operatethisequipment.Onlyuseapprovedbatteries,
antennas,andchargers.Theuseofanyunauthorized
accessoriesmaybedangerousandvoidthemobiledevice
warrantyifsaidaccessoriescausedamageoradefecttothe
mobiledevice.
223
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
•Onlyqualifiedpersonnelshouldservicethemobiledeviceor
•Switchyourmobiledeviceoffbeforeboardinganaircraft.Theuse
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
installthemobiledeviceinavehicle.Faultyinstallationorservice
maybedangerousandmayinvalidateanywarrantyapplicableto
thedevice.
inflateswithgreatforce.Donotplaceobjects,includinginstalled
orportablewirelessequipmentnearorintheareaovertheair
bagorintheairbagdeploymentarea.Ifwirelessequipmentis
improperlyinstalledandtheairbaginflates,seriousinjurycould
result.
ta
Other Important Safety Information
•Forvehiclesequippedwithanairbag,rememberthatanairbag
rie
Althoughyourmobiledeviceisquitesturdy,itisacomplex
pieceofequipmentandcanbebroken.Avoiddropping,
hitting,bending,orsittingonit.
•Ensurethatanymobiledevicesorrelatedequipmentinstalledin
yourvehiclearesecurelymounted.
•Checkregularlythatallwirelessmobiledeviceequipmentinyour
vehicleismountedandoperatingproperly.
•Whenusingaheadsetindryenvironments,staticelectricitycan
buildupintheheadsetandcauseasmallquickstaticelectrical
shock.Tominimizetheriskofelectrostaticdischargefromthe
headsetavoidusingtheheadsetinextremelydryenvironmentsor
touchagroundedunpaintedmetalobjecttodischargestatic
electricitybeforeinsertingtheheadset.
•Donotstoreorcarryflammableliquids,gases,orexplosive
•Failuretoobservetheseinstructionsmayleadtothesuspension
ordenialofcellphoneservicestotheoffender,orlegalaction,or
both.
•Whileusingyourdevice,leavesomelightsonintheroomanddo
notholdthescreentooclosetoyoureyes.
•Seizuresorblackoutscanoccurwhenyouareexposedtoflashing
lightswhilewatchingvideosorplayinggamesforextended
periods.Ifyoufeelanydiscomfort,stopusingthedevice
immediately.
materialsinthesamecompartmentasthemobiledevice,its
parts,oraccessories.
ofwirelessmobiledevicesinaircraftisillegalandmaybe
dangeroustotheaircraft'soperation.Checkwithappropriate
authoritiesbeforeusinganyfunctionofamobiledevicewhileon
anaircraft.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
HealthandSafetyInformation224
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
performactions,suchaspressingkeys,drawingcharactersona
touchscreenwithyourfingers,orplayinggames,youmay
experienceoccasionaldiscomfortinyourhands,neck,shoulders,
orotherpartsofyourbody.Whenusingyourdeviceforextended
periods,holdthedevicewitharelaxedgrip,pressthekeyslightly,
andtakefrequentbreaks.Ifyoucontinuetohavediscomfort
duringoraftersuchuse,stopuseandseeaphysician.
•Reduceriskofrepetitivemotioninjuries.Whenyourepetitively
•Ifyourdevicehasacameraflashorlight,donotusetheflashor
lightclosetotheeyesofpeopleorpets.[122011]
225
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Section 11: Warranty Information
Phone
1Year
Batteries
1Year
Case/Pouch/Holster
90Days
OtherPhoneAccessories 1Year
What is not covered?
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
SAMSUNGTELECOMMUNICATIONSAMERICA,LLC
(“SAMSUNG”)warrantsthatSAMSUNG’shandsetsand
accessories(“Products”)arefreefromdefectsinmaterial
andworkmanshipundernormaluseandserviceforthe
periodcommencinguponthedateofpurchasebythefirst
consumerpurchaserandcontinuingforthefollowing
specifiedperiodoftimeafterthatdate:
ta
What is covered and for how long?
ThisLimitedWarrantydoesnotcover:(a)defectsordamage
resultingfromaccident,misuse,abnormaluse,abnormal
conditions,improperstorage,exposuretoliquid,moisture,
dampness,sandordirt,neglect,orunusualphysical,
electricalorelectromechanicalstress;(b) scratches,dents
andcosmeticdamage,unlesscausedbySAMSUNG;
(c) defectsordamageresultingfromexcessiveforceoruse
ofametallicobjectwhenpressingonatouchscreen;
(d) equipmentthathastheserialnumberorthe
enhancementdatacoderemoved,defaced,damaged,
alteredormadeillegible;(e) ordinarywearandtear;
(f) defectsordamageresultingfromtheuseofProductin
conjunctionorconnectionwithaccessories,products,or
ancillary/peripheralequipmentnotfurnishedorapprovedby
SAMSUNG;(g) defectsordamageresultingfromimproper
testing,operation,maintenance,installation,service,or
adjustmentnotfurnishedorapprovedbySAMSUNG;
(h) defectsordamageresultingfromexternalcausessuchas
collisionwithanobject,fire,flooding,dirt,windstorm,
lightning,earthquake,exposuretoweatherconditions,theft,
blownfuse,orimproperuseofanyelectricalsource;
(i) defectsordamageresultingfromcellularsignalreception
rie
Standard Limited Warranty
ThisLimitedWarrantyisconditioneduponproperuseofthe
Product.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
WarrantyInformation226
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
rie
ta
remainderoftheoriginalLimitedWarrantyontheoriginal
Productorforninety(90)days,whicheverislonger.All
replacedProducts,parts,components,boardsand
equipmentshallbecomethepropertyofSAMSUNG.Exceptto
anyextentexpresslyallowedbyapplicablelaw,transferor
assignmentofthisLimitedWarrantyisprohibited.
What must you do to obtain warranty service?
ToobtainserviceunderthisLimitedWarranty,youmust
returntheProducttoanauthorizedphoneservicefacilityin
anadequatecontainerforshipping,accompaniedbythe
salesreceiptorcomparableproofofsaleshowingthe
originaldateofpurchase,theserialnumberoftheProduct
andtheseller’snameandaddress.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
ortransmission,orvirusesorothersoftwareproblems
introducedintotheProduct;or(j) Productusedorpurchased
outsidetheUnitedStates.ThisLimitedWarrantycovers
batteriesonlyifbatterycapacityfallsbelow80%ofrated
capacityorthebatteryleaks,andthisLimitedWarrantydoes
notcoveranybatteryif(i) thebatteryhasbeenchargedbya
batterychargernotspecifiedorapprovedbySAMSUNGfor
chargingthebattery;(ii) anyofthesealsonthebatteryare
brokenorshowevidenceoftampering;or(iii) thebatteryhas
beenusedinequipmentotherthantheSAMSUNGphonefor
whichitisspecified.
What are SAMSUNG’s obligations?
Duringtheapplicablewarrantyperiod,providedtheProduct
isreturnedinaccordancewiththetermsofthisLimited
Warranty,SAMSUNGwillrepairorreplacetheProduct,at
SAMSUNG’ssoleoption,withoutcharge.SAMSUNGmay,at
SAMSUNG’ssoleoption,userebuilt,reconditioned,ornew
partsorcomponentswhenrepairinganyProduct,ormay
replacetheProductwitharebuilt,reconditionedornew
Product.
Youshouldkeepaseparatebackupcopyofanycontentsof
theProductbeforedeliveringtheProducttoSAMSUNGfor
warrantyservice,assomeorallofthecontentsmaybe
deletedorreformattedduringthecourseofwarrantyservice.
Repaired/replacedcases,pouchesandholsterswillbe
warrantedforaperiodofninety(90)days.Allotherrepaired/
replacedProductswillbewarrantedforaperiodequaltothe
ToobtainassistanceonwheretodelivertheProduct,please
callSAMSUNGCustomerCareat1-888-987-4357.If
SAMSUNGdeterminesthatanyProductisnotcoveredbythis
LimitedWarranty,youmustpayallparts,shipping,andlabor
chargesfortherepairorreturnofsuchProduct.
227
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
ALLIMPLIEDWARRANTIES,INCLUDINGWITHOUT
LIMITATION,IMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY
ANDFITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE,ARELIMITEDTO
THEDURATIONOFTHISLIMITEDWARRANTY.INNOEVENT
SHALLSAMSUNGBELIABLEFORDAMAGESINEXCESSOF
THEPURCHASEPRICEOFTHEPRODUCTORFOR,WITHOUT
LIMITATION,COMMERCIALLOSSOFANYSORT;LOSSOF
USE,TIME,DATA,REPUTATION,OPPORTUNITY,GOODWILL,
PROFITSORSAVINGS;INCONVENIENCE;INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL,CONSEQUENTIALORPUNITIVEDAMAGES;OR
DAMAGESARISINGFROMTHEUSEORINABILITYTOUSETHE
PRODUCT.SOMESTATESANDJURISDICTIONSDONOT
ALLOWLIMITATIONSONHOWLONGANIMPLIEDWARRANTY
LASTS,ORTHEDISCLAIMERORLIMITATIONOFINCIDENTAL
ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES,SOTHEABOVELIMITATIONS
ANDDISCLAIMERSMAYNOTAPPLYTOYOU.
ORSUITABILITYOFANYTHIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOR
EQUIPMENTUSEDINCONJUNCTIONWITHTHEPRODUCT,OR
THEABILITYTOINTEGRATEANYSUCHSOFTWAREOR
EQUIPMENTWITHTHEPRODUCT,WHETHERSUCH
THIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOREQUIPMENTISINCLUDEDWITH
THEPRODUCTDISTRIBUTEDBYSAMSUNGOROTHERWISE.
RESPONSIBILITYFORTHEQUALITY,CAPABILITIES,
OPERATIONS,PERFORMANCEANDSUITABILITYOFANY
SUCHTHIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOREQUIPMENTRESTS
SOLELYWITHTHEUSERANDTHEDIRECTVENDOR,OWNER
ORSUPPLIEROFSUCHTHIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOR
EQUIPMENT.
ta
THISLIMITEDWARRANTYSETSOUTTHEFULLEXTENTOF
SAMSUNG’SRESPONSIBILITIES,ANDTHEEXCLUSIVE
REMEDYREGARDINGTHEPRODUCTS.
rie
What are the limits on SAMSUNG’s liability?
ThisLimitedWarrantygivesyouspecificlegalrights,andyou
mayalsohaveotherrightsthatvaryfromstatetostate.
SAMSUNGMAKESNOWARRANTIESORREPRESENTATIONS,
EXPRESSORIMPLIED,STATUTORYOROTHERWISE,ASTO
THEQUALITY,CAPABILITIES,OPERATIONS,PERFORMANCE
NothingintheProductinstructionsorinformationshallbe
construedtocreateanexpresswarrantyofanykindwith
respecttotheProducts.Noagent,employee,dealer,
representativeorresellerisauthorizedtomodifyorextend
thisLimitedWarrantyortomakebindingrepresentationsor
claims,whetherinadvertising,presentationsorotherwise,
onbehalfofSAMSUNGregardingtheProductsorthisLimited
Warranty.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
WarrantyInformation228
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
C
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Anysuchdisputeshallnotbecombinedorconsolidatedwith
adisputeinvolvinganyotherperson’sorentity’sProductor
claim,andspecifically,withoutlimitationoftheforegoing,
shallnotunderanycircumstancesproceedaspartofaclass
action.Thearbitrationshallbeconductedbeforeasingle
arbitrator,whoseawardmaynotexceed,informoramount,
thereliefallowedbytheapplicablelaw.Thearbitrationshall
beconductedaccordingtotheAmericanArbitration
Association(AAA)CommercialArbitrationRulesapplicableto
consumerdisputes.Thisarbitrationprovisionisentered
pursuanttotheFederalArbitrationAct.ThelawsoftheState
ofTexas,withoutreferencetoitschoiceoflawsprinciples,
shallgoverntheinterpretationoftheLimitedWarrantyandall
disputesthataresubjecttothisarbitrationprovision.The
arbitratorshalldecideallissuesofinterpretationand
applicationofthisarbitrationprovisionandtheLimited
Warranty.
Foranyarbitrationinwhichyourtotaldamageclaims,
exclusiveofattorneyfeesandexpertwitnessfees,are
$5,000.00orless(“SmallClaim”),thearbitratormay,ifyou
prevail,awardyourreasonableattorneyfees,expertwitness
feesandcostsaspartofanyaward,butmaynotgrant
SAMSUNGitsattorneyfees,expertwitnessfeesorcosts
unlessitisdeterminedthattheclaimwasbroughtinbad
faith.InaSmallClaimcase,youshallberequiredtopayno
morethanhalfofthetotaladministrative,facilityand
arbitratorfees,or$50.00ofsuchfees,whicheverisless,and
SAMSUNGshallpaytheremainderofsuchfees.
Administrative,facilityandarbitratorfeesforarbitrationsin
whichyourtotaldamageclaims,exclusiveofattorneyfees
andexpertwitnessfees,exceed$5,000.00(“LargeClaim”)
shallbedeterminedaccordingtoAAArules.InaLargeClaim
case,thearbitratormaygranttotheprevailingparty,or
apportionamongtheparties,reasonableattorneyfees,
expertwitnessfeesandcosts.Judgmentmaybeenteredon
thearbitrator’sawardinanycourtofcompetentjurisdiction.
ta
ALLDISPUTESWITHSAMSUNGARISINGINANYWAYFROM
THISLIMITEDWARRANTYORTHESALE,CONDITIONOR
PERFORMANCEOFTHEPRODUCTSSHALLBERESOLVED
EXCLUSIVELYTHROUGHFINALANDBINDINGARBITRATION,
ANDNOTBYACOURTORJURY.
rie
What is the procedure for resolving disputes?
229
Thisarbitrationprovisionalsoappliestoclaimsagainst
SAMSUNG’semployees,representativesandaffiliatesifany
suchclaimarisesfromtheProduct’ssale,conditionor
performance.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
Severability
IfanyportionofthisLimitedWarrantyisheldtobeillegalor
unenforceable,suchpartialillegalityorunenforceabilityshall
notaffecttheenforceabilityoftheremainderoftheLimited
Warranty.
rie
Precautions for Transfer and Disposal
Ifdatastoredonthisdeviceisdeletedorreformattedusing
thestandardmethods,thedataonlyappearstoberemoved
onasuperficiallevel,anditmaybepossibleforsomeoneto
retrieveandreusethedatabymeansofspecialsoftware.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by
providing notice to SAMSUNG no later than 30 calendar days
from the date of the first consumer purchaser’s purchase of the
Product. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to
optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: “Arbitration
Opt Out.” You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name
and address; (b) the date on which the Product was purchased;
(c) the Product model name or model number; and (d) the IMEI
or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI
or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the Product box;
(ii) on the Product information screen, which can be found
under “Settings;” (iii) on a label on the back of the Product
beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the
outside of the Product if the battery is not removable).
Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no
later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer
purchaser’s purchase of the Product and providing the same
information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be
effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting
out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect the
coverage of the Limited Warranty in any way, and you will
continue to enjoy the benefits of the Limited Warranty.
Toavoidunintendedinformationleaksandotherproblemsof
thissort,itisrecommendedthatthedevicebereturnedto
Samsung’sCustomerCareCenterforanExtendedFile
System(EFS)Clearwhichwilleliminateallusermemoryand
returnallsettingstodefaultsettings.Pleasecontactthe
Samsung Customer Care Center fordetails.
Important! Pleaseprovidewarrantyinformation(proofof
purchase)toSamsung’sCustomerCareCenterin
ordertoprovidethisserviceatnocharge.Ifthe
warrantyhasexpiredonthedevice,chargesmay
apply.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
WarrantyInformation230
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
1.GRANT OF LICENSE.Samsunggrantsyouthefollowing
rightsprovidedthatyoucomplywithalltermsandconditions
ofthisEULA:Youmayinstall,use,access,displayandrun
onecopyoftheSoftwareonthelocalharddisk(s)orother
permanentstoragemediaofonecomputerandusethe
Softwareonasinglecomputeroramobiledeviceatatime,
andyoumaynotmaketheSoftwareavailableoveranetwork
whereitcouldbeusedbymultiplecomputersatthesame
time.YoumaymakeonecopyoftheSoftwareinmachine
readableformforbackuppurposesonly;providedthatthe
backupcopymustincludeallcopyrightorotherproprietary
noticescontainedontheoriginal.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Noreproductioninwholeorinpartallowedwithoutprior
writtenapproval.Specificationsandavailabilitysubjectto
changewithoutnotice.[111611]
ta
Phone:1-800-SAMSUNG
Phone:1-888-987-HELP(4357)
Thisdevicerequirestheuseofpreloadedsoftwareinits
normaloperation.BYUSINGTHEDEVICEORITSPRELOADED
SOFTWARE,YOUACCEPTTHETERMSOFTHISEULA.IFYOU
DONOTACCEPTTHESETERMS,DONOTUSETHEDEVICEOR
THESOFTWARE.
rie
SamsungTelecommunicationsAmerica,LLC
1301E.LookoutDrive
Richardson,Texas75082
End User License Agreement for
Software
CertainitemsoftheSoftwaremaybesubjecttoopensource
licenses.Theopensourcelicenseprovisionsmayoverride
someofthetermsofthisEULA.Wemaketheapplicable
opensourcelicensesavailabletoyouontheLegalNotices
sectionoftheSettingsmenuofyourdevice.
IMPORTANT.READCAREFULLY:ThisEndUserLicense
Agreement("EULA")isalegalagreementbetweenyou
(eitheranindividualorasingleentity)andSamsung
ElectronicsCo.,Ltd.("Samsung")forsoftware,ownedby
Samsunganditsaffiliatedcompaniesanditsthirdparty
suppliersandlicensors,thataccompaniesthisEULA,which
includescomputersoftwareandmayincludeassociated
media,printedmaterials,"online"orelectronic
documentationinconnectionwithyouruseofthisdevice
("Software").
231
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ta
5.SOFTWARE UPDATES.Samsungmayprovidetoyouor
makeavailabletoyouupdates,upgrades,supplementsand
add-oncomponents(ifany)oftheSoftware,includingbug
fixes,serviceupgrades(partsorwhole),productsordevices,
andupdatesandenhancementstoanysoftwarepreviously
installed(includingentirelynewversions),(collectively
“Update”)afterthedateyouobtainyourinitialcopyofthe
SoftwaretoimprovetheSoftwareandultimatelyenhance
youruserexperiencewithyourdevice.ThisEULAappliesto
allandanycomponentoftheUpdatethatSamsungmay
providetoyouormakeavailabletoyouafterthedateyou
obtainyourinitialcopyoftheSoftware,unlessweprovide
othertermsalongwithsuchUpdate.TouseSoftware
providedthroughUpdate,youmustfirstbelicensedforthe
SoftwareidentifiedbySamsungaseligiblefortheUpdate.
AftertheUpdate,youmaynolongerusetheSoftwarethat
formedthebasisforyourUpdateeligibility.Theupdated
Softwareversionmayaddnewfunctionsand,insome
limitedcases,maydeleteexistingfunctions.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
3.LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS.Youmaynotreverse
engineer,decompile,disassemble,orotherwiseattemptto
discoverthesourcecodeoralgorithmsof,theSoftware
(exceptandonlytotheextentthatsuchactivityisexpressly
permittedbyapplicablelawnotwithstandingthislimitation),
ormodify,ordisableanyfeaturesof,theSoftware,orcreate
derivativeworksbasedontheSoftware.Youmaynotrent,
lease,lend,sublicenseorprovidecommercialhosting
serviceswiththeSoftware.
servicesortechnologiestoyouandwillnotdisclosethis
informationinaformthatpersonallyidentifiesyou.Atall
timesyourinformationwillbetreatedinaccordancewith
Samsung’sPrivacyPolicy,whichcanbeviewedat:
http://account.samsung.com/membership/pp.
rie
2.RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND OWNERSHIP.Samsung
reservesallrightsnotexpresslygrantedtoyouinthisEULA.
TheSoftwareisprotectedbycopyrightandotherintellectual
propertylawsandtreaties.Samsungoritssuppliersownthe
title,copyrightandotherintellectualpropertyrightsinthe
Software.TheSoftwareislicensed,notsold.
4.CONSENT TO USE OF DATA.YouagreethatSamsungandits
affiliatesmaycollectandusetechnicalinformationgathered
aspartoftheproductsupportservicesrelatedtothe
Softwareprovidedtoyou,ifany,suchasIMEI(yourdevice’s
uniqueidentificationnumber),devicenumber,modelname,
customercode,accessrecording,yourdevice’scurrentSW
version,MCC(MobileCountryCode),MNC(MobileNetwork
Code).Samsunganditsaffiliatesmayusethisinformation
solelytoimprovetheirproductsortoprovidecustomized
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
WarrantyInformation232
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Withthe“AutomaticUpdate”functionenabled(asinthe
defaultsettingintheSystemUpdatemenuintheSetting),
yourdevicedownloadssomeUpdatesautomaticallyfrom
timetotime.Yourdevicewill,however,askforyourconsent
beforeinstallinganyUpdateIfyouchoosetodisablethe
“AutomaticUpdate”function,thenyoucancheckthe
availabilityofnewUpdatesbyclickingonthe“Check
Update”menuintheSetting.Werecommendthatyoucheck
availabilityofanynewUpdatesperiodicallyforoptimaluseof
yourdevice.Ifyouwanttoavoidanyuseofnetworkdatafor
theUpdatedownloads,thenyoushouldchoosethe“Wi-Fi
Only”optionintheSetting.(Regardlessoftheoptionyou
choose,the“AutomaticUpdate”functiondownloadsUpdates
onlythroughWi-Ficonnection.)
network,whichmayresultinadditionalchargesdepending
onyourpaymentplan.Inaddition,yourenjoymentofsome
featuresoftheSoftwaremaybeaffectedbythesuitability
andperformanceofyourdevicehardwareordataaccess.
7.SOFTWARE TRANSFER.YoumaynottransferthisEULAor
therightstotheSoftwaregrantedhereintoanythirdparty
unlessitisinconnectionwiththesaleofthemobiledevice
whichtheSoftwareaccompanied.Insuchevent,thetransfer
mustincludealloftheSoftware(includingallcomponent
parts,themediaandprintedmaterials,anyupgrades,this
EULA)andyoumaynotretainanycopiesoftheSoftware.
Thetransfermaynotbeanindirecttransfer,suchasa
consignment.Priortothetransfer,theenduserreceivingthe
SoftwaremustagreetoalltheEULAterms.
rie
WhiletheUpdatewillbegenerallyavailable,insomelimited
circumstances,theSoftwareupdateswillonlybeofferedby
yournetworkcarrier,andsuchSoftwareupdateswillbe
governedbyyourcontractualrelationshipwithyournetwork
carrier.
9.TERMINATION.ThisEULAiseffectiveuntilterminated.Your
rightsunderthisLicensewillterminateautomaticallywithout
noticefromSamsungifyoufailtocomplywithanyofthe
6.SomefeaturesoftheSoftwaremayrequireyourdeviceto
haveaccesstotheinternetandmaybesubjectto
restrictionsimposedbyyournetworkorinternetprovider.
UnlessyourdeviceisconnectedtotheinternetthroughWi-Fi
connection,theSoftwarewillaccessthroughyourmobile
8.EXPORT RESTRICTIONS.Youacknowledgethatthe
Softwareissubjecttoexportrestrictionsofvariouscountries.
Youagreetocomplywithallapplicableinternationaland
nationallawsthatapplytotheSoftware,includingallthe
applicableexportrestrictionlawsandregulations.
233
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
C
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
10.DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.UNLESSSEPARATELYSTATED
INAWRITTENEXPRESSLIMITEDWARRANTY
ACCOMPANYINGYOURDEVICE,ALLSOFTWAREPROVIDED
BYSAMSUNGWITHTHISMOBILEDEVICE(WHETHER
INCLUDEDWITHTHEDEVICE,DOWNLOADED,OR
OTHERWISEOBTAINED)ISPROVIDED"ASIS"ANDONAN
"ASAVAILABLE"BASIS,WITHOUTWARRANTIESOFANYKIND
FROMSAMSUNG,EITHEREXPRESSORIMPLIED.TOTHE
FULLESTEXTENTPOSSIBLEPURSUANTTOAPPLICABLE
LAW,SAMSUNGDISCLAIMSALLWARRANTIESEXPRESS,
IMPLIED,ORSTATUTORY,INCLUDING,BUTNOTLIMITEDTO,
IMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY,SATISFACTORY
QUALITYORWORKMANLIKEEFFORT,FITNESSFORA
PARTICULARPURPOSE,RELIABILITYORAVAILABILITY,
ACCURACY,LACKOFVIRUSES,QUIETENJOYMENT,NON
INFRINGEMENTOFTHIRDPARTYRIGHTSOROTHER
VIOLATIONOFRIGHTS.SOMEJURISDICTIONSDONOT
ALLOWEXCLUSIONSORLIMITATIONSOFIMPLIED
WARRANTIES,SOTHEABOVEEXCLUSIONSORLIMITATIONS
MAYNOTAPPLYTOYOU.NOADVICEORINFORMATION,
WHETHERORALORWRITTEN,OBTAINEDBYYOUFROM
SAMSUNGORITSAFFILIATESSHALLBEDEEMEDTOALTER
THISDISCLAIMERBYSAMSUNGOFWARRANTYREGARDING
THESOFTWARE,ORTOCREATEANYWARRANTYOFANY
SORTFROMSAMSUNG.
11.THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS.Certainthirdparty
applicationsmaybeincludedwith,ordownloadedtothis
mobiledevice.Samsungmakesnorepresentations
whatsoeveraboutanyoftheseapplications.SinceSamsung
hasnocontroloversuchapplications,youacknowledgeand
agreethatSamsungisnotresponsiblefortheavailabilityof
suchapplicationsandisnotresponsibleorliableforany
content,advertising,products,services,orothermaterials
onoravailablefromsuchapplications.Youexpressly
acknowledgeandagreethatuseofthirdpartyapplicationsis
atyoursoleriskandthattheentireriskofunsatisfactory
quality,performance,accuracyandeffortiswithyou.Itisup
toyoutotakeprecautionstoensurethatwhateveryouselect
touseisfreeofsuchitemsasviruses,worms,Trojanhorses,
andotheritemsofadestructivenature.Referencesonthis
mobiledevicetoanynames,marks,products,orservicesof
anythird-partiesareprovidedsolelyasaconveniencetoyou,
anddonotconstituteorimplyanendorsement,sponsorship,
orrecommendationof,oraffiliationwiththethirdpartyorits
productsandservices.YouagreethatSamsungshallnotbe
rie
termsandconditionsofthisEULA.Uponterminationofthis
EULA,youmustceasealluseoftheSoftwareanddestroyall
copies,fullorpartial,oftheSoftware.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
WarrantyInformation234
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
rie
ta
membershipregistration(“SamsungAccount”),andyour
rightsandobligationswillbesetforthinseparateSamsung
Accounttermsandconditionsandprivacypolicies.Thereare
non-SamsungAccountapplicationsandservicesthatrequire
yourconsenttotheirseparatetermsandconditionsand
privacypolicies.Youexpresslyacknowledgeandagreethat
youruseofsuchapplicationsandserviceswillbesubjectto
theapplicabletermsandconditionsandprivacypolicies.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
responsibleorliable,directlyorindirectly,foranydamageor
loss,includingbutnotlimitedtoanydamagetothemobile
deviceorlossofdata,causedorallegedtobecausedby,or
inconnectionwith,useoforrelianceonanysuchthirdparty
content,products,orservicesavailableonorthroughany
suchapplication.Youacknowledgeandagreethattheuseof
anythird-partyapplicationisgovernedbysuchthirdparty
applicationprovider'sTermsofUse,LicenseAgreement,
PrivacyPolicy,orothersuchagreementandthatany
informationorpersonaldatayouprovide,whetherknowingly
orunknowingly,tosuchthird-partyapplicationprovider,will
besubjecttosuchthirdpartyapplicationprovider'sprivacy
policy,ifsuchapolicyexists.SAMSUNGDISCLAIMSANY
RESPONSIBILITYFORANYDISCLOSUREOFINFORMATIONOR
ANYOTHERPRACTICESOFANYTHIRDPARTYAPPLICATION
PROVIDER.SAMSUNGEXPRESSLYDISCLAIMSANY
WARRANTYREGARDINGWHETHERYOURPERSONAL
INFORMATIONISCAPTUREDBYANYTHIRDPARTY
APPLICATIONPROVIDERORTHEUSETOWHICHSUCH
PERSONALINFORMATIONMAYBEPUTBYSUCHTHIRD
PARTYAPPLICATIONPROVIDER.
12.SAMSUNG APPLICATIONS.CertainSamsungapplications
andservicesmaybeincludedwith,ordownloadedto,this
mobiledevice.ManyofthemrequireSamsungServices
235
13.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.SAMSUNGWILLNOTBELIABLE
FORANYDAMAGESOFANYKINDARISINGOUTOFOR
RELATINGTOTHEUSEORTHEINABILITYTOUSETHE
SOFTWAREORANYTHIRDPARTYAPPLICATION,ITS
CONTENTORFUNCTIONALITY,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITED
TODAMAGESCAUSEDBYORRELATEDTOERRORS,
OMISSIONS,INTERRUPTIONS,DEFECTS,DELAYIN
OPERATIONORTRANSMISSION,COMPUTERVIRUS,FAILURE
TOCONNECT,NETWORKCHARGES,IN-APPPURCHASES,
ANDALLOTHERDIRECT,INDIRECT,SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL,
EXEMPLARY,ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESEVENIF
SAMSUNGHASBEENADVISEDOFTHEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCH
DAMAGES.SOMEJURISDICTIONSDONOTALLOWTHE
EXCLUSIONORLIMITATIONOFINCIDENTALOR
CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES,SOTHEABOVEEXCLUSIONSOR
LIMITATIONSMAYNOTAPPLYTOYOU.NOTWITHSTANDING
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
rie
ta
15.APPLICABLE LAW.ThisEULAisgovernedbythelawsof
thejurisdictionwhereyouarearesidentor,ifaresidentof
theUnitedStates,bythelawsofthestateofTexas,without
regardtoitsconflictoflawprovisions.ThisEULAshallnotbe
governedbytheUNConventiononContractsforthe
InternationalSaleofGoods,theapplicationofwhichis
expresslyexcluded.
16.DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
THEFOREGOING,SAMSUNGELECTRONICCO.'STOTAL
LIABILITYTOYOUFORALLLOSSES,DAMAGES,CAUSESOF
ACTION,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHOSEBASEDON
CONTRACT,TORT,OROTHERWISE,ARISINGOUTOFYOUR
USEOFTHESOFTWAREORTHIRDPARTYAPPLICATIONSON
THISMOBILEDEVICE,ORANYOTHERPROVISIONOFTHIS
EULA,SHALLNOTEXCEEDTHEAMOUNTPURCHASERPAID
SPECIFICALLYFORTHISMOBILEDEVICEORANYSUCH
THIRDPARTYAPPLICATIONTHATWASINCLUDEDWITHTHIS
MOBILEDEVICE.THEFOREGOINGLIMITATIONS,
EXCLUSIONS,ANDDISCLAIMERS(INCLUDINGSECTIONS10,
11,12AND13)SHALLAPPLYTOTHEMAXIMUMEXTENT
PERMITTEDBYAPPLICABLELAW,EVENIFANYREMEDY
FAILSITSESSENTIALPURPOSE.
14.U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS RESTRICTED RIGHTS.The
Softwareislicensedonlywith"restrictedrights"andas
"commercialitems"consistingof"commercialsoftware"
and"commercialsoftwaredocumentation"withonlythose
rightsasaregrantedtoallotherenduserspursuanttothe
termsandconditionsherein.AllProductsareprovidedonly
with"restrictedrights"withonlythoserightsasaregranted
toallotherenduserspursuanttothetermsandconditions
herein.AllSoftwareandProductsareprovidedsubjectto
FederalAcquisitionRegulation(FAR)52.227.19.
(a)Non-UnitedStatesresidents.Ifadispute,controversyor
differencearisinginanywayfromthisEULAoryouruseof
theSoftwareisnotamicablysettled,itshallbesubjecttothe
non-exclusivejurisdictionofthecourtsofthejurisdiction
whereyouarearesident.Notwithstandingtheforegoing,
Samsungmayapplyforinjunctiveremedies(oranequivalent
typeofurgentlegalrelief)inanyjurisdiction.
(b)UnitedStatesresidents.ALLDISPUTESWITHSAMSUNG
ARISINGINANYWAYFROMTHISEULAORYOURUSEOFTHE
SOFTWARESHALLBERESOLVEDEXCLUSIVELYTHROUGH
FINALANDBINDINGARBITRATION,ANDNOTBYACOURTOR
JURY.Anysuchdisputeshallnotbecombinedor
consolidatedwithanyotherperson’sorentity’sclaimor
dispute,andspecifically,withoutlimitationoftheforegoing,
shallnotunderanycircumstancesproceedaspartofaclass
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
WarrantyInformation236
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
rie
ta
exclusiveofattorneyfeesandexpertwitnessfees,exceed
$5,000.00("LargeClaim")shallbedeterminedaccordingto
AAArules.InaLargeClaimcase,thearbitratormaygrantto
theprevailingparty,orapportionamongtheparties,
reasonableattorneyfees,expertwitnessfeesandcosts.
Judgmentmaybeenteredonthearbitrator'sawardinany
courtofcompetentjurisdiction.Thisarbitrationprovisionalso
appliestoclaimsagainstSamsung’semployees,
representativesandaffiliatesifanysuchclaimarisesfrom
thelicensingoruseoftheSoftware.Youmayoptoutofthis
disputeresolutionprocedurebyprovidingnoticetoSamsung
nolaterthan30calendardaysfromthedateofthefirst
consumerpurchaser’spurchaseofthisdevice.Tooptout,
youmustsendnoticebye-mailto
optout@sta.samsung.com,withthesubjectline:"Arbitration
OptOut."Youmustincludeintheoptoute-mail(a)your
nameandaddress;(b)thedateonwhichthedevicewas
purchased;(c)thedevicemodelnameormodelnumber;and
(d)theIMEIorMEIDorSerialNumber,asapplicable,ifyou
haveit(theIMEIorMEIDorSerialNumbercanbefound(i)on
thedevicebox;(ii)onthedeviceinformationscreen,which
canbefoundunder"Settings;"(iii)onalabelonthebackof
thedevicebeneaththebattery,ifthebatteryisremovable;
and(iv)ontheoutsideofthedeviceifthebatteryisnot
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
action.Thearbitrationshallbeconductedbeforeasingle
arbitrator,whoseawardmaynotexceed,informoramount,
thereliefallowedbytheapplicablelaw.Thearbitrationshall
beconductedaccordingtotheAmericanArbitration
Association(AAA)CommercialArbitrationRulesapplicableto
consumerdisputes.Thisarbitrationprovisionisentered
pursuanttotheFederalArbitrationAct.ThelawsoftheState
ofTexas,withoutreferencetoitschoiceoflawsprinciples,
shallgoverntheinterpretationoftheEULAandalldisputes
thataresubjecttothisarbitrationprovision.Thearbitrator
shalldecideallissuesofinterpretationandapplicationofthis
arbitrationprovisionandtheEULA.Foranyarbitrationin
whichyourtotaldamageclaims,exclusiveofattorneyfees
andexpertwitnessfees,are$5,000.00orless("Small
Claim"),thearbitratormay,ifyouprevail,awardyour
reasonableattorneyfees,expertwitnessfeesandcostsas
partofanyaward,butmaynotgrantSamsungitsattorney
fees,expertwitnessfeesorcostsunlessitisdeterminedthat
theclaimwasbroughtinbadfaith.InaSmallClaimcase,
youshallberequiredtopaynomorethanhalfofthetotal
administrative,facilityandarbitratorfees,or$50.00ofsuch
fees,whicheverisless,andSamsungshallpaythe
remainderofsuchfees.Administrative,facilityandarbitrator
feesforarbitrationsinwhichyourtotaldamageclaims,
237
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
y
ta
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
removable).Alternatively,youmayoptoutbycalling
1-888-987-4357nolaterthan30calendardaysfromthe
dateofthefirstconsumerpurchaser'spurchaseofthe
deviceandprovidingthesameinformation.Thesearethe
onlytwoformsofnoticethatwillbeeffectivetooptoutof
thisdisputeresolutionprocedure.Optingoutofthisdispute
resolutionprocedurewillnotaffectyouruseofthedeviceor
itspreloadedSoftware,andyouwillcontinuetoenjoythe
benefitsofthislicense.
17.ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY.ThisEULAisthe
entireagreementbetweenyouandSamsungrelatingtothe
Softwareandsupersedesallpriororcontemporaneousoral
orwrittencommunications,proposalsandrepresentations
withrespecttotheSoftwareoranyothersubjectmatter
coveredbythisEULA.IfanyprovisionofthisEULAisheldto
bevoid,invalid,unenforceableorillegal,theotherprovisions
shallcontinueinfullforceandeffect.[050113]
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
WarrantyInformation238
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure
regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
Sign Up Now
Section 12: Samsung Product Registration
rie
Customize your Samsung device experience
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
• Activate product warranty
• Access to a personalized My Samsung Mobile account
• No monthly fees
Get More
• Latest info on promotions, events and special ofers on related products
• Review Samsung products and share your opinion
• Great deals on downloads
Register now at
www.samsung.com/register
Scan this code to go
directly to the registration page.
239
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Index
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
AT&T Navigator178
AT&T Smart Wi-Fi170
ta
ManagingAddressBookContacts
75
ServiceDialingNumbers77
UsingContactsList68
Address Book Options72
Adobe PDF195
Air view135
Airplane mode116,138
Alarm181
Android Beam121
Applications
UsingtheCamcorder94
UsingtheCamera89
WorldClock183
Applications settings
managing151
runningservices152
AT&T Code Scanner176
AT&T FamilyMap177
AT&T Locker178
AT&T Music
Playlists83
Back key27
Backing up your data150
Battery
charging9
Installing7
LowBatteryIndicator11
Battery Use & Safety211
Bigger Font
Setting148
Blocking Mode146
On146
Bluetooth
OutgoingHeadsetCondition60,
141
Sendingcontacts173
Books
PlayBooks193
rie
Abc mode43
About Device158
Accounts145
Add accounts145
Adding a New Contact
IdleScreen66
Address Book65
AddingaNewContact66
AddingPausestoContact
Numbers67
CopyingacontacttothePhone76
CopyingContactstoPhone76
CopyingContactstoSIMCard75
DeletingAddressBookEntries77
DeletingContactsfromSIMcard
76
DialingaNumber68
Favorites75
FindinganAddressBookEntry69
GroupSettings74
Calculator179
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 240
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
C
241
ta
Code Scanner176
Commercial Mobile Alerting System
(CMAS)209
Contacts65
Cookies
Emptying164
Creating a Playlist83
rie
UsingtheSpeakerphone57
ViewingAllCalls51
ViewingMissedCalls51
Call rejection140
Camcorder94
CamcorderOptions95
ShootingVideo94
Camcorder Options
CamcorderOptionsafteraVideois
Taken97
Camera89
CameraOptions90
TakingPictures89
Camercorder
TakingPicturesDuringVideo95
Care and Maintenance216
Changing Your Settings113
Charging battery9
ChatON110
AddingaBuddy111
Register110
Using111
Children and Cell Phones206
Clock181
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Calendar179
Calibration135
Call Functions47
3-WayCalling(Multi-PartyCalling)
56
AddressBook50
AdjustingtheCallVolume54
AnsweringaCall50
CallBackMissedCall52
CallDuration54
CallLog51
CallWaiting58
CorrectingtheNumber48
DialingaRecentNumber48
EndingaCall48
InternationalCall47
MakingaCall47
ManualPauseDialing47
OptionsDuringaCall54
PuttingaCallonHold55
Savingarecentcallnumberto
AddressBook52
SearchingforaNumberin
AddressBook58
Dialing Options51
Display
icons23
UsingNegativeColors148
Display / Touch-Screen214
Do cell phones pose a health hazard?
202
Downloads185
Draft Messages99
Driving Mode127
Earth186
Email105
CreatingaCorporateEmail
Account106
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
F
Caption199
Changing148
Family Map177
FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC)
Regulations for Wireless Devices221
FCC Notice and Cautions223
Featured Apps186
Flipboard186
Font Size
Editing74
Removingacontact74
Group Settings
EditingaCallerGroup74
ta
Handwriting feature44
Health and Safety Information202
Home key27
Home screen mode126
Hotspot Guru170
Hotspots116,117,119,170
rie
Gallery86
viewingpictures87
viewingvideos87
Gestures133
BrowseImage28
Directcall28
Mute/pause29
Overview28
Zoom28
Getting Started6
SettingUpYourPhone6
Voicemail13
Gmail107
Google Earth186
Google Maps188
Google Play Music84
Google Voice Typing44
Google voice typing settings128
GPS215
Group
Addingacontact74
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
CreatingAdditionalEmail
Accounts106
SwitchingBetweenEmail
Accounts107
Emergency Calls215
Making48
WithSIM48
WithoutSIM48
Entering Text41
ChangingtheTextEntryMode42
Using123SymMode43
UsingAbcMode43
UsingSwype44,45
UsingSymbol/NumericMode43
Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF)
Signals202
Icons
Indicator23
Icons, description23
In-Call Options54
Incognito162
CreateWindow162
ExitWindow162
International Call47
Internet160
Joining Contacts70
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 242
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
L
Maps188
Media Hub78
Memory Card40
Memory Card Installation8
Menu
243
Messenger109,189
microSD card8,40
Installing8
Removing8
microSDHC card8,40
Mobile Hotspot119
Mobile Web160
EnteringTextintheMobileWeb
Browser161
NavigatingwiththeMobileWeb
160
UsingBookmarks162
Mono
AudioSetup149
Motion134
Motions133
Movies86
Multi Window
Activate/Deactivate31
Customizing32
IncreaseAppWindowSize34
MaximizeApp34
PanelRelocation31
RearrangeApps32
ta
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Landscape42
Language and input128
Language and keyboard settings
selectlocale128
Local187
Location services137
Location services settings123
Lock Screen
SayWake-UpCommand124
Shortcuts124
key27
Menu Navigation27
Message
Reply112
Message Options99
Message Search103
Messaging
AddingaSignature105
BlockUnknownSenders105
CreatingandSendingText
Messages98
Deletingamessage102
Draft99
Gmail107
Handwriting44
Locked100
Options99
ScheduledMessages100
Settings103
SigningintoEmail105
SigningintoGmail107
Spam100
SplitView103
TypesofMessages98
rie
Keyboard Input Methods128
Keyboard settings129
Keypad
ChangingTextInput42
Kies via Wi-Fi119
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
myAT&T191
ta
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Navigation192
commandkeys27
context-sensitivemenus27
termsused27
touchgestures27
Navigator178
Nearby devices121
Negative Colors148
NFC
On87
Operating Environment219
Other Important Safety Information
224
RearView18
SideView17
SwitchingOn/Off11
Pictures86
Gallery86
Sharing87
Places193
Play Books193
Play Movies & TV86
Play Music84
Play Store194
Pointer speed133
Polaris Office 4.0195
Polaris® Office195
Power Saving Mode147
Powering
Off11
On11
Privacy settings
factorydatareset150
RemovingApps32
RestoringApps32
RunningMultipleApps33
SwitchArrangement33
TabRepositioning31
Using30
Multimedia78
Music File Extensions
3GP81
AAC81
AAC+81
eAAC+81
M4A81
MP381
MP481
WMA81
Music Hub80
MakingaPurchase81
Music Player81
addingmusic84
creatingaplaylist83
removingmusic84
Mute55,58
My Files190
PC Connections174
Personal Localized Alerting Network
(PLAN)209
Phone
FrontView16
icons23
QWERTY keypad42
Ready2Go12
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 244
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
S
S Beam121
On87
SharingMultiplePictures88
SharingPictures87
S Note195
S Pen
Functionality19
Settings136
S Suggest195
S Voice196
SetWake-UpCommand124
SafeSearch
Filtering199
Samsung Mobile Products and Recy245
ta
Assigning100
Speakerphone Key57
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information207
Standard Limited Warranty226
Stopwatch184
Swap56
SWYPE
enteringtextusing44,45
Swype
CellularData132
Swype Keypad Settings131
Swype Settings45
Symbol/Numeric mode43
Synchronization settings
auto-sync123
Synchronizing Accounts145
rie
cling213
scientific calculator179
SD Card40
Security137,138,150
Security settings
deviceadministration156
trustedcredentials157
Service Dialing Numbers77
Settings113
SIM card
installation7
Installing6
Smart Practices While Driving209
Smart screen135
Smart Switch15
Smart Wi-Fi170
Snooze182
Software Update159
Spam
BlockUnknownSenders105
ManuallyRegisteraNumber105
RegisteraPhrase105
Settings105
Spam Messages100
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Reducing Exposure
Hands-FreeKitsandOther
Accessories205
Reject list53
Reset
factorydata150
Responsible Listening217
Restricting Children's Access to Your
Mobile device223
Tethering119
Text Input
Abcmode43
Methods42
numericmode43
symbolmode43
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
U
YouTube198
HighQuality199
SafeSearchFiltering199
Settings199
YPmobile (Yellowpages mobile)200
rie
ta
Video Player85
Voice control136
Voice Mail
Accessing14
FromAnotherPhone14
Setup13
Voice Recorder197
Volume138
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
Timer184
AutomaticAnswering60,141
Touch Screen12
Lock/Unlock12
Transferring Large Files87
Travel Charger9
Using10
TTY Mode63,144
UL Certified Travel Charger214
Understanding Your Phone15
FeaturesofYourPhone15
FrontView16
RearView18
SideViews17
Unmute55
USB settings
massstoragedevice174
USB Tethering119
Using Favorites
AddingFavorites163
DeletingaFavorite163
EditingFavorites163
Warranty Information226
Web160
Widgets
Gmail186
Settings196
VoiceRecorder197
Wi-Fi167
usingKiesviaWi-Fi122
Wi-Fi Direct114,169
Wi-Fi Settings114
World Clock
DeletinganEntry184
World clock183
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 246
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
ta
rie
on
fid
en
tia D
l a raf
nd t
Pr
op
1.Allfunctionality,descriptions,ideas,drawings,features,
specificationsandotherinformationprovidedinthis
documentare(i)Samsung'sproprietaryandconfidential
information,(ii)subjecttothenon-disclosureagreement
regardingProjectHandProjectB,(iii)providedfordiscussion
purposeonly,and(iv)shallnotbedisclosedbytherecipient
toanythirdparty.
LegalNotice
2.Samsungreservestherighttomakechangestothis
document,atanytime,withoutobligationonSamsungto
providenotificationofsuchchange.
3.Nothinginthisdocumentgrantstotherecipientany
licenseorrightinortoinformationormaterialsprovidedin
thisdocument,oranyintellectualpropertytherein.
SAMSUNGPROPRIETARYANDCONFIDENTIAL
4.THISDOCUMENTANDANYINFORMATIONCONTAINED
HEREINAREPROVIDEDON"ASIS"BASISWITHOUT
WARRANTYOFANYKIND,EITHERIMPLIEDOREXPRESSED.
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i)
are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 247
and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.7 Linearized : No Encryption : Standard V4.4 (128-bit) User Access : Print, Extract, Print high-res Author : wcarlisl Create Date : 2013:08:12 13:55:46Z Modify Date : 2013:09:03 15:38:34-04:00 SPDF : 1112 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Format : application/pdf Creator : wcarlisl Title : H.book Creator Tool : FrameMaker 9.0 Metadata Date : 2013:09:03 15:38:34-04:00 Enhanced : By PDF Enhancer 3.1/Win Spdf : 1112 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 10.1.1 (Windows) Document ID : uuid:855d2ea9-06ca-478b-8cdb-3fec143fdb46 Instance ID : uuid:a1548929-9c4f-455a-8bee-47f351a76e08 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 254EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools